WQ0018755_More Information Received_20211217

Initial Review
Reviewer
Thornburg, Nathaniel D
Is this submittal an application? (Excluding additional information.) *
Yes No
If not an application what is the submittal type?* Annual Report
Residual Annual Report
Additional Information
Other
Permit Number (IR) * WQ0018755
Applicant/Permittee Aqua North Carolina, Inc.
Email Notifications
....... ........ ......... .........
Does this need review by the hydrogeologist? * Yes No
Regional Office
CO Reviewer
Admin Reviewer

Submittal Form
Project Contact Information
Please provide information on the person to be contacted by NDB Staff regarding electronic submittal, confirmation of receipt, and other correspondence.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name* James W Holland
Email Address*
[e-mail]
Project Information
Application/Document Type*
New (Fee Required)
Modification - Major (Fee Required)
Renewal with Major Modification (Fee
Required)
Annual Report
Additional Information
Other
Phone Number*
9104098717
Modification - Minor
Renewal
GW-59, NDMR, NDMLR, NDAR-1,
N DAR-2
Residual Annual Report
Change of Ownership
We no longer accept these monitoring reports through this portal. Please click on the link below and it will take you to the correct form.
hftps://edocs.deq.nc.gov/Forms/NonDischarge_Monitoring_Report
Perm it Type:*
Wastewater Irrigation
High -Rate Infiltration
Other Wastewater
Reclaimed Water
Closed -Loop Recycle
Residuals
Single -Family Residence Wastewater
Other
Irrigation
Permit Number: *
WQ0018755
Has Current Existing permit number
Applicant/Permittee Address*
202 MacKenan Court Cary, NC 27511
Facility Name*
Castle Bay WWTP
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
Additional Information Request
At this time, paper copies are no longer required. If you have any questions about what is required, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg
at [e-mail].
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be reviewed here.
(Application Form, Engineering Plans, Specifications, Calculations, Etc.)
2021.12.15 castle Bay WWTP Addtional Information
77.56MB
Request Package.pdf
Upload only 1 PDF document (less than 250 MB). Multiple documents must be combined into one PDF file unless file is larger
than upload limit.
* By checking this box, I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be
accepted for pre -review until the fee (if required) has been received by the Non -
Discharge Branch. Application fees must be submitted by check or money order and
made payable to the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NCDEQ).
I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with all parts of the
application in correct order (as specified by the application).
Mail payment to:
NCDEQ — Division of Water Resources
Attn: Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Signature
Submission Date 12/17/2021

v MCKIM&CREED
v
December 15, 2021
NCDEQ Division of Water Resources
Non -Discharge Branch
Archdale Building, 911, Floor
512 N. Salisbury St.
Raleigh, NC 27604
E N G I N E E R S
SURVEYORS
P L A N N E R S
M&C 04474-0022
RE: Permit No. WQ0018755 Castle Bay WWTP
Pender County
Reclaimed Water Dedicated Utilization Minor Modification
To Ms. Plummer:
Enclosed are copies of the revised page of the application and associated
documentation for Minor Modification to referenced Permit No. WQ0018755
authorizing the operation and utilization from the Castle Bay Wastewater
Treatment Plant as described in the Additional Information Request dated
November 4, 2021. The scope of the modification involves installation of a new
mechanical screen at the headworks.
A. Application:
1. Item W.1. was not completed. The proposed modification appears
to extend towards the property line within the setback distances
required by 15A NCAC 02U .0701. Please update the table
accordingly and confirm that an existing setback waiver is
recorded with the Pender County Register of Deeds.
Venture IV Building
Please find revised page that shows setback distances as
1 7 3 0 Varsity Drive requested, and the setback waivers are recorded in Pender County
Raleigh, NC 27606 Register of Deeds, reduced setbacks and are as follows:
91 9.233.a091
Fax [phone]
www.mckimcreed.com

December 15, 2021
Page 2
Parcel No
Deed
Book/Page
Setback
Easement
3243-18-4146
4677/478
9.5 Feet
40.5 Feet
3293-08-7012
4677/480
13.2 Feet
36.8 Feet
B. Engineering Plans:
Sheet M100 depicts an existing splitter box and manual screen.
This is presumably the screen described within the existing
permit, and it is unclear whether this screen is to remain in service
upon completion of the proposed work. Please provide additional
information.
The existing screen will remain in service as that will proved the
split of flow between the two treatment trains. Therefor it is need
upon completion of the proposed work.
C. Specifications:
A complete set of specifications are to be provided separate from
the engineering plans pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0105.
Specifications should include material and installation
requirements for proposed structures, piping, and all other
appurtenances, at minimum. Specifications must be signed,
sealed, and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional
Engineer in good standing.
Please find attached Specifications as requested.

December 15, 2021
Page 2
2. A project construction sequence was not provided, and it is
unclear whether the proposed modifications will impede the
operation of the existing wastewater treatment system. Please
provide a construction sequence and indicate which tasks (if any)
will require bypassing or operations shutdown.
Proposed modifications will not require bypassing of flow and
will be done in fashion that tie into existing system will be
performed with minimal impact.
i Installation of Proposed Equipment
ii Tie in of proposed modifications
D. Engineering Calculations:
1. The partial hydraulic loading calculations were not included in
the uploaded submittal. Please provide a copy of these
calculations for our review.
Please find engineering calculations attached.
E. Power Reliability Plan:
1. The proposed modification will include additional components
requiring power. Please provide additional information regarding
the existing power reliability plan and whether it is sufficient to
power the additional equipment.
Electrical service was evaluated by electrical engineer and
available power service was verified for MCC and Standby
generator.

December 15, 2021
Page 2
F. Operation & Maintenance Plan:
An Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Plan was not provided
within the submittal, and it is unclear whether the existing plan
includes spill control provisions and anticipated maintenance
activities related to the proposed modification. Please provide an
updated O&M Plan that meets the requirements of 15A NCAC
02T .0707.
Please find attached Screen documentation for O&M.
Following language will be added to Aqua NC O&M plan for the
Plant
Spill Control Provisions
1) Response to Upsets and Bypasses including Control, Containment, and
Remediation- Audible alarms will be provided at Castle Bay WWTP.
2) Contact Information for Plant Personnel, Emergency Responders, and
Regulatory Agencies - Phone numbers for Emergency Responders and
Remediation Agency numbers will be located in the control building.
3) An Automatically Starting Standby Generator will provide power for the
critical elements of the Castle Bay WWTP.
4) Facility Control Valves will allow operator to isolate Systems within the
Castle Bay WWTP if a problem occurs.
Please do not hesitate to contact me should you have any questions or concerns.
We appreciate your time and consideration regarding this matter.

December 15, 2021
Page 2
Sincerely,
McKIM & CREED, INC.
f Jam s W. Holland, P.E.
Process Group Leader
cc: Michael A. Melton. Engineering Manager, Aqua North Carolina, Inc.

III. INFORMATION ON RECLAIMED WATER GENERATION:
1. What is the origin of the influent (i.e., school, residential, hospital, municipality, industry, etc.)? Residential
2. Reclaimed water generating capacity for this project: 100,000 gallons per day (GPD)
3. What is the wastewater type? ® Domestic or Industrial (See 15A NCAC 02T .0103 (20))
Is there a Pretreatment Program in effect? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Has a wastewater chemical analysis been submitted in accordance with
Instruction C? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
4. How was the influent flow rate determined? ❑ 15A NCAC 02T .0114 or ❑ Representative Data
5. Hasa flow reduction been approved under 15A NCAC 02T .0114(f)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
6. Provide the required information in the table below to document design flow pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0114:
Establishment Type
Daily Design Flow a
No. of Units
Flow
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
GPD
IV. TREATMENT AND STORAGE UNIT SETBACKS (15A NCAC 02U .0701)
1. Provide the actual minimum distance in feet from the treatment units, storage units, and utilization areas to each item listed
(distances greater than 500 feet may be marked N/A):
Setback Parameter
Treatment Units/
Final Effluent Storage
5-day Upset Storage
Units
Required
Actual
Required
Actual
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate
100
N/A
In
I
ownership or not to be maintained as part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source
100
N/A
100
N/A
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial,
50
N/A
50
N/A
perennial waterbodies, and wetlands
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
100
N/A
100
N/A
Any property line
50
9.5
50
13.2
2. Do the treatment and storage units comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 213 .0200)?
® Yes or ® No If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
3. Are any setback waivers required in order to comply with 15A NCAC 02U .0701? ❑ Yes or ® No
✓ If yes, have these waivers been written, notarized signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register
of Deeds? ® Yes or ❑ No
✓ If yes, has the required Non -Discharge Wastewater System Waiver (FORM: NDWSW) been included with this
application package? ❑ Yes or ® No
FORM: RWG 06-16 Page 2 of 9

Table of Contents
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS
PA CTF.q
DIVISION 1— GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01050 General Requirements 1-2
DIVISION 3 — STRUCTURAL
03000 Structural Basic Requirements 1-8
DIVISION 11— EQUIPMENT
11000 Semi -Cylindrical Screen with Integrated Wash Press 1 —10
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL
16000 Electrical Basic Requirements 1-7
,\N CAR
ES SAD !�
SE
it
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 00001 - 1
04474-0022 DECEMBER 2021

SECTION 01050 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 The contractor shall review and verify all layouts, dimensions, and elevations on the plans with final
approved tanks, pumps, blowers, and all related equipment as well as all technical specifications
prior to starting construction and should discrepancies occur, the contractor shall notify the engineer
to obtain the engineers clarification before commencing with construction.
1.2 The contractor shall coordinate all related discipline drawings to insure accurate installation occurs.
1.3 Contractor shall slope gravity lines as indicated on the drawings or if not indicated on the drawings
slope shall be at positive grade per 15A of NCAC 2T (min.) To facilitate the intended drainage
between structures. Contractor shall confirm all inverts prior to starting construction.
1.4 Contractor shall maintain min. clearance between water and sewer services per NCDENR
requirements.
1.5 All bends, tees, crosses, caps, plugs, and valves for underground ductile iron piping shall be
mechanical joint, with restrained joints where indicated on the drawings and per the technical
specifications where required. The ductile iron pressure pipe shall be restrained to the lengths
specified by American Pipe Ductile Iron RJ length calculator. Restrained joints required at all
changes in directions and where piping enters or exits a facility. Use sandy mix for soil types and
use a 2:1 safety factor for all calculations.
1.6 No concrete blocking shall be allowed to restrain pipe movement on any piping systems.
1.7 Contractor shall verify yard hydrant locations with owner. Contractor shall place hose racks at all
yard hydrant locations.
1.8 Contractor shall maintain a clear path for all surface water drainage structures and ditches during
construction.
1.9 All pipe lines shall have a minimum cover of 36" unless otherwise noted or directed.
1.10 Contractor shall maintain a set of plans with current field changes marked thereon and shall deliver
these plans to the engineer upon completion of construction. Final payment shall not be made until
this requirement is satisfied.
1.11 Process sewer clean -outs spacing shall be 100' maximum between clean -outs.
1.12 Add protection bollards at all fire hydrant locations as well those shown on the plans.
1.13 All potable water and non -potable water users must be marked as such to protect personnel from the
mis-use of the water distribution system.
1.14 Contractor shall locate all existing gas, telephone, cable, water, sewer, and other utilities in area of
construction prior to beginning work.
1.15 Contractor to repair all pavement and culverts damaged by construction. Match existing materials.
All pavement cuts shall be saw cut along a straight edge.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 01050- 1
04474-0022 December 2021

1.16 Gasket material for air piping & flexible hose connections shall be EPDM or Viton construction.
1.17 Heat trace and insulate all exposed water and non -potable water above grade that is subject to
freezing.
END OF SECTION 01050
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 01050- 2
04474-0022 December 2021

SECTION 03000 — STRUCTURAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS
PART 1— GENERAL
1.1 All work is to be performed in a good, workmanlike and professional manner.
1.2 All construction shall be in strict compliance with the requirements of the North Carolina State
Building Code, latest edition, or local building code requirements if more stringent.
1.3 The drawings do not show provisions for safety during construction. It is the responsibility of the
general contractor to provide the required bracing, shoring, and safety devices throughout the
construction of this project.
1.4 The structure(s) has/have been designed in accordance with the provisions of the North Carolina
State Building Code, 2018 Edition.
PART 2 — COORDINATION
2.1 Structural drawings shall be used in conjunction with & coordinated with civil, electrical &
mechanical drawings, vendor submittal drawings and other contract documents.
2.2 Coordinate the exact size and location of all sleeves and openings through walls and/or concrete
slabs with civil, electrical & mechanical drawings, vendor submittal drawings and other contract
documents.
2.3 Any discrepancies between actual conditions and those shown on these drawings are to be
brought to the attention of the structural engineer before work proceeds, including ordering and
fabricating materials.
2.4 Independent testing/review of materials shall be provided as defined in project specifications if
applicable. In general project involves the following:
A. Soil/fill compaction & bearing.
B. C.I.P. reinforced concrete.
C. Reinforcing steel.
2.5 If coordination of information presented conflicts with the project specifications, the drawings
will take precedence.
2.6 In general call -outs are for new construction U.N.O.. Existing construction call -outs, elevations
and dimensions of existing structures are based on existing record drawings provided to McKim
& Creed. The (*) symbol on individual facility "structural" drawings indicates existing
construction call -outs, conditions, elevations, and dimensions to be field verified by the general
contractor U.N.O. prior to construction, including ordering and fabricating materials. record
drawings provided by Aqua America, Inc., includes:
A. "R.L. Blanton Co. Inc. Castle Bay Wastewater Treatment Plant Design, Topsail
Township, NC", project prepared by MacConnell & Associates, P.C. (DTD April 2001).
AVENDALE WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 03000- 1
04474-0022 December 2021

2.7 Special inspections (if applicable): all foundation soils, reinforcing steel & C.I.P. concrete work
shall be reviewed as stated in conjunction w/ their respective notes below, Chapter 17 of the
North Carolina State Building Code and the project special inspections statement in the project
specifications.
PART 3 — FOUNDATIONS
3.1 Shallow foundation criteria:
A. Design allowable soil bearing pressure - 3,500 psf based upon information from the
project Geotechnical Report as prepared by ECS Southeast, LLP (project no. 22:30270,
DTD. April 29, 2021). Contractor is responsible for verifying this value prior to
foundation construction. In areas where the soil does not yield this bearing stress value,
adjustment in the footing depths and foundation dimensions may be made by the
engineer before work proceeds. Contractor is responsible for performing any such
adjustments.
3.2 Deep foundation criteria: N/A
3.3 Prepare the existing subgrade and/or fill material in accordance with recommendations in the
project Geotechnical Report as prepared by ECS Southeast, LLP (project no. 22:30270, DTD.
April 29, 2021). Compact the existing grade below the foundation to 95% standard proctor test
criteria. Install a minimum 1" to 3" thick mud mat of lean concrete below all foundations prior to
reinforcent, if excavations to be left open overnight or subjected to a rain event prior to concrete
placement. hi the event unusual soil conditions are uncovered, notify the owner and engineer
prior to foundation construction for instructions how to proceed. Adjustment in the footing
depths and general foundation construction may be made by the engineer before work proceeds.
Contractor is responsible for performing any such adjustments.
3.4 Footing & slab excavations and forms shall be reviewed by an owner's construction
representative prior to placement of concrete. The review shall conform to the requirements of
Chapter 17 of the North Carolina State Building Code.
3.5 Footing & slab elevations shall not be raised or lowered without approval of the structural
engineer.
3.6 All excavations shall be adequately dewatered before placement of concrete. No concrete or
concrete fill shall be placed in standing water. Accumulation exceeding 1 inch shall be pumped
out.
3.7 All fill material, if required, below foundation's shall be select material free from roots, trash
wood scraps, and other extraneous materials. Place fill in lifts not exceeding 8" thickness.
3.8 All footings & piers shall be centered under the supported column or wall member unless noted
otherwise.
3.9 Construction joints in foundation slabs, walls & footings shall be made at locations shown on
drawings.
3.10 Anchor bolts shall be set by means of template. "floating" anchor bolts into place is prohibited.
AVENDALE WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 03000- 2
04474-0022 December 2021

3.11 Contractor is to verify the elevation and location of all existing and proposed utilities prior to
construction. Any "known" utility lines damaged will be replaced at the contractor's expense. If
any "unknown" utility lines are encountered when excavating the contractor is to cease all
excavation activity until the engineer and owner are notified and instructions are provided about
how to proceed.
3.12 The contractor shall obtain the owner's permission before encasing or back filling around any
existing underground structure, piping, electrical, or other underground work.
PART 4 — REINFORCING STEEL
4.1 Bars shall be rolled from new billet -steel of domestic manufacture conforming to "standard
specification for deformed and plain billet steel bars for concrete reinforcement," ASTM A615,
grade 60 and supplementary requirement S-1.
4.2 Detail and fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with the American Concrete Institute "ACI
Detailing Manual," latest publication.
4.3 Reinforcing steel in place shall be reviewed by the owner's construction representative prior to
placement of concrete. The review shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 17 of the North
Carolina State Building Code.
4.4 Welded wire fabric shall conform to "standard specification for welded steel wire fabric for
concrete reinforcement," ASTM A1064.
4.5 Place welded wire fabric at center of slabs -on -grade and elevated slab toppings over metal deck,
unless noted otherwise.
4.6 Provide bars at corners and intersections of walls & footings of the same number and size as
longitudinal bars, U.N.O. on the drawings.
4.7 Fabricate continuous bars in slabs, walls, and footings to the longest practicable lengths.
4.8 Reinforcing steel shall not be bent after being partially embedded in hardened concrete.
4.9 Bars shall be cold bent and shall not be heated for any reason.
4.10 Reinforcing bars shall not be welded.
4.11 Reference drawings for requirements for lap splicing reinforcing steel in concrete. All "LCS"
shall conform to class B splice criteria & it is acceptable to lap splice non "LCS" a minimum 50
bar diameters, unless noted otherwise.
4.12 Lap spliced bars in concrete are to be wire tied.
PART 5 — CONCRETE
5.1 In general concrete shall develop 3,000 to 4,000 psi minimum compressive strength at 28 days. In
addition, reference project specifications & "Design Criteria" DWG. S00.0 and note the concrete
mix work shall include the following:
AVENDALE WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 03000- 3
04474-0022 December 2021

A. Cement material supplied shall be type I or H Portland cement in conformance with
ASTM C150.
B. Fly ash in conformance with ASTM C618, class F may be included in the mix. fly ash
shall be used as a partial cement replacement & not exceed 25% of the total cementitious
content.
C. Aggregate shall be "normal" weight in conformance with ASTM C33.
D. Water shall be in conformance with ASTM C94.
E. Air entraining admixture is allowed provided it is in conformance with ASTM C260. the
total air content required is 5% f 1%.
F. Water reducing admixture is allowed provided it is in conformance with ASTM C494,
Type A or D.
G. Maximum slump = 3" without water reducing admixture & 6" with a water reducing
admixture.
H. Water/cement ratio (w/c) = 0.45 maximum.
I. Do not use products containing calcium chlorides.
5.2 Concrete work shall conform to 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete", ACI
318 (2014 Edition) & to "Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete
Structures", ACI 350 (2006 Edition).
5.3 Place 1/2 inch expansion joint material between edges of concrete and vertical surfaces unless
noted otherwise.
5.4 Provide construction or control joints in slabs & walls at locations shown on drawings.
5.5 Chamfer exposed edges of concrete 3/4 inch, unless noted otherwise.
5.6 Contractor shall be responsible for proper curing of all concrete. Curing methods shall conform
to "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" ACI 318, "Code Requirements for
Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures" ACI 350 and "Standard Practice for Curing
Concrete," ACI 308 (Latest Edition).
5.7 Unless noted otherwise dowels shall be the same number and size as the largest
vertical/horizontal bar to which they are spliced.
5.8 Finish requirements for this project are as follows:
A. Slabs -on -grade (exterior):
Tops = unformed level float finish with top surface level and /or & sloped as indicated.
where applicable conform with equipment manufacturer's required tolerances.
Sides = smooth formed finish where exposed & rough formed finish where unexposed.
AVENDALE WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 03000- 4
04474-0022 December 2021

B. Footings:
Tops = unformed level float finish with top surface level.
Sides = smooth formed finish where exposed & rough formed finish where unexposed.
5.9 Contractor shall submit rebar shop drawings for approval to owner prior to fabrication. Do not
fabricate reinforcing prior to receipt of approved shop drawings.
5.10 Concrete mixes to be reviewed by the Owner's construction representative prior to placement of
concrete. Compressive strength test cylinders to be reviewed by the Owner's construction
representative throughout concrete construction of the project. These reviews shall conform to
the requirements of Chapters 17 & 18 of the North Carolina State Building Code.
5.11 Roughen the "base" concrete pour surface to a full amplitude of 1/4" minimum, where noted on
the construction drawings.
5.12 Concrete accessories as follows:
A. Preformed water stops shall be PVC 6 inch long with 3/8 inch (min.) center bulb &
tapered rib ends.
B. Expansive water stops shall be Adeka Ultra Seal type MC-2010M. The water stops can
be either adhered to the concrete with 3m-2141 bonding adhesive or nailed in place using
1.5 inch concrete nails 3 to 6 inches apart or an approved equal.
C. Caulk/sealant - master builders one or multi component high performance non -sag
elastomeric polyurethane sealant.
D. Bonding agent - shall be structural epoxy adhesive conforming to ASTM C-881 type i or
ii strength, grade 2, class B and C with bond strength = 1,900 psi (min.).
E. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem or an approved equal.
PART 6 — GROUT
6.1 Grout where required shall be non -shrink grout in conformance to ASTM C 1107.
6.2 Grout shall be non-metallic and non -staining and have a minimum compressive strength of 5,000
psi.
PART 7 — MASONRY
Not applicable
PART 8 — STRUCTURAL STEEL
Not applicable
PART 9 — ALUMINUM
AVENDALE WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 03000- 5
04474-0022 December 2021

9.1 Aluminum fabrication shall be in conformance with the Aluminum Association, Inc.
"Specifications for Aluminum Structures."
9.2 Unless noted otherwise, materials shall be:
A. Plate & sheet - ASTM B209; 6061-T6, 6061-T651 alloy.
B. Extruded shapes - ASTM B221; 6061-T6 alloy.
C. Pipe sections for post & guardrail - ASTM B241: 6063-T6 alloy.
D. Bolts - ASTM A193; Grade B8 or ASTM 276; Type 316 stainless steel.
E. Nuts - ASTM A194; Grade M, or ASTM 276; Type 316 stainless steel.
9.3 Aluminum shall be separated from direct contact with other materials (steel, concrete, etc.) by
bitumastic coating, or other protective method submitted by the contractor and approved by the
Owner's construction representative.
9.4 Connections shall have a minimum of two 3/4" diameter stainless steel bolts.
9.5 Welding aluminum shall conform to AWS 131.2 & AWS A5.10 and the requirements of the
Aluminum Associations "Aluminum Design Manual" (Latest Edition) Table 7.1-1 for weld fillers
for wrought alloys.
PART 10 — PRECAST CONCRETE
Not applicable
PART I I — PRE -ENGINEER TIMBER TRUSS
Not applicable
PART 12 — PRE -ENGINEER METAL BUILDINGS
Not applicable
PART 13 —MISCELLANEOUS BUILDING MATERIALS
13.1 All miscellaneous materials are to be delivered to site & staged on site prior to installation. store
on site as required by the material manufacturer to avoid damage prior to installation.
PART 14 —DESIGN LOADS
14.1 Design Loads Basis Of Design:
North Carolina State Building Code 2018 (International Building Code (IBC) 2015 with NC
Amendments) & ASCE 7-10 for wind & seismic design.
Equip. Load: 1.8 k (screening)
Live Load: 300 PSF (slab and platform), 100 PSF (stair)
AVENDALE WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 03000- 6
04474-0022 December 2021

Roof Load: N/A
Snow Load: 10 PSF (ground), Importance Factor (IS): 1.10
Wind Load: 155 mi/hr, exposure C, Occupancy Category III
Calculated Wind Base Shears:
Vx = 3.8 k Vy = 4.8 k (screening)
Components & Cladding Wind Pressures:
Zone 1, 2 & 3 roof pressures = N/A
Zone 4 & 5 wall pressures = N/A
Seismic:
Seismic Design Parameters:
Response Modification Coefficient..
Spectral Response Acceleration .......
Spectral Response Acceleration .......
Seismic Occupancy Category............
SiteClass ...........................................
Seismic Design Category ...................
Importance Factor ..............................
..........................................R = 3.0
............ Short Period S(DS) = 20.1%
...... 1 Second Period S(D1) = 13.2%
............................................. = III
............................................ = D
.....................................SDC = B
..........................................Ie = 1.25
Basic Structural System Building/Non-Building Type Structure:
Other self suppt. tanks or vessel not sim. to buildings (table 12.2-1).
Analysis Procedure = Equivalent Lateral Force
SEISMIC BASE SHEAR: Vx = Vy = 0.4 k (SCREENING)
** Note: ref. individual bldg./facility structural DWG.'s for all "varies" info
Architectural, mechanical components anchored?: YES
Soil Bearing: field test per project Geotech Report = 3,000 PSF (Geotech Report N/A)
REF. "Foundations" note 3.1.
PART 15 — DESIGN CRITERIA
Concrete 28 day compressive strength:
Slabs -on -grade & non LCS slabs ................................................
fc
= 4,000 psi
Pipe encasements..................................................................
fc
= 3,000 psi
Slabs & walls of LCS............................................................
fc
= 4,500 psi ...
n/a
Beams & columns of LCS.......................................................
fc
= 4,500 psi ...
n/a
Non-lcs footings, walls, columns & beams ....................................
fc
= 4,000 psi ...
n/a
Below grade & retaining walls ..................................................
fc
= 4,000 psi ...
n/a
Sidewalk, driveway, curb & gutter .............................................
fc
= 3,000 psi ...
n/a
Reinforcing steel..................................................................
ASTM A615, Grade 60
AVENDALE WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 03000- 7
04474-0022 December 2021

Welded wire fabric............................................................... ASTM A1064
Structural steel..................................................................... ref. struct. note 8.1 ... N/A
Aluminum.......................................................................... ref. struct. note 9.2 ... N/A
Bolts shall be 3/4"¢ ASTM a325 or Type 316 S.S........................... ref. struct. notes 8.1 & 9.2.d
Anchor bolts shall be 3/4"¢ ASTM F-1554 or ASTM A36 (steel);
Type 316 S.S. (aluminum)....................................................... ref. structural note 8.1
Steel electrodes shall conform to ................................................ AWS 5.5 E70XX (re£ struct.
note 8.4) ... N/A
Aluminum weld fillers alloys shall conform to ................................ AWSA5.10 (re£ struct. note
9.5)
Soil bearing capacity.............................................................. ref. "design loads" table
END OF SECTION 03000
AVENDALE WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 03000- 8
04474-0022 December 2021

SECTION 11000 — SEMI -CYLINDRICAL SCREEN WITH INTEGRATED WASH PRESS
PART 1— GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Contractor shall install and place into satisfactory operating condition semi -cylindrical fine
screen for removing floating, particulate and fibrous material and for conveying, washing and
dewatering and compacting the screenings and for discharging the compacted screenings into
bags as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications.
B. It is the intent of these specifications that all equipment called for under this section shall be
supplied by a single manufacturer.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) publications:
1. Section A322: Carbon and Alloy Steel Bar Specifications.
2. Section A507-10: Standard Specification for Drawing Alloy Steel, Sheet And Strip,
Hot -Rolled and Cold Rolled.
B. Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA) publications:
1. Standard 9-90 load ratings and fatigue life for ball bearings.
2. Standard 11-90 load ratings and fatigue life for roller bearings.
C. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) publications
D. American Welding Society (AWS) publications
E. American Structures Painting Council (ASPC) publications
1.3 SUBMITTALS
The following information shall be submitted to the engineer, in accordance with Section 01300, copies of all
materials required to establish compliance with this section. Submittals shall include the following:
A. Product Data:
a) Descriptive literature, brochures, catalogs, cut -sheets and other detailed
descriptive material of the equipment.
b) Motor characteristics and performance information.
c) Gear reducer data including service factor, efficiency, torque rating, and
materials.
d) Parts list including a list of recommended spare parts.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 11000- 1
04474-0022 December 2021

B. Shop Drawings
Manufacturer's installation drawings.
Wiring and schematic diagrams.
C. Operations and maintenance manual.
D. Equipment weights and lifting points.
E. Recommendations for short and long term storage.
F. A copy of the manufacturer's warranty
G. Failure to include all drawings applicable to the equipment specified in this section will result
in rejection of the entire submittal with no further review.
H. A copy of documents proving certification of the manufacturer's quality management system
according to ISO 9001 and environmental protection management system according to ISO
14001.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. To ensure quality, conformance, and reliability with regard to the manufacturing and production
of the equipment, the manufacturer shall meet all requirements listed hereafter.
B. The contract documents represent the minimum acceptable standards for the screening
equipment for this project. All equipment shall conform fully in every respect to the
requirements of the respective parts and sections of the drawings and specifications. The entire
unit shall be manufacturer's standard product, but shall be modified, redesigned, furnished with
special features or accessories, made of materials, or provided with finishes as may be
necessary to conform to the quality mandated by the technical and performance requirements of
the specification.
C. Minimum of ten years' experience in the design and manufacture of the type of screen
described in this specification and a minimum of 10 installations in successful operation.
D. The entire unit shall be manufactured from AISI stainless steel shapes. All components made of
stainless steel shall be passivated by full submergence in a pickling bath for perfect surface
finishing. No stainless steel components may be fabricated or assembled in a factory where
carbon steel products are also fabricated, in order to prevent contamination by rust.
E. Electric motors, gear reducers, and other self-contained or enclosed components shall have an
acrylic enamel finish.
F. All stainless steel parts of the unit shall be fully submerged into a pickling bath for at least 8
hours to remove welding spots and to protect the stainless steel against corrosion. Glass bead or
sand blasted, brushed or otherwise treated stainless steel shall not be allowed.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 11000- 2
04474-0022 December 2021

G. Fabrication shall be done in compliance with all applicable ASTM standards or equivalent
international standards.
H. All welding in the factory shall use shielded arc, inert gas, mig, or tig method. Filler wire shall
be added to all welds to provide for a cross section equal to or greater than the parent metal.
Butt welds shall fully penetrate to the interior surface and gas shielding to interior and exterior
of the joint shall be provided.
I. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be selected from AISI stainless steel such that they are anti -
seizing.
J. Manufacturer shall have established an ISO 9001 certified quality management system.
K. Manufacturer shall have established an ISO 14001 certified environmental protection
management system.
L. All welding is performed in accordance with American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 structural
welding code, or equivalent.
M. Manufacturer shall provide screen, motors, gear reducers, controls, control panels, and lifting
attachments as a complete integrated package to ensure proper coordination, compatibility, and
operation of the system. The manufacturer shall test -run the fully assembled machine in his
factory before shipment.
N. Manufacturer shall provide services by a factory -trained service engineer, specifically trained
on the type of equipment specified. The service engineer requirements include, but are not
limited to the following:
The service engineer shall be present during initial energizing of equipment to
determine directional testing.
2. The service engineer shall inspect and verify location of anchor bolts, placement,
leveling, alignment and field erection of equipment, as well as control panel operation
and electrical connections.
3. The service engineer shall provide classroom and/or field training on the operation and
maintenance of the equipment to operator personnel. These instructions may include
the use of slides, videos, literature, and/or oral presentations.
4. Manufacturer shall state field service rates for a service engineer to owner and
contractor. In the event that the field service time required by this section should not
be sufficient to properly place the equipment into operation, and the requirement for
additional time is beyond the manufacturer's responsibility, additional time shall be
purchased by contractor to correct deficiencies in installation, equipment, or material
without additional cost to owner.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 11000- 3
04474-0022 December 2021

A. Base bid: ROTAMAT® Microstrainer R09H6 Tank mounted unit from Huber Technology, Inc.
B. Other pre -submitted and pre -approved deductive alternates.
Named and unnamed manufactures have to comply fully with these specifications and the drawings.
That a manufacturer is named does in no way preclude that his product will be acceptable.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Screen Design Summary
1. Number of Screens: 1
2. Maximum clear water flow: 1.2 mgd
3. Peak wastewater design flow: 0.20 mgd
4. TSS rate: 350 mg/1
5. Channel width required: 12 inches
6. Ash water consumption: 14.2 gpm
a. Ash water pressure: 60 psi
B. The screen shall be designed to withstand maximum forces exerted during operation. All
structural and functional members shall be sized to prevent deflection or vibration which could
impair operation.
C. The average perforation flow through velocity shall not exceed 3.3 ft/sec (1.0 m/sec) under any
flow condition up to the maximum clean water flow specified above. The screen design shall
minimize solids deposits in the channel.
D. The screen shall be capable of processing spherical objects with a diameter of 3-1/8". Such
objects shall be conveyed through the auger and shall be discharged with the screenings. The
unit shall be capable of processing the screenings load specified above.
E. The semi -cylindrical fine screen shall have a semi -cylindrical screen basket made of perforated
plate, and an integral screw conveyor and screenings press. The screw in the basket shall be
provided with a brush on its flight for screen cleaning. The screen shall use a single drive for
screening, conveying, dewatering, and compressing the screened material. The axis of the fine
screen shall have an inclination as specified in 2.2.A.
F. Operation of the screen drive shall be automatically initiated at a preset high upstream liquid
level. Screens which operate continuously or via timer only will not be acceptable. The screw
shall remove solids from the screenings basket. The screenings shall be moved up by the screw
conveyor and through a compaction zone and shall be discharged into bags.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 11000- 4
04474-0022 December 2021

G. All perforations of the screen basket shall be cleaned with a trailing edge brush on the screw
flights.
H. The screening equipment shall produce dewatered screenings capable of passing the EPA paint
filter test as described in method 9095 of EPA publication SW-486.
I. To minimize odors and nuisance, the conveyance, dewatering and compaction zones shall be
completely enclosed.
The spray wash system shall be enclosed such that spray water, aerosols or leakage do not
contaminate the operating floor.
K. The control system shall be designed such that the cleaning characteristics of the screen and
wash system can be changed via the programmable controller. Systems which do not offer this
feature will not be acceptable for this project.
2.3 PRODUCT DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS
A. Materials
1. Unless otherwise specified in these specifications, the entire equipment shall be
manufactured from AISI austenitic stainless steel shapes (rods, angles, and channels),
pipes, and sheets. All mechanical parts shall be designed to handle the forces that may be
exerted on the unit during fabrication, shipping, erection, and proper operation according to
the O&M manual.
The entire equipment shall be manufactured in a stainless steel only factory to prevent
contamination of the stainless steel with rusty dust.
The equipment, after its fabrication, shall undergo a passivation (pickling) process to
ensure maximum resistance to corrosion. All stainless steel components and structures shall
be submersed in a chemical bath of nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid to remove any residues
that may be present on the material as a result of forming, manufacture, or handling. After
removal from the pickling bath, the equipment must be washed with a high-pressure wash
of cold water to remove any remaining surface debris and promote the formation of an
oxidized passive layer which is critical to the long life of the stainless steel.
4. Brush shall be made of nylon and shall be provided with a stainless steel clamp.
5. Seals between the screen and the channel wall shall be made of neoprene.
B. Screen
1. The semi -cylindrical fine screen shall be designed and built to withstand all static and
hydraulic forces exerted by the liquid to the screen. All structural and functional parts shall
be sized for the loads encountered during screening, conveying, and pressing operations.
2. The perforated screen basket shall have a semi -cylindrical shape, which shall be open at the
front and top. It shall be installed parallel to the wastewater flow direction. The
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 11000- 5
04474-0022 December 2021

screen basket shall be provided with a bottom plate lying flat on the channel floor. The
screen shall be provided with an upper support flange and a conical transition piece
between the screen basket and auger tube.
Length and diameter of the screen basket and the thicknesses of the screen basket's upper
support flanges shall be as specified above. The flange shall be machined after welding to
ensure proper alignment of the screen basket and auger.
The screen shall be provided with a pivoting support stand allowing for easy removal of the
screen basket from the channel for maintenance purposes. The support stand shall be
fabricated from stainless steel double-c-channels having minimum dimensions of 0.12" (3
mm).
C. Screening Conveyor and Screening Wash -Press
1. The screen shall be cleaned with a shafted stainless steel screw with helicoid-shaped flights
designed to transport screenings. Straight helical flights in the basket area that are not
capable of creating this screening layer shall not be acceptable.
2. The flights of the screw in the basket shall be provided with a '/4 inch thick hardened
stainless steel strip having the same thickness as the flights of the screw. The strip shall be
welded to the face of the flight, on both sides, over the full length of the screen basket. The
flights of the screw shall be machined to match the screen basket such that the face of the
strip is parallel to the screen basket's inner surface.
A stainless steel backed nylon brush shall be attached to the trailing edge of the screw
flight over the entire length of the screen basket designed to reduce brush wear. This
trailing edge brush design shall promote proper cleaning of basket perforations and shall
prevent brush bristles from wedging between the screw and basket. The brush shall be
attached by means of holding clips and fasteners made of stainless steel. Designs that place
the brush on the leading edge of the flight will not be acceptable.
The screenings screw conveyor's tube diameter shall be 10.75" (273 mm) and shall have a
wall thickness of 0.1" (2.6 mm). Two (2) anti -rotation bars shall be welded to the inside of
the transport tube along its longitudinal axis for continuous and controlled screenings
transport. The screenings screw conveyor shall not be in contact with the anti -rotation bars
during normal operation. Screens which utilize wear bars that require replacement as part
of a normal maintenance program shall not be acceptable.
A flange shall be welded to the conical transition piece to support and allow for removal of
the screen basket. A gear box support flange shall be welded to the upper end of the auger
tube for support and removal of the drive assembly. The flange thickness shall be a
minimum of.
6. A shafted stainless steel screw with helical flight shall be installed in the auger tube for
consistent conveying and proper compaction of the screened material. A shafted screw
design shall have a rigid structure to prevent screw flexing and shall distribute the drive
load uniformly. The shaft shall have a minimum diameter of 3 ''/z" (89 mm) and shall have
flights with a thickness of '/4" in the auger tube and a minimum
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 11000- 6
04474-0022 December 2021

thickness of 0.4" (10 min) in the press zone. A shaft -less screw in the auger tube shall not
be acceptable.
A replaceable auger wear strip shall be installed on the flight edge for screw and brush
wear protection.
The upper end of the screw conveyor shaft shall be fitted with a solid stub. The stub and
the screw conveyor shaft shall be accurately machined and shrink -fitted with each other.
The entire screw shall be balanced and machined to ensure perfect alignment, screw
conveyors with bolted on stub shafts shall be unacceptable due to lack of improper
alignment.
9. After all flanges are welded to the auger tube, the faces of the flanges shall be machined on
a lathe such that they are exactly rectangular to the tube axis.
10. A compaction zone shall be provided as an integral part of the screw conveyor and tube.
The compaction zone shall be designed to form a plug of screenings material and to return
water released from the screened material back to the channel through 13/64" (5 min)
diameter perforations that are machined into the screenings transport tube in a square
configuration.
11. The compaction zone shall be provided with split glass fiber reinforced housing, furnished
with gaskets and bolts, and shall be easily removable for 360' access to the compaction
zone. Designs requiring removal of the drive assembly, discharge head, or screw conveyor
to gain access to the compaction zone will not be acceptable. The housing shall be
provided with a drain connection at its lowest point and a clamped flexible PVC hose for
drain water whose other end directed directly back into the influent channel. The plastic
housing shall also be provided with a 1" flush connection to allow periodic cleaning of the
compaction zone.
D. Screen Tank System
1. The screen tank shall be made of 304 stainless steel. Tank bottom shall be sloped
accordingly for discharge post screening. The screen shall have upper lids constructed of
min. 1/16" thick stainless steel.
2. The tank will have an overflow channel that includes an internal baffle weir and manual
bar rack for emergency bypass purposes.
3. The tank inlet and outlet shall be 8" ansi flange. The centerline of the inlet flange shall be
approx. Height of 11 7/8". To ground level discharge flange height to pipe centerline shall
be approx. 350mm high.
4. Supports for the tank shall allow for shimming adjustments in the field up to '/4" vertical
dimension on all four supports.
E. Screen and Screenings Wash System
The screen and screenings wash systems shall be designed for a water supply of 16 gpm at
a pressure of 60 psi.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 11000- 7
04474-0022 December 2021

An automatic screen wash systems (IRGA) shall be provided. The screenings wash zone of
the conveyor tube shall be provided with a minimum of three nozzles at its circumference.
A spray bar shall be provided above the screw in the screen basket. The compaction zone
housing shall be provided with a ring flush system to ensure complete flushing of the
compaction zone housing. All water access points shall be provided with solenoid valves,
piping and flexible reinforced PVC hoses.
3. The common water connection shall be provided with a brass body y-strainer. The strainer
shall include a removable and washable stainless steel 20-mesh (800 micron) filter element.
A water manifold with one input and three output water connections shall be provided.
The water input connection shall have a diameter of 1 '/4".
4. The wash systems shall be operated on an intermittent basis only. Wash systems which
operate continuously will not be acceptable.
5. The solenoid valves shall be operated by the programmable logical controller. Individual
manual operation of each solenoid shall also be possible from the control panel.
6. Solenoid valves shall be brass body, 2-way, and designed for 120 VAC operation with an
explosion -proof rating. Solenoid valves shall be normally closed and rated for up to 100
psig.
F. Gear Motor Drive
The screw shall be driven by a shaft mounted geared motor. The geared motor shall have a
minimum service factor of 1.0 equivalent to an AGMA class I rating.
2. The gear reducer shall be bolted to a machined flange welded to the upper end of the auger
tube.
3. The gear reducer shall be driven by a 3-phase, 60 hertz, 230/460 volt, class I, division 2,
continuous -duty motor with leads to a conduit box for outdoor operation.
G. Anchor Bolts
1. Equipment manufacturer shall furnish all anchor bolts of ample size and strength required
to securely anchor each item of equipment. Anchor bolts, hex nuts, and washers shall be
stainless steel. Anchor bolts shall be wedge or epoxy type.
2. Anchor bolts shall be set by the contractor. Equipment shall be placed on the foundations,
leveled, shimmed, bolted down, and grouted with a non -shrinking grout.
H. Control System
1. All controls necessary for the fully automatic operation of the screen shall be provided.
2. The electrical control system shall provide for automatic control of the screen via a high
liquid level using a float switch system in connection with an adjustable timer.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 11000- 8
04474-0022 December 2021

3. Control panel shall be suitable for outdoor, wall -mounting. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4x
stainless steel with continuous hinge and lockable door latch, and shall include the
following:
i. Enclosure, NEMA 4X, 304 stainless steel with 3 pt. latch
ii. Main disconnect, non -fused type, with through door disconnect handle
iii. Motor starter, reversing, IEC, with overload relay and CB branch circuit protection
iv. Current monitor
v. Surge protection, 120VAC
vi. control power transformer, 480-120VAC
vii. Programmable logic controller, AB MICROLOGIX 1400 with ethernet and
required IO
viii. Operator interface unit, AB panel view 800, 4" color touchscreen, with elapse
meter
ix. 24VDC power supply
x. Panel heater, with thermostat
xi. LOT, circuit breakers, 120VAC
xii. LOT, pilot lights, LED push to test
xiii. LOT, push buttons
xiv. LOT, selector switches
xv. LOT, control relays, socket type
xvi. LOT, terminal blocks
xvii. LOT, intrinsically safe barrier
xviii. LOT, dry contacts
xix. Dual float switch
xx. E-stop 1 hole NEMA 7
xxi. Alarm light (OMNI BEACON) with silence button
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING OF EQUIPMENT
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 11000- 9
04474-0022 December 2021

A. All equipment shall be shipped and delivered fully assembled, except where partial disassembly
is required in order to conform to transportation regulations or for the protection of
components.
B. The contractor shall be responsible for unloading of the machinery and shall have equipment
on -site available at the time of delivery permitting proper hoisting of the equipment.
3.2 FIELD PREPARATION AND PAINTING
A. Contractor shall touch-up all shipping damage to the paint and stainless steel as soon as the
equipment arrives on the job site.
B. Contractor shall supply paint for field touch-up and field painting.
C. Contractor shall finish paint electrical motors, speed reducers, and other self-contained or
enclosed components with oil -resistance enamel.
D. Contractor shall coat all stainless steel bolts and nut threads with a non -seizing compound prior
to final assembly.
3.3 INSTALLATION, START UP AND OPERATOR TRAINING
A. Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field to ensure compliance of equipment
dimensions with the drawings. Contractor shall notify engineer of significant deviations.
B. Installation of the equipment shall be in strict accordance with the contract documents and the
manufacturer's instructions and shop drawings. Manufacturer shall supply anchor bolts for the
equipment. Contractors shall install the anchor bolts in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations
C. Manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory -trained service engineer for one (1) trip
including two (2) days to inspect the installation, observe start up, and provide operator
training.
1. Equipment shall not be energized, or "bumped" to check the electrical connection for motor
rotation without the service engineer present.
2. The service engineer shall make all necessary adjustments and settings to the controls. In
particular, service engineer shall verify the measurement relay setting and the initial water
level setting for the screen.
3. The service engineer shall demonstrate proper operation of the entire unit. The screen shall
operate automatically based on the water level.
END OF SECTION 11000
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 11000- 10
04474-0022 December 2021

SECTION 16000 — ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 — CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
1.1 Contractor shall reference all specifications, drawings and contract documents for additional
requirements and contract responsibilities prior to commencing work.
1.2 Contractor shall comply with all Aqua America Inc. standards, details, and specifications.
1.3 The general notes as stated on this sheet are applicable to all contract documents and scope of work
under this contract unless noted otherwise.
1.4 All electrical work shall comply with the current NFPA, NEC, NESC and local codes including
Owner's standards and requirements.
1.5 Contractor shall coordinate with the local electrical utility to establish new electrical service(s) and
final connections to provide utility power as required to include establishing temporary utility
account to provide electrical power for start-up and commissioning.
1.6 The electrical installation shall meet the requirements of all applicable NECA/NEIS standards to
include owner construction standards.
1.7 Contractor shall plan and coordinate electrical construction with all craft/trade to achieve an
efficient and effective electrical installation.
1.8 The scheduling and duration of any process or facility shutdown to remove and/or install equipment
shall be coordinated in advance with facility management, engineer, Owner or Owner
representative.
PART 2 — POWER AND CONTROL RACEWAYS
2.1 Exposed conduit shall be rigid aluminum conduit (RAC), GRS, IMC and EMT are not acceptable.
2.2 Concealed conduit embedded in concrete shall be SCH-40 PVC.
2.3 Direct -buried conduit shall be direct -buried SCH-80 PVC.
2.4 Transitions through finished grade and/or concrete shall be PVC -coated RAC conduit.
2.5 Drawings depict major ductbank, cable -tray, bus -duct, wire -way, trench/floor ducts, raceway,
conduit, etc., to include cable, conductor and wiring in schematic and/or diagrammatic formats. The
contractor shall reference all equipment specifications and manufacturer instructions for additional
installation requirements.
2.6 Raceway installation and/or arrangement layouts are not typically shown on the drawings.
Contractor shall develop logical groupings, routing and marshalling of ductbank, cable -tray, bus -
duct, wire -way, trench/floor duct, raceway, conduit, etc., these shall not be routed through or
interfere with any structural elements. Contractor shall submit these raceway installation and/or
arrangement layouts per the specifications for engineer review prior to installation.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 16000- 1
04474-0022 December 2021

2.7 Raceway routings shall be organized and grouped in a practical manner to minimize cross-overs and
saddles. Raceway installations shall be arranged to enter equipment for direct conductor
terminations.
2.8 Raceways shall be installed concealed unless otherwise noted or shown. These shall run parallel to
landscape and structural features while the bends and turns shall be made by means of large radii
fittings.
2.9 Provide flexible raceway connections to all equipment subject to movement and/or vibration.
Contractor shall make raceway connections complete and in accordance with the specifications.
2.10 Contractor shall provide all required pull boxes, terminal boxes, and junction boxes for installation
for the wiring systems in accordance with the specifications though all boxes may not be indicated
on the drawings.
2.11 Spare conduits shall be capped or plugged with a PVC fitting and include 200# test polypropylene
pull string.
PART 3 — CABLE TRAY
3.1 The cable tray installation shall meet all the requirements of all applicable NECA/NEIS standards.
These include but are not limited to the following:
A. NECA 1: standard practices for good workmanship in electrical construction.
B. NECA/NENIA 105-2015: standard for installing metal cable tray.
3.2 All cable trays shall be aluminum ladder type with 4-inch side walls and 12-inch rung spacing.
3.3 The manufacturer's recommended mechanical loading shall not be exceeded.
3.4 The cable tray shall be carefully aligned and leveled plumb and true. Cable tray sections and fittings
shall be assembled on their supports and joined together, using manufacturer's standard connector
units, properly aligned, and secured.
3.5 Splices should be located as close as possible to points one-third the distance between support and
midpoint of the span. Straight section lengths should be equal to or greater than the span length to
ensure not more than one splice plate between supports.
3.6 All metallic cable trays are to be grounded in accordance with NEC Article 392.60 and best
industrial practices.
3.7 Aluminum cable tray systems or sections, conductivity shall be established and maintained by
performing the following operation at each bonding jumper lug connection:
A. Wire -brush aluminum surfaces to expose a bright 'white' metal surface.
B. Clean brushed surfaces with denatured alcohol.
C. Apply anti -oxidizing compound (Burndy Pentrox or approved equal) to clean, brushed
surfaces. A time period of less than 5 minutes must not elapse between steps 'A' and V.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 16000- 2
04474-0022 December 2021

3.8 Re -apply anti -oxidizing compound as required and bolt lug components.
3.9 Sufficient space shall be provided and maintained about the cable trays to allow adequate access for
installing and maintaining cabling.
3.10 All cables and cable ties shall be secured to cable tray rungs. UV -resistant nylon 'ty-wraps' are
acceptable for horizontal runs and stainless -steel 'ty-wraps' should be used in vertical runs.
Maximum tie spacing shall be 12-inches for cables in vertical cable trays and 36-inches for cables in
horizontal. Cable ties shall be of sufficient tensile strength and rigidity to prevent "snaking" of
cables.
3.11 The contractor shall provide and install all necessary components required for making final
connections of cable trays to all electrical equipment as required per contract.
3.12 Manufactured strut -channel braces, brackets, fittings, or post bases shall be provided and installed
with associated hardware and fasteners for cable tray supports.
3.13 Strut -channel shall not be bent, drilled, miter -cut or otherwise modified to produce fittings, braces
or brackets for cable tray supports.
PART 4 — ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
4.1 600V rated electrical equipment shall have an ampere interrupting capacity (AIC) ratings as shown
on the contract drawings.
4.2 Equipment shall be arranged and installed to comply with all code -required, manufacturer -
recommended, and heat -dissipation clearances.
4.3 Equipment installations and placements shall comply with NEC article 110 for all clearance
requirements.
4.4 Equipment shall fit into those spaces as shown on the contract drawings. Contractor is responsible
to provide equipment which meets the space requirements.
4.5 Contractor shall provide all necessary components required for making final connections for all
equipment installed and/or modified under contract.
PART 5 — DUCTBANK SYSTEM
5.1 Ductbank system routing and sections are shown on the contract documents as diagrammatic,
contractor shall submit proposed ductbank installation layout drawings for engineer review prior to
excavation, fabrication and/or installation per specification section 26 05 43 1.4a.
5.2 Ductbank systems shall not interfere with any structural foundation and/or feature.
5.3 Ductbank systems shall have a minimum of 18-inch of clean compacted cover unless otherwise
stated in the contract documents.
5.4 Ductbank systems routed under roadways shall be constructed and installed per structural engineer
of record design requirements.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 16000- 3
04474-0022 December 2021

5.5 Ductbank systems shall include a bare 4/Oawg copper grounding conductor laid 6 to 12-inches
above ductbank and routed into each man -hole.
5.6 Ductbank grounding conductor shall be connected with exothermic welds to grounding systems as
shown the drawings.
5.7 Ductbank systems shall be arranged to allow 1.5 to 2.0-inch minimum separation between raceways.
5.8 ABS plastic duct -spacers shall be utilized and installed to maintain raceway separation during
placement of concrete.
A. Underground Devices Inc. P/N duct donut 2C or approved equal.
5.9 Raceways shall be secured to prevent floatation during concrete placement with metallic hold-down
assemblies.
A. Underground devices, inc. P/N hold-down bar H5X-XX-2X or approved equal.
5.10 All raceways bends shall be made with large sweep radii.
5.11 All raceways shall be reamed, de -burred and clean prior to coupling.
5.12 All PVC raceways shall be joined with grey heavy -bodied PVC cement and fully seated in slip -
coupling or fitting.
5.13 All PVC raceways shall enter man -hole walls perpendicular and have bell -end fittings installed prior
to drawing wires or cables.
5.14 Raceway arrangements shall be made to maximum the distance between 480/277V and 208/120V
feeder and branch conductors from low -voltage and fiber optic signal cabling.
5.15 Ductbank extensions:
A. Bulk -head ductbank concrete pour and remove all form work.
B. Extend all rebar and conduits 24" minimum from end of concrete ductbank.
C. Glue PVC end caps on all conduits. Sleeve rebar with PVC pipe.
D. Install 2.0-inch PVC pipe 48-inch above finished grade at location and indicate on as -build
drawings with a minimum of three (3) measurements from nearest structures.
PART 6 — CABLES/CONDUCTORS/WIRES
6.1 Quantity and sizing of conductors, cabling, wiring, and respective raceways depicted on the contract
documents are selected upon the basis of design, standard electrical components and/or standard
equipment with direct routed connections.
6.2 Contractor may submit for review by engineer and prior to installation, logical conductor, and
raceway groupings in compliance with applicable codes, standards and specifications without
additional cost to owner.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 16000- 4
04474-0022 December 2021

6.3 7contractor shall provide a circuit identification label at each end of each power, branch, control and
instrumentation circuit cable assembly, conductor, or wire.
6.4 Power/feeder
A. Contractor shall not exceed cable manufacturer specifications for side -wall and tension
limits when drawing power cables into raceways.
B. Contractor shall draw power cables and conductors within raceways utilizing polywater
lubricant j or approved equal.
C. No splices to power conductors and/or cabling shall be made without engineer approval. No
junctions shall be made below grade without approval of engineer.
6.5 Power/branch
A. Raceway and wiring for lighting, receptacles and branch circuits are not typically shown on
the contract drawings but shall be provided as required under this contract.
PART 7 — GROUNDING AND BONDING
7.1 Grounding and bonding systems shall comply with NFPA 70 and NFPA 780 to include those
requirements in specification Section 26 05 19.
7.2 Reference grounding installation details as shown on contract documents.
7.3 All direct -buried grounding system conductors shall be bare 4/OAWG copper.
7.4 All concrete encased grounding system conductors shall be tinned 4/OAWG copper.
7.5 All grounding and bonding taps shall be tinned #2AWG copper minimum.
7.6 Grounding system conductors shall be buried 30-inch below finished grade.
7.7 Underground or concrete encased grounding system connections shall be made with exothermic
welds.
7.8 Connections to structural steel and/or rebar shall be made with exothermic welds.
7.9 Electrical equipment and/or framing supports shall be bonded to grounding system using tinned
#2AWG copper; mechanical lugs; 316L stainless -steel, anti -vibration fasteners and blue 'loctite' or
equal thread compound (minimum 2 locations).
7.10 Mechanical equipment and/or skid framing shall be bonded to grounding system using tinned
#2AWG copper; mechanical lugs; 316L stainless -steel, anti -vibration fasteners and blue 'loctite' or
equal thread compound (minimum 2 locations).
7.11 Man -way and/or equipment hatch frames shall be bonded to grounding system using tinned #2AWG
copper; mechanical lugs; 316L stainless -steel, anti -vibration fasteners and blue 'loctite' or equal
thread compound (minimum 2 locations).
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 16000- 5
04474-0022 December 2021

7.12 Ground test wells shall be 15-inch minimum round concrete with cast iron cover with bead welded
lettering, "ground" and rated AASHTO H-10 loading.
A. J&R concrete products P/N E6-RT-Box or equal.
7.13 Grounding system extensions:
A. Provide sufficient slack grounding cable to make connections to future grounding
conductors, ductbanks and/or equipment.
B. Install 2.0-inch PVC pipe 48-inch above finished grade at location and indicate on as -build
drawings with a minimum of three (3) measurements from nearest structures.
PART 8 —LIGHTING SYSTEMS
8.1 Contractor shall reference all contract drawings prior to excavation and installation of underground
raceways, ductbanks and grounding/bonding components.
8.2 All site lighting power "run" conductors shall be #6AWG stranded copper w/600V type XHHW-2,
90°C insulation.
8.3 All site lighting power "tap" conductors shall be #10awg stranded copper with 600V type
THHN/THWN, 90°C insulation.
8.4 All tap and run connections shall be water -proof.
8.5 Transitions through finished grade and concrete shall be PVC -coated aluminum conduit extending
12-inches above and below transition.
8.6 All site lighting branch circuits shall be direct -buried SCH-80 2.0" PVC conduit unless shown
otherwise on the contract drawings.
9.1 General
a. Indoors or non -process areas shall be installed concealed and flush with stainless -steel
device cover plates.
b. Outdoors or in process areas shall be installed within weather-proof, corrosion resistant
device boxes with metallic in -use and/or water -tight device cover plates.
9.2 Receptacles/ground fault current interrupting (GFCI)
a. Shall be individual GFCI receptacle devices rated for 20A/120V with LED power indicator.
b. GFCI receptacle devices shall not share neutral conductors on three-phase systems.
10.1 All fasteners and hardware shall be stainless -steel 316L.
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 16000- 6
04474-0022 December 2021

10.2 Strut -channel shall not be bent, drilled, cut, or otherwise modified to produce fittings, braces or
brackets for conduit and equipment supports.
10.3 Manufactured strut -channel braces, brackets, fittings, or post bases shall be provided and installed
with associated hardware and fasteners for conduit and equipment supports.
10.4 Contractor shall provide all supports and fastening hardware for switchboards, panelboards,
transformers, control panels, etc., as required in the specifications.
10.5 Contractor shall provide and install concrete embedded leveling channel supports for floor mounted
equipment spanning distances 48" and greater in length or 36" and greater in depth.
10.6 Structural members shall not be drilled, cut, welded to, or otherwise modified without prior
approval of the engineer of record.
END OF SECTION 16000
CASTLE BAY WWTP HEADWORKS MODIFICATIONS 16000- 7
04474-0022 December 2021

VI V1 VI V1 ✓1 M N N m t(1 V1 N N
A m m m M m m m m m m m
0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
a
a a
A � n N n a n m V 01 n n 00 01
°° eo 00 0o m oo ti ff v m n m m io O1
- OOOo"oO.+0o80.-I
xo00oo00000000
V
O
N
p YI ? \
O. o Z o Z o Z o 0 o Z o Z
u
� o
� o —
m
> a$ a 1 a o a a a a a a w
Z z Z Z Z Z Z Z x
r d O
ip D h
o
W N cO m W W 00 W c0 e0 c0 W CO
G E o
v m
v
c o
W N �
m — O
v m n
m m
v L
U �
m i
N
v
•n .
a° o o
mom aga ga �vm��+oN�
o m
v
0
3x°'m
m m m m m
0 0 0 0 0
a
'� •�c-o o w N � �
0
v
c
n N M M � ap cq
N O
N lD N N l0
YI N �y N Yl
c C
3 �
C
c c
` v v
C W
A
L U u
O
� o
C L
C1
u o 3 =u ° c
L co `o o m

HUBER HUBER HUBER HUBER
.. .. M ..
WASTE WATER Solutions WASTE WATER Solutions WASTE WATER Solutions WASTE WATER Solutions
Equipment &
Equipment &
Equipment &
Equipment &
Controls Submittal
Controls Submittal
Controls Submittal
Controls Submittal
ROTAMAT®
ROTAMAT®
ROTAMATO
ROTAMAT®
Ro91300TI6
Ro91300TI6
Ro91300TI6
Ro91300TI6
with Controls
with Controls
with Controls
with Controls
Castle Bay, NC
Castle Bay, NC
Castle Bay, NC
Castle Bay, NC
PID73007243
PID73007243
PID73007243
PID73007243
Specification
Specification
Specification
Specification
Section: HUBER
Section: HUBER
Section: HUBER
Section: HUBER
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Specification
Specification
Specification
Specification
Rev 0 Rev 0 Rev 0 Rev 0
6/16/2021 6/16/2021 6/16/2021 6/16/2021

Equipment
Submittal
Castle Bay, NC
PID73007243
& Controls
Rev 0
6116I2021
HUBER
WASTE WATER Solutions

KEY CONTACTS
Manufacturer:
HUBER Technology, Inc.
1009 Airlie Parkway
Denver, NC 28037
Contact: Amber Sizemore ([e-mail])
Phone:[phone] Fax:[phone]
Installation, Start -Up and Commissioning:
HUBER Technology, Inc.
1009 Airlie Parkway
Denver, NC 28037
Contact: Patrick Sheehan ([e-mail]
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
Customer:
Aqua North Carolina, INC.
202 MacKenan Ct.
Cary, NC 27511
Contact: Michael Melton ([e-mail])
Kyle McKay ([e-mail])
Phone Number: [phone]
Local Representative:
Premier Water
Contact: Steven Young ([e-mail])
Phone: [phone]

Table of Contents
KEY CONTACTS
SECTION 1: General Information
• ROTAMAT® Perforated Plate Screen Brochure 1-1
• ROTAMAT® Perforated Plate Screen Reference List 1-5
SECTION 2: Scope of Supply and Specifications
• As Sold Scope of Supply 2-1
SECTION 3: Operating Instructions and Technical Data
• Ro9 Size 300 Data Sheet 3-1
• Operating Instructions 3-2
SECTION 4: Components Information ROTAMAT° Ro9
• Motor & Gearbox Information
4-1
• Solenoid Valve
4-8
• Anchor Bolts
4-19
• Bagging Unit
4-30
SECTION 5: Project Drawings
• General Arrangement Drawings 5-1
SECTION 6: Control Panel Information
• Submittal Comments
6-3
• Electrical Drawings
6-5
• Bill of Materials
6-16
• Catalog Cuts
6-20

SECTION 7: Spares, Service, Training and Storage
• List of Supplied Spare Parts
7-1
• Spare Parts Drawing
7-2
• Spare Parts List
7-3
• Start Up Days
7-5
• Storage
7-6
• Materials Needed for Service
7-7
• List of Special Tools
7-8
SECTION 8: Test and Inspections Report
• Huber Test and Inspections Report 8-1
SECTION 9: Certifications
• ISO 9001 9-1
• ISO14001 9-2
SECTION 10: Warranty
• Huber Standard Warranty 10-1

SECTION 1— General Information

HUBER
WASTE WATER Solutions
ROTAMAT° Micro Strainer Ro 9
Wastewater screen for small to medium flows
- with integrated screenings washing and compaction
- for channel installation or supplied in a tank
- with optional frost protection for outdoor installation
Section 1 Page 1

The challenge —Our solution
Both municipal wastewater treatment plants and industrial
applications require mechanical treatment as a first treat-
ment step to remove as much as possible of the floating,
settling and suspended material.
The aim is to achieve the maximum separation efficiency
under the prevailing hydraulic conditions. Operating
reliability, efficiency and hygienic operation are important
factors for a mechanical separation plant.
The ROTAMAT® Micro Strainer Ro 9 operation is based
upon a unique system that allows combination of screen-
ing, washing, transport, compaction and dewatering in a
single unit.
Depending on the screen bar spacing or perforation and
screen size {up to 700 mm screen basket diameter}, the
throughput can be individually adjusted to specific site
requirements.
The ROTAMAT® Micro Strainer Ro 9 is completely made of
stainless steel and acid treated in a pickling bath.
The screen can be installed either directly in the channel
or in a separate tank.
Design and function
The ROTAMAT® Micro Strainer Ro 9 is installed directly in
the channel or in a separate tank. Whilst the wastewater
flows in through the open front end of the screen basket
and through the screen bars or perforations, solids are
retained by the screen basket, whereby the separation of
floating, settling and suspended solids is dependent upon
the screen bar spacing or perforation size.
Blinding of the screen surface generates an additional
filtering effect so that solids can be retained that are
smaller than the bar spacing or perforation. The machine
Screen basket
> wedge wire > 0.5 mm
IMWW=—Z
> perforated plate ? 1 mm
> mesh > 0.8 mm
Schematic drawing ofa ROTAMA7� Micro Strainer Ro 9
starts to operate when a certain upstream water level is
exceeded due to screen surface blinding.
A robust stainless steel screw removes the screenings
from the screen basket surface. Additional cleaning is
achieved by wear -resistant brushes fitted to the screw
flights. The screw conveyor transports the screenings
through a closed and inclined pipe.
Whilst the screenings are transported, the screw con-
veyor dewaters and compacts them without any odour
annoyance prior to discharging them into the customer's
container or a subsequent conveying unit.
The user's benefits
> Low investment costs
> Quick and easy installation, even as a retrofit
> Reliable self-cleaning ofthe screening area by means
of the stainless steel screw flights and wear -resistant
brushes
> All stainless steel construction, therefore virtually
unlimited life and no maintenance
> Encapsulated, odour -free plant
> Low disposal costs due to integrated screenings
washing and compaction
> Optional frost -protected unit for outdoor installation -
No building required
Section 1 Page 2

WASTE LAMER Safi...
Integrated screenings washing (IRGA) or
external screenings washing (ERGA) system
When the clarification process is to he optimised, the
> Optimal cost/performance ratio
integrated screenings washing system is a well -proven
> Easy retrofit
instrument to improve the nitrogen/carbon ratio and save
costs. As the soluble matter is separated from the inert
> Minimised disposal costs
material, faeces are virtually completely washed out
> Improved operating and hygienic conditions
which leads to a significant weight reduction.
> Virtually complete washout of faeces
Integrated screenings washing system (IRGA).
The ROTAMAT® principle allows forintegration ofthe
screenings washing system directly in the lower end of
the rising pipe.
> Weight reduction by approx. 50 %
> Dewatering performance of up to 40 % DS
External screenings washing system (ERGA).
A preceding washing system washes out the
organic matter.
A ROTAMAP Micro Strainer Ro 9 XL version with an extended screen basket
The ROTAMAT® Micro Strainer Ro 9 XL version with an
extended screen basket fora higher throughput is
especially suited for narrow and deep channels. The long
screen basket (4001500 mm diameter) is able to handle
greatly varying dry weather and stormwater flows.
> Extended screen basket available in two lengths
> Size 400 and 500
> For greatly varying inflows
> Maintenance -free lower ceramic bearing
i
ROTAMAT� Micro Strainer Ro 9 XL with lower
maintenance -free ceramic bearing
ROTAMAT® Micro Strainer economy version Ro 9Ec
The ROTAMAT® Ro 9Ec is a low-cost version of the
ROTAMAT® Micro Strainer Ro 9 with the following special
features,
> Best cost/performance ratio
> No additional wash water required due to the reduced
screenings compaction
> For installation directly in the channel or in a tank
> Size 300 and 500
> Wedge wire screen basket or perforated plate basket
available
Tank -mounted ROTAMAT® Micro Strainer Ro 9Ec
Section 1 Page 3

WASTE WATER aaluuons
Installation examples
ROTAMA7� Micro Strainer-Ro 9 installed in the middle ofa
roundabout
Outdoor installation of a ROTAMAT® Micro Strainer Rog
> Screen sizes
Tank installation of a ROTAMAT- Micro Strainer Ro 9
ROTAMAT� Micro StrainerRo 9 size 700 installed in the
channel
Screen basket diameter: 300, 400, 500, 700 mm Bar spacing: ? 0.5mm
Installation angle: variable up to 48' Perforation: ? 1 mm
HUBER SE Suhjecttotechnicalmodification
0.217 - 4.2012 - 4.2005
Industriepark Erasbach Al • D-92334 Benching
Phone: [phone] • Fax: [phone]
info@huherde • Internet: www.huber.de ROTAMATO Micro Strainer Ro 9
Section 1 Page 4

HUBER Technology, Inc. HUBER
looff�• •
WASTE WATER Solutions
Reference List: HUBER Micro Strainer ROTAMATO Ro9
date of order project product size quantity order no
05/04/2021 Tilton I IL, US Rog 500 1.00
04114/2021 King William County I VA, US Rog j 300 1.00
13011430
13011335
04/08/2021
03/29/2021
Sullivan, WI, US
Egg Harbor, Rog / W I, US
Rog
Rog
400 1.00
700-355 1 1.00
13011294
13011246
03109/2021
Craigsville / WV, US
Rog
400
1.00
13011093
01/18/2021
Cape Girardeau, Fruitland / MO, US
Rog
500
1.00
13010830
11/30/2020
Rhome, East WWTP, TX- US
Ro9
500
1.00
13010640
11119/2020
Kennebunk, ME, US
Rog
700-355
1.00
13010579
11119/2020
Kennebunk, ME, US
Rog
700-355
1.00
13010579
11/10/2020
Warrensburg, NY
Rog
500
1.00
13010539
10129/2020
Bastrop, TX. US
Rog
700-273
1.00
13010486
09125/2020
Provo / UT, US
Rog
500
2.00
13010346
W20/2020
Appleton / WI, US
Rog
300
1.00
13010205
07/31/2020
New Egypt, Plumstead / NJ, US
Rog
500
2.00
13010130
07130/2020
Somersworth / NH, US
Rog
Rog
500XL
2.00
13010122
07/29/2020
Harman, WV
300
1.00
13010111
07124/2020
Van Alstyne I TX, US
Rog
500XL
1.00
13010096
05/1112020
Calaveras Co, Vallecito, CA I US
Rog
300
1.00
13009722
05/1112020
Calaveras Go, La Contenta I CA, US
Rog
400
1.00
13009723
05/11/2020
Calaveras Co, Forest Meadows CA, US
Rog
300
1.00
13009724
01/27/2020
01/09/2020
Smyrna 1 TN, US
Saipan - Agingan WWTP / MP, US
Rog
Rog
400
500XL
1.00
13009289
1.00
13009171
12/18/2019
INEOS_Pasadena,TX_Rog, US
Rog
700-355
2.00
13009143
10129/2019
Aqua Stock Machines 1 INC, US
Rog
300
3.00
13008888
10129/2019
Aqua Stock Machines I INC, US
Rog
300
2.00
13008888
10129/2019 McCall, Payette Lakes WWTP, ID, US
Rog
700-355
1.00
13008889
1011712019
Farmington WV, US
Rog
300
500XL
1.00
1.00
13008840
13008651
09/03/2019
Arab, Gilliam Creek, AL, US
Rog
09/03/2019
Arab, Riley Maze, AL, US
Rog
500XL
1.00
13008652
07111/2019
Brakebush Bros., Mocksville, US
Rog
500
1.00
13008418
06/05/2019
North Hays Shadow Creek, TX, US
Rog
500
1.00
13008231
04/02/2019
Ready Seafood Portland 1 ME, US
Rog
300
1.00
13007935
03/20/2019
Hays County MUD#5, TX, US
Rog
300
1.00
13007854
02f04/2019
Suny Morrisville, NY, US
Ro9
300
1.00
13007655
01128/2019
Frost, TX, US
Rog
400
1.00
13007595
01128/2019 Milford, TX, US
Rog
400
1.00
13007596
12106/2018 Travis County, TX MUD #22, US
Rog
300
1.00
1300739E
1011112018 Cromwell - Turkey Creek, IN, US
Rog
500
1.00
13007128
0813112018 Kerry Foods 8 Flavours, US
07/30/2018 Ridgeway, WI, US
Rog
Rog
300
1.00
13006952
300
1.00
13006814
07/26/2018 Gainesville I MO, US
Rog
400
1.00
13006802
Section 1 Page 5

HUBERTechnology, Inc.
WASTE WATER Solutions
05/23/2018
North Key Largo / FL, US
Rog
700
1.00
13006488
02120/2018
Aqua Stock Machines I NC, US
Rog
500
1.00
13006150
02120/2018 Aqua Stock Machines / NC, US
Rog
300
3.00
13006150
02/20/2018 Copperas Gave South 1 TX, US
0113112018 Rog Stock Machines / NC, US
Rog
R09
400XL
1.00
5.00
13006152
300
13006090
01/1612018
Greenville 1 KY, US
Rog
500
1.00
13005986
01110J2018
Salado I TX, US
Rog
300
1.00
13005966
12/18/2017
Muddy Creek -Midland / NC, US
Rog
300
1.00
13005916
1111512017
Keystone / SD, US
Rog
300
1.00
13005779
1110612017
1110312017
Comal TX Park Village, US
Ro9
Ro9
300
1.00
13005724
Comal l TX, US
500
1.00
13005721
10/12/2017
Montgomery Ca, US
Rog
400
1.00
13005628
08/25/2017 Aqua / NC, US
Rog
300
1.00
13005467
07/28/2017 Country Woods East / NC, US
Rog
500
1.00
13005365
07114/2017 Tuscarawas Co I OH, US
Rog
400
1.00
13005270
07/04/2017
Carolina Meadows / NG, US
Rog
500
1.00
13005226
07104/2017
Govemors Club / INC, US
Rog
300
1.00
13005227
04/28/2017
Hackberry / TX, US
Rog
700-273
1.00
13004930
04/05/2017
Plantation WWTP Richmond I TX, US
Rog
400
1.00
130MO25
04/03/2017
Howards Grove / WI, US
Rog
500
1.00
13004809
02/23/2017
Central Clear Creek / CO, US
Rog
300
1.00
13004632
0212112017
0i/3112017
Glen Rose/TX, US
New London/MO, US
Ro9
500XL
300
1.00
1.00
13004613
13004540
Rog
01130/2017
Morgantown Rotamat, US
Rog
400
2.00
13004528
11129/2016
Travis MUD 16/TX, US
Rog
300
1.00
13004288
1Oil 3/2016
Bloomdalel OH, US
Rog
300
1.00
13004121
08/19/2016
York I ME, US
Rog
400
1.00
13003942
04/13/2016
MontgomeryITX, US
Rog 500XL
1.00
13003397
03/15/2016
West / TX, US
Rog
500XL
1.00
13003302
02124/2016
Camden / AL, US
Rog
300
1.00
13003210
02/23/2016
WTMA Waynesboro, US
Rog
500XL
1.00
13003206
12/21/2015
Bastrop / TX, US
Rog
400
2.00
13003008
11/25/2015
Houston / TX, US
Rog
300
1.00
13002864
09/29/2015
Robins AFB / GA, US
Ro9
500XL
1.00
13002650
09I15/2015
Walnut, IL; US
Rog
300
1.00
13002582
07/28/2015 Lowell / INC, US
Rog
400
1.00
13002395
07/27/2015 Newmarket I NH, US
Rog
500XL
1.00
13002390
06/30/2015 Edina / MO, US
Rog
300
1.00
13002287
06/22/2015
Cedaredge / CO, US
Rog
400
1.00
13002234
06/1112015 Neilsville / W I, US
05/29/2015 Washburn / WI, US
05/13/2015 Cassville / W I, US
Rog
Rog
500
500
1.00
1.00
13002196
13002150
Rog
500
1.00
13002086
04/09/2015 Kings Plaza / PA, US
Rog
500
1.00
13001959
0111412015 Tomahawk / W I, US
Rog
Soo
1.00
13001566
11/27/2014 Shadow Creek/ TX, US
Ro9
400
1.00
13001390
Section 1 Page 6

HUBERTechnology, Inc.
:111:1tJ
WASTE WATER Solutions
09105/2014
Beloit/ OH, US
Rog
500XL
1.00
13001033
08/07/2014
Ladysmith / WI, US
Rog
700-355
1.00
13000939
07/23/2014
Blue Mounds I WI, US
Rog
300
1.00
13000866
06/30/2014
06/04/2014
Hackberry / TX, US
Singing Hills / FIX, US
Rog
Rog
700-273
1.00
13000767
300
1.00
13000633
05/20/2014
Sonoma County / CA, US
Rog
300
1.00
13000555
04124/2014
Belleville I OK US
Rog
400
1.00
13000476
04/15/2014 Columbus, Brunswick / INC, US
Rog
300
1.00
13000443
04110/2014 Thayne / WY, US
Rog
300
1.00
13000428
03120/2014
Emory University - Atlanta, GA; US
Lancaster WI, US
Rog
Rog
300
1.00
13000324
09/11/2013
400
1.00
293591
09/05/2013
Sparta / GA, US
Rog
500XL
1.00
293571
09/02/2013
Camden I AL, US
Rog
300
1.00
293559
08/06/2013
Fort Palk I LA, US
Rog
500
1.00
293490
OW18/2013
Plummer ID, US
Rog
500
1.00
293441
07/04/2013
Birchwood I WI, US
Rog
400
1 1.00
293413
06/13/2013
Caliente I NV, US
Rog
300
1.00
293344
05/28/2013
Gaswell DOG I NO, US
Rog
300
1.00
293291
04/22/2013
Harvard I IL, US
Rog
500
1.00
293201
0111712013
Devils Lake / W I, US
Rog
400
1.00
292954
08110/2012
Rangely I CO, US
Rog
300
1.00
292478
08/02/2012
Yakima / WA, US
Homer / LA, US
Rog
400
1.00
292446
02/27/2012
Rog
400
1.00
292021
01119/2012
Troy I NC, US
Rog
300
1.00
291934
11116/2011
Elwood I UT, US
Rog
300
2.00
291773
11111/2011
Buchanan 1 NY, US
Rog
300
1.00
291764
1110912011
Del / IL, US
Rog 300
1.00
291758
0911912011
East Alabama Headworks, US
Glen Lyn I VA, US
Rog
Rog
700HP
300
1.00
291595
08130J2011
1.00
291547
08/11/2011
East Brewton I Al, US
Rog
300
1.00
291497
08/02/2011
Alice / TX, US
Rog
300
1.00
291473
04/06/2011
Aledo / TX, US
Rog
500
1.00
291133
03/15/2011
Bloomer WI, US
Rog
S00
1.00
291069
01112/2011
I Kingsland MUD I TX, US
R09
500
1.00
290896
08/27/2010
Lyons I W I, US
Rog
400
1.00
290529
07/28/2010
Holley Navarre I FL, US
Rog
300
1.00
290459
07/27/2010
Arpin IWI,US
Rog
300
1.00
290455
O5/25/2010 Maynard / MA, US
Rog
500XL
1.00
290252
05/25/2010 Nekoosa / W I, US
Rog
400 1.00
290253
04/22/2010 Clyman / WI, US
03112/2010 Woodridge / NY, US
Rag
Rog
400 1.00
Soo 1.00
290168
290033
02/16/2010 Fort Stewart / GA, US
Rog
300 1.00
289945
10121/2009 Foothills DOC-Morganton/NC, US
Rog
400 1.00
289651
10121/2009
Scotland DOG-Laurinburg/NC, US
Rog
400 1.00
289652
10121I2009 Albemarle DOG -New LondonMC,US
Ro9
400 1.00
289653
Section 1 Page 7

HUBERTechnology, Inc.
:111:1tJ
WASTE WATER Solutions
10114/2009
Roberts / ID, US
Rog
300
1.00
289625
09125/2009
HeyburnI ID, US
Rog
300
1.00
289580
08119/2009
Justin, TX; US
Rog
500
1.00
289471
08/03/2009
06/26/2009
Plymouth / CT, US
Chatom/AL, US
Ro9
Rog
700-273 1.00
289427
289318
300
1.00
06104/2009
Sonora/ TX, US
Rog
400
1.00
289249
04/30/2009
High Point / TX, US
Ro9
300
1.00
289146
04/15/2009
Durant I OK, US
Ro9
500
1.00
289097
03113/2009
Ponder I TX, US
Rog
400
1.00
289006
02/19/2009 Green Springs I OH, US
02/04/2009 Apalachicola I FL, US
Ro9
Ro9
400
1.00
288948
500
1.00
288903
10116/2008
Custer / SD, US
Rog
300
1.00
288625
09109/2008
MomenceI IL, US
Rog
500
1.00
288519
07/07/2008 Radisson I W I, US
Rog
300
1.00
288323
06120/2008 Fairplay / CO, US
Rog
400
1.00
288287
06/0912008 Ashippun / WI, US
02/21/2008 Oclogah / OK, US
Ro9
500
1.00
288241
Ro9
400
1.00
287906
01/28/2008 Milledgeville, IL; US
Rog
300
1.00
287840
12/05/2007 Langston /City of WWTP I OK,
Ro9
300
1.00
287689
12/03/2007 Green Lake / W I, USA
Ro9
500
1.00
287682
10118/2007 Sunrise WWTF- Killington I VT
Rog
300
1.00
287563
08/21/2007 Hokah Oxidation Ditch, MN; US
07/30/2007 Southfork Landing I ID, USA
R09
300
1.00
2.00
287353
287303
Rog
300
06/25/2007 Winfield I IN, USA
Rog
500
1.00
287187
03/26/2007 GE Wilmington, US
Rog
300
1.00
286944
01/25/2007 Melba - ID, US
Rog
300
1.00
286773
01/11/2007 Pais Ko,NM, US
Rog
300
1.00
286716
1010412006
10102/2006
Westville I OK, USA
Rog 400
1.00
286512
Churubusoo / IN, USA
Rog
500
1.00
286495
M09/2006
Nature Preserve - IN, US
Rog
300
1.00
286376
06/28/2006
Biddeford / ME, USA
Ro9
300
1.00
286216
06/08/2006
N. Christian County, Nixa /MO,
Ro9
300
1.00
286152
06/08/2006
Oneida / W I, USA
Rog
400
1.00
286153
02/10/2006 Granbury I TX, USA
01118/2006 West Salem I W I, USA
Rog
400
1.00
285866
Ro9
500
1.00
285803
01/03/2006 Tecumseh W WTP - Shawnee I OK,
Rog
400
1.00
285756
12/20/2005
Natchez / LA, USA
Rog
300
1.00
285731
12116/2005
Vernon / FL, USA
Rog
300
1.00
285718
12/02/2005
Sunday River / ME, USA
Rog
300
1.00
285685
12/0112005
1110312005
Chuluota, City of / FI, USA
Dunlap W WTP, New Braunfels /
Rog
Rog
500
1.00
1.00
285683
400XL
285580
09116/2005
Warrens IWI,USA
Rog
400
1.00
285443
0812212005
Pocahontas - IA, USA
Ro9
300
1.00
285373
07/22I2005
Lincoln / NH, USA
Rog
Soo
1.00
2t15310
07/05/2005
Bell County, Nolanville I TX,
Ro9
500
1.00
285241
Section 1 Page 8

SECTION 2- As Sold Scope of Supply and
Specification -.Mdd

HUBER Technology, Inc.
1009 Airlie Pkwy
Denver, NC 28037
Office 704-949-1010
Fax [phone]
HUBER
WASTE WATER Solutions
Project: Castle Bay, NC
Equipment: ROTAMAT® Ro9-300-6
Proposal Date: March 22, 2021
Revision: 0
Section 2 Page 1

Scope of Supply Continued
ROTAMAT® Ro9 Design Information
Max Clear Water Flow Capacity (Each)
Peak Waste Water Design Flow
T55 Rate
Channel Width Required
Wash Water consumption
Wash Water Pressure
ROTAMAT® Ro9 Details
ROTA MATO Ro9 Technical Data
1.26 (55}
MGD (i/s)
0.2 (9)
MG✓J ([Is)
350.00
mg/1 TSS
12(300)
inches(mm)
14.2 (54)
GPM (1/m)
60 (4)
PSI ( bar)
Model: ROTAMAT® Ro9-300-6
Quantity 1
Material 304L Stainless Steel Construction; picked and passivated in acid bath
Mounting
Screening Opening
Press Zone
Screen Wash/Spray
Bar
Basket
Motor
Support structure
Anchor Bolts
Other Items
Tank Mounted design
Perforated plate circular opening size: 1/4 inches (6 mm)
One (1) solenoid valves for compaction zone, 1-inch, 120 VAC, 2-way brass body, Class 1
Division 1
One (1) solenoid valves for spraybar/screenings wash, 1-inch, 120 VAC, 2-way brass body,
Class 1 Division 1
35° Incline basket; width: 12 inches (300 mm)
1.5HP, 460 VAC, 3ph, 60 Hz, Class 1 Division 1
Tank integrated auger support
M12 316L, Included
Custom tank with bypass rack
Bagging unit included
Section 2 Page 2

TECHNOLOGY
Control Panel Details
Per specification: HUBER Standard
1- Enclosure, NEMA 4X, 304 Stainless Steel
3 ptlatch
1- Main Disconnect, Non -Fused Type, w/Through Door Disconnect Handle
1- Motor Starter, Reversing, IEC, w/Overload Relay and CB Branch Circuit Protection [1.SHP -
1- Current Monitor
1- Surge Protection, 120VAC
1- Control power transformer, 480-120VAC
1- Programmable Logic Controller, AB MicroLogix 1400 w/ Ethernet and Required 10
1- Operator Interface Unit, AB Panel View 900, 4" Color Touchscreen, with Elapse Meter
1- 24VDC Power Supply
1- Panel Heater, with Thermostat
1- Lot, Circuit Breakers, 120VAC: (As Required)
1- Lot, Pilot Lights, LED push to test
1- Lot, Push Buttons: [As Required]
1- Lot, Selector Switches: [As Required]
1- Lot, Control Relays, Socket Type: [As Required]
1- Lot, Terminal Blocks: [As Required]
1- Lot, Intrinsically Safe Barrier: [As Required]
1- Lot, Dry Contacts: [As Required]
1- UL Label, UL 698 cert
Dual Float switch level sensors
E-Stop 1 hole NEMA 7
Alarm Light (omni Beacon) With silence button
Manufacturers Services
Amount of trips and days onsite to inspect the final installation, supervise initial start-up and operation and
to train operating personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the system:
2 (Two) Days
1 (One) Trips
Standard 1-year warranty included
Section 2 Page 3

Pricing
'I
TECHNOLOGY
MODEL QUANT11)
PRICE
MAT® Ro!FrtsKit�i
7SI.,6
Ro9-300-6 1
Included
ard Spare1
Included
Control Panel
1
Included
Standard Manufacturer's Services & Freight
1
Included
TOTAL:
TBD
Thank you for your interest in HUBER Technology, Inc.'s ROTAMAT® Ro9 unit. If you have any questions, please do not
hesitate to contact our Regional Sales Director or our local sales representative.
HUBER Sales
Name: Steve Frank
Title: Regional Sales Director - South East
Phone: [phone]
Email:
IF
Technical Clarifications
Representative
Firm: Premier Water
Name: Steven Young
Phone: [phone]
Email
1 Equipment specification is available upon request
2. If there are site -specific hydraulic constraints that must be applied, please consult them an ufacturer's representative to ensure
compatibility with the proposed system
3. HUBER Technology warrants all components of the system against faulty workmanship and materials for a period of 12 months from date
of start-up or 18 months after shipment whichever occurs first
4. This estimate is based on HUBER Technology's standard Terms & Conditions and is quoted in US$ unless otherwise stated
5. HUBER has estimated the Control Panel cost based information provided with the RFQ. If control panel information is not provided with
RFQ HUBER will use a cost and scope of supply based on our standard panel. HUBER reserves the right to change the price and scope at
time of bid based on the final plans and specifications.
6. All items listed as "Available Options" are not included in the budgetary pricing.
Equipment that is broken out in "Pricing" tab are only valid when packaged together
y. HUBER's optional Cold Weather package, If listed, includes heated motor windings, cold wether gearbox, heat tracing and insulation of
the screens rising pipe and discharge chute. This can he had in C1D1 configuration
8. All of HUBER's standard machines and systems are manufactured from 304L stainless steel. HUBER makes no representation or
warranties concerning the service life of the equipment against such abrasion or corrosion. The concentration of chloride and hydrogen
sulfide (1125) in the equipment operating environment shall be kept below thefollowing values:
a. Chloride < 200 mg1I b. Hydrogen sulfide (1125) < 6 ppm
Section 2 Page 4

SECTION 3 —
Operating Instructions

HUBER Technology, Inc.
HUBER
WASTEWATER Solutions
HUBER ROTAMAT�' Micro Strainer Ro9
Specification Details
All dimensions are in inches unless otherwise noted.
General Information
Nominal Size - Basket Diameter
12" (300 mm)
Screen Basket Diameter
10
Standard Perforation Diameter
1/8" with pitch of 0.15
Free surface in perforated plate
51% with 118" perforation
Thickness of perforated plate depending on division
0.1 with 1/8" perforation
Drive Motor size (HP)
[ Machine length over 26 feet ]
1.5
[ 2 ]
Rotational speed of screw (RPM)
[ Machine length over 26 feet ]
13
[ 8.3 ]
Screen Basket/Screw
Length of screen basket
28.5
Thickness of upper basket flange
0.16
Thickness of bottom plate
0.12
Screw diameter in auger tube
9.6
Nominal Screw diameter in screen basket
10
Pitch of screw Flights in screen basket
54.75
Thickness of screw flights in press zone, last flight is 0.4 inch thick
0.25 l 0.4
Shaft diameter and thickness
3.5 x 02
Stub diameter in upper bearing
[ Machine length over 26 feet ]
1.77
[ 2.36 ]
Auger Tube
Auger tube diameter
10.75 (273 mm)
Auger tube thickness
0.1
Thickness of conical transition piece
n/a
Thickness of basket support flange
0.16
Thickness of flange for support of the gearbox
[ Machine length over 26 feet ]
0.31
[ 0.47 ]
Number of anti -rotation bars
2
Size of anti -rotation bars
1.2 x 0.25
Size of perforations in press zone
0.2
Channel profile dimensions for support structure, T-profile
7 x 2.75
Thickness of T-profile
0.12
Spray Wash Systems
Water connection size
1 'I/ "
Wash water supply - Instantaneous flow (GPM)
16
Required wash water pressure (PSI)
60
Number of solenoid valves
2
Size of IRGA water connection
1 %, "
Size of press zone flushing connection
V
HUBER Technology, Inc.
LLD 01]OUHH U BE Technology, Inc. - 0000 $ILU1hMLNZ0100 ' HOYHU 1001 &000000
Phone [phone] - Fax VO4) 949-1020 - [e-mail] - —huber-technology.—
A member of the Huber Group
Section 3 Page 1

Operating Instructions
ROTAMAT° Micro Strainer Ro 9
HUBER TECHNOLOGY, Inc.
1009 Airlie Parkway
Denver, NC 28037
Original operating instructions
HHUSA Version 06/13
Section 3 Page 2

7•
Thisanual is part of the plant and must be available for the operators any time.afety instructions must be observed.e of selling the plant, the manual must be included.
Copyright
Circulation, copying or use of this document, or disclosure of its contents, shall be prohibited
unless otherwise expressly agreed. Copyright infringement will result in a liability to pay
compensation for damages.
All rights reserved.
Section 3 Page 3

I PRODUCT SPECIFICATION........................................................................................................ 1
1.1
Intended use.................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2
Definition of terms for machine components................................................................................. 2
1-3
Specification of plant components----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1-4
Functional description....................--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
1.5
Functional description of components........................................................................................... 4
1.5.1
Press zone.................................................................................................................................... 4
1.5.2
Bagging unit (option)..................................................................................................................... 6
1.5.3
Safety flap.....................................................................................................................................6
1-5-4
Integrated screenings washing system IRGA ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
1-5-5
Trace heating (optional)----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
1.5.6
Level control system...................................................................................................................... 9
2
SAFETY......................................................................................................................................10
2-1
General safety instructions--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10
2.1.1
Operator's duty of care................................................................................................................ 10
2.1.2
Definition of safety symbols......................................................................................................... 11
2.1.3
Qualification and training of personnel........................................................................................ 12
2.1.4
Safety instructions for maintenance, inspection, installation....................................................... 12
2.1.5
Other dangers............................................................................................................................. 13
2-1-6
Unauthorized rebuilding and production of spare parts-------------------------------------------------------------- 13
2-2
Machine identification ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 13
2-3
Incorporated safety systems------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14
2-4
Safety measures----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15
2.5
Operator's duty of care................................................................................................................ 15
3
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING........................................................................................... 16
3-1
Dimensions and weight----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16
3.2
Permitted transport devices and auxiliaries................................................................................ 16
3.3
Storage........................................................................................................................................17
3.4
Transport to the installation place............................................................................................... 17
4
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 18
4.1
Acceptable environmental conditions.......................................................................................... 18
4.2
Site requirements........................................................................................................................ 19
4.3
General instructions for installation............................................................................................. 19
4-4
Assembly and installation.------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
4-4-1
Mechanical installation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
4.4.2
Electrical installation....................................................................................................................20
5
START-UP.................................................................................................................................. 22
5-1
Customer -supplied connections -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22
5.1.1
Electrical connection................................................................................................................... 22
5.1.2
Connection for wash water.......................................................................................................... 22
5.2
Checks prior to initial start-up...................................................................................................... 23
Section 3 Page 4

6
OPERATION............................................................................................................................... 24
6.1
Control philosophy....................................................................................................................... 24
6.1.1
Control panel design and equipment.......................................................................................... 24
6-1-2
Standard design------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24
6-1-3
Current monitor --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 24
6.1.4
Trace heating temperature switch (optional)............................................................................... 25
6.2
Operation possibilities.................................................................................................................25
6.2.1
Switch possibilities on control display......................................................................................... 25
6.2.2
Operation by means of adjacent control switch.......................................................................... 25
6-2-3
Time -dependent automatic start control-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26
6-2-4
Run-on time (OFF delay)-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26
6.2.5
Limitation of reverse run time...................................................................................................... 27
7 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR........................................................................................28
8 MAINTENANCE AND REPAiR..................................................................................................29
8.1
Cleaning and inspection schedule.............................................................................................. 30
8.2
Inspection and preventive maintenance ...................................................................................... 30
8.2.1
Press zone inspection................................................................................................................. 30
8.2.2
Operating media and lubricant replacement............................................................................... 31
8-3
Repair-..-----...------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 31
8-3-1
Pivoting I Lifting of the machine---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31
8.4
Spare parts, components subject to wear................................................................................... 32
8.5
Regular tests of machines........................................................................................................... 32
9
SHUTDOWN...............................................................................................................................33
9.1
Temporary shutdown................................................................................................................... 33
9.2
Final shutdown I disposal............................................................................................................ 33
10
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.................................................................................................... 34
Section 3 Page 5

Product specification
1.1 Intended use
The equipment is intended to separate solids from wastewater, and compact and wash out
separated screenings — depending on the equipment version.
For solids separation the machine is applied:
• in wastewater treatment plants (municipal and industrial)
• for industrial process and partial flows
The intended use also includes:
• Observance of the start-up, operation and maintenance conditions as set out in these
operating instructions
• Taking foreseeable malpractice into account
• Operation by skilled workers only (who are familiar with the correct procedures and know
the dangers)
LIAT1N111101[r
The machine is intended exclusively for the above specified use.
Any additional use or rebuilding of the equipment without prior written approval by the
manufacturer does not comply with the intended use.
The manufacturer will not assume liability for consequential damage. The operator alone
will bear the risk.
Do not start up the machine before there has been ensured that all safety devices are
completely mounted and operable, and that the plant into which the machine may be
incorporated complies with the rules.
The machine is suitable to be used in Class 1 Division 1 areas.
Section 3 Page 6

1.2 Definition of terms for machine components
Definition of terms:
Terms for equipment components according to the following drawing
The stationary part of the screen comprises (from top to bottom):
• Screen basket with rubber sealing surfaces in the channel
• Plastic bearing in the closed rising pipe (on machines > 19.7 ff (6 m) length)
• Rising pipe with guide bars
• Support
• Press zone, press liquor collection chamber, press water return
• Screenings discharge
• Gear motor
These components form the machine body, to which optional equipment can be attached.
The rotating part of the screen comprises (from top to bottom):
• Screw with central shaft and flights, upper pivot
• Brush attached to the flights in the screen basket area
These components form a rotating unit which is driven by a gear motor with hollow shaft fitted at
the upper end of the machine.
Section 3 Page 7

1.3 Specification of plant components
Components of the stationary equipment and their functions:
Screen basket
• The screen basket is a precisely welded construction. The screening surface, which is
retaining the screenings, is a self -supported integral part that is supported in its exactly
defined form by the welded front plate at the bottom and a flange on top. Rubber sealing lips
screwed to the screen basket seal the gap between the basket and channelttank walls. They
consist of wastewater resistant rubber.
It is important not to damage the screening surface during screen installation or operation, and
immediately repair any damage (if required).
Risina pipe:
The rising pipe is the central and stationary component and therefore has a stable design:
• Internal guide bars prevent that the screenings turn with the screw while the screw transports
them out of the trough and conveys them upwards.
• The intermediate bearing (only on machines > 20-1/3 ff (6.2 m)) consist of a plastic bearing
strip, which is screwed into the lower end of the rising pipe prior to the flange. The bearing
enables exact guiding of the screw, the segments of which are extra thick (strong) in this
section and polished.
• The compaction chamber where the screenings are dewatered is positioned at the upper end
of the conveyance area prior to the screenings discharge. In this area the rising pipe is
perforated and encased by the press water collection chamber.
• A cover in the rising pipe allows access to the compaction chamber. Access to that cover is
possible by removing the whole press water collection tank or the inspection cover attached
to the press water collection tank.
• The screenings discharge assembly has two safety flaps which prevent that someone
unintentionally puts his hand into the discharge.
• The support of the screen is available as a simple leg or an A -frame support, as required,
and is clamp -mounted on the rising pipe.
Gear motor:
The gear motor is directly Flanged to the top of the rising pipe. The torque is transferred onto the
shaft pivot by means of an adjusting spring connection. The gear motor has also the function of
the axial and upper radial bearing of the screw.
Components of the rotating screen parts and their functions:
Auger:
• Central shaft / screw shaft
• Upper shaft pinion with fitting key connections
Screw flights:
• The screw flights have a different design and pitch and end in front of the press zone.
Oppositely directed flight:
• One oppositely directed Flight with doctor blade at the upper screw end supports screenings
discharge.
Section 3 Page 8

1.3 Specification of plant components
Components of the stationary equipment and their functions:
Screen basket
• The screen basket is a precisely welded construction. The screening surface, which is
retaining the screenings, is a self -supported integral part that is supported in its exactly
defined form by the welded front plate at the bottom and a flange on top. Rubber sealing lips
screwed to the screen basket seal the gap between the basket and channelttank walls. They
consist of wastewater resistant rubber.
It is important not to damage the screening surface during screen installation or operation, and
immediately repair any damage (if required).
Risina pipe:
The rising pipe is the central and stationary component and therefore has a stable design:
• Internal guide bars prevent that the screenings turn with the screw while the screw transports
them out of the trough and conveys them upwards.
• The intermediate bearing (only on machines > 20-1/3 ff (6.2 m)) consist of a plastic bearing
strip, which is screwed into the lower end of the rising pipe prior to the flange. The bearing
enables exact guiding of the screw, the segments of which are extra thick (strong) in this
section and polished.
• The compaction chamber where the screenings are dewatered is positioned at the upper end
of the conveyance area prior to the screenings discharge. In this area the rising pipe is
perforated and encased by the press water collection chamber.
• A cover in the rising pipe allows access to the compaction chamber. Access to that cover is
possible by removing the whole press water collection tank or the inspection cover attached
to the press water collection tank.
• The screenings discharge assembly has two safety flaps which prevent that someone
unintentionally puts his hand into the discharge.
• The support of the screen is available as a simple leg or an A -frame support, as required,
and is clamp -mounted on the rising pipe.
Gear motor:
The gear motor is directly Flanged to the top of the rising pipe. The torque is transferred onto the
shaft pivot by means of an adjusting spring connection. The gear motor has also the function of
the axial and upper radial bearing of the screw.
Components of the rotating screen parts and their functions:
Auger:
• Central shaft / screw shaft
• Upper shaft pinion with fitting key connections
Screw flights:
• The screw flights have a different design and pitch and end in front of the press zone.
Oppositely directed flight:
• One oppositely directed Flight with doctor blade at the upper screw end supports screenings
discharge.
Section 3 Page 9

1.4 Functional description
The screen is installed in a tank or the channel at an angle of 35' (optional up to 48' available
for channel installations). Whilst the wastewater is streaming through the screen basket, the
solids are retained within the basket. The solids blind the screen surface producing a mat of
screenings that has the effect of a filter and retains also smaller solids. Due to the blinded
screen the upstream water level rises, the machine is started by level control. Whilst the screw,
which is equipped with a brush in the screen basket area, is rotating, the screenings are
transported out of the channel and the screen basket cleaned. During their transport through the
screw the screenings are compacted, washed and dewatered. The dewatered screenings are
discharged into a container or any other conveying system. The press liquor collects in the
press liquor collection chamber and flows back through the transparent press liquor return hose
into channel.
Additional equipment:
• An integrated screenings washing system ensures washing of the screenings and thus return
of biologically degradable substances into the clarification process.
• A spray nozzle bar is provided for additional screw cleaning. This reduces the cleaning work
required.
• An automatic press zone washing system ensures fully automatic washing of the press liquor
collection chamber and reduces cleaning work.
• A screenings bagging unit reduces odor annoyance in the screen building. The screenings
bagging unit is attached directly to the screenings discharge. 295 ft (90 m) endless bags take
in the discharged screenings.
• A frost protection allows outdoor operation down to -13 °F (-25°C). The rising pipe (and inlet
tank are) is equipped with insulation and heating tape.
Supply limits:
Mechanical:
• Rubber sealing surfaces in the channelltank
• Screenings discharge chute
• Lifting eyes on the machine:
• Wash water connection on rising pipe for the spray nozzle bar, screenings washing and
press zone washing assembly.
Electrical:
• Screws in the terminal box; the correct type of connection (star or delta) can be read from the
identification plate.
• Terminal block inside the control panel
1.5 Functional description of components
1.5.1 Press zone
Press liquor collection chamber:
The screenings are dewatered in the press zone which is located on the upper end of the
conveying section prior to the screenings discharge. In this area the rising pipe is perforated and
encased by the press water collection chamber.
The press water collected in the press water collection chamber is discharged through the outlet
hose into the channel. Along with the water also sludge or feces are pressed out while the
screenings are compacted, which might lead to clogging in the collection chamber and outlet
hose. It may therefore become necessary to dismount the press liquor collection chamber.
Section 3 Page 10

OWARNING
Switch off and lock the mains isolator prior tc starting with dismantling!
Wear protective gloves!
How to proceed with dismountingimounting the plastic chamber
• Dismount the outlet hose.
• Loosen the lateral screws with hexagonal recessed hole. Be careful to prevent that the
washers cast into the plastic turn with the screws.
• Carefully remove the plastic half -shells.
• Pay attention to press the sealing strip into the provided groove. Make sure the sealing
surfaces of the rising pipe are clean.
• Thoroughly lubricate the front sealing surfaces.
• Hand -screw the fixing screws with a maximum torque of 5 Nm. Attention: Do not use any
screw locking mean!
Automatic press zone washing system
Activation of the press zone washing systems effects cleansing of the press zone respectively
press liquor collection chamber. A spray nozzle is mounted in the bottom front end of the press
liquor collection chamber.
Automatic operation of press zone washing system: Water supply for press zone washing is
automatically activated via a solenoid valve. The standard setting for the washing time is 30 s
every 6 hours, but can be adjusted to suit specific operational conditions and ensure sufficient
cleaning of the collection chamber. The washing time can be changed independent of the
operational conditions to ensure a sufficient cleaning of the collection chamber.
ManuaVHand operation of press zone washing system: Open water supply for approx. 30 s
once or twice a week. The connection for water is a quick coupling on the press liquor collection
chamber.
Water supply: See chapter 5.1.2
Operational water pressure: min 60 psi (4 bar) max 100 psi (7 bar)
Water quality: below 200 micron screened or filtered water
Regulation devices for increasedlreduced compaction:
All rising pipe have a 2 inch (50 mm) long detachable extension piece (part 1 in below drawing),
which lengthens the press zone at the upper end to increase compaction. This extension piece
can be dismounted if the IDS content of screenings is too high. The size 700 units has
additionally three adjustable fiat iron bars (part 2) which can be set inwards from the rising pipe
wall towards the shaft to increase the compressive strength and thus the DS content.
Section 3 Page 11

Regulation devices for increasedireduced compaction
,&WARNING
Switch off and padlock the mains isolator prior to starting to work on the press zone.
Attention: Never grip into the machine's discharge while the machine is running! DANGER!
Be careful not to get caught!
1.5.2 Bagging unit (option)
The screenings are discharged into a plastic bag fixed at the discharge of the screen. The
bagging unit reduces odor annoyance as would be caused by screenings lying in the skip or
container.
Design of the bagging unit for endless bags:
The bagging unit consists of a transition piece to take up the folded 295 ft (90 m) long plastic
bag. When you replace the skip, pull the bag (Longo -Pack bag, article no. 706880) approx. 1
(30cm) downwards. Lace the bag and cut it through above the knot. Lace also the end that
hangs down so that the hose can again be filled with screenings.
Switch off the machine prior to replacing the bags and wear gloves!
1.5.3 Safety flap
The safety Flap inside the discharge is installed to prevent that someone grips unintentionally
into the discharge. He may get caught between the discharge and the oppositely directed end
flight with doctor blades mounted on the screw while the machine is running.
The protecting flap is installed only on machines with a discharge height up to 8.2 ft (2.5 m) that
do not have a closed chute with a minimum length of 31.5 inches (800 mm).
Saction 3 Page 12

Drawing
1.5.4 Integrated screenings washing system IRGA
Intensive water jets break up the soluble matter contained in the screenings. The soluble matter
is led to the biological treatment process together with the wash water. Clean screenings can be
dewatered more effectively, their weight is reduced and their disposal less expensive.
IRGA system design:
The 3 washing systems are: preliminary washing, washing with pressure, fine washing
Preliminary washing: Flat jet nozzle in the spray bar above the screen basket.
Water supply via the solenoid valve.
Washing with pressure: Flat jet nozzle in the spray bar, positioned prior to the flange connection.
Water supply via the solenoid valve.
Fine washing: 3 nozzle units on the rising pipe connected with pressure hoses spray in
an exactly defined angle onto the screenings while these are conveyed
by the screw.
Water supply via the solenoid valve.
Working principle:
Preliminary washing: Most of the fecal matter is flushed down by spot jets within the screen
basket. The wash water runs off through the perforations/apertures into
the channel.
Washing with pressure: Residual feces are broken up by means of a mist of water which the
screenings are passed through.
Fine washing: Removes residual feces. Three jets spray onto the screenings from
different angles creating a vortex. The wash water runs off through the
gaps between the wall and screw into the screen basket and further on
into the channel.
The IRGA system is activated simultaneously when the screen is switched on.
Section 3 Page 13

.t
Preliminary washing and washing with pressure fire washing on rising pipe
over the screen basket
Water supply: See chapter 5.1.2
Operating water pressure: min 60 psi ( bar) max 100 psi (7 bar)
Water quality: below 200 micron screened or filtered water
Setting:
The functional process starts with the start of the screen. The impulse/pause times of the
solenoid valve are adjusted in the text display:
Impulse time: Basic setting: 4 s
Pause time: Basic setting: 2 s
Reduce the pause time to achieve intensified screenings washing, prolong the pause time to
achieve a reduced screenings washing efficiency. Intensified washing requires an increased
water demand.
It is generally recommended not to change the fine washing intervals. Too long washing
intervals involve the danger that screenings are washed back into the rising pipe.
1.5.5 Trace heating (optional)
Trace heating with a heating tape and additional insulation with covering shells is effective down
to -13°F (-25°C) and is suitable for classified areas.
A self-regulating heating tape is applied which is wrapped around the rising pipe (trace heating).
The rising pipe is additionally covered with 2.36 inches (60 mm) insulation material and a
stainless steel plate. Control of the heating is via a thermostat.
Saction 3 Page 14

1.5.6 Level control system
Since the level control system is part of the electrical switchboard and control panel, it is only
part of Huber supply if the machine is ordered complete with the electrical control panel. Further
information regarding the level control system can be found in the control panel section of this
manual.
Huber's standard level control system for channel installations is an ultrasonic level switch e.g.
Siemens Pointek ULS 200. Huber's standard level control system for tank installations is a
submersible hydrostatic level transducer e.g. Esterline KPSI Series 700. Please check the
manufacturer's operating instructions for detailed information.
The starting impulse in automatic mode is caused by the level transducer, i.e. when the water in
front of the screen reaches a certain level (variable), the screen starts.
By setting a certain run-on time of the screen, the transport of screenings out of the screenings
trough is ensured.
If the start level is lower the machine starts earlier and the running hours increase. For control of
the running hours and setting of the level control system typical annual running hours have been
determined:
approx. 1000 - 2000 hrlyear (with 30 sec cycle duration)
The data specified above are only basic settings which need to be adjusted to the individual
wastewater quality and operational requirements!
The operator is responsible to prevent metallic dry objects from falling onto the dry plant. In
explosive areas plant control must be via level control to prevent dry running of the plant.
Section 3 Page 15

Safety
2.1 General safety instructions
„DANGER" indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
,&WA11111111
RNING
„WARNING" indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
&CAUTION
„CAUTION" indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or
moderate injury.
M
„NOTICE' indicates a property damage message. Fallow notices to avoid material
damage!
These operating instructions have to remain attached to the machine. It must be made sure that
the operating instructions are ready to hand any time for any person that has to perform work on
the machine. In addition to these operating instructions, instructions in the sense of the labour
protection law and ordinance regulating the use of tools have to be available.
As these operating instructions contain fundamental instructions to be observed when installing,
operating and servicing the machine, the responsible staff must read the instructions prior to
machine installation and start-up. The operating instructions must at anytime be available ready
to hand at the installation place of the machine/plant. Not only the general safety instructions
contained in this chapter have to be observed but also the special safety instructions added
under the main items.
2.1.1 Operator's duty of care
The plant has been constructed and manufactured taking into consideration a risk analysis and
after careful selection of the applicable harmonized standards and other technical specifications.
The machine complies with the state-of-the-art technology and offers a maximum amount of
safety.
To achieve such safety in practical operation, it is however necessary to take any measures
required therefore. It is the operators duty of care to plan these measures and control their
implementation.
The operator must especially ensure that
The equipment is applied according to its intended use (see chapter Product Specification)
Section 3 Page 16

• The equipment is operated only in a perfect ready -to -operate condition and especially the
safety devices are regularly controlled.
• Protective gear for the operating, maintenance and repair personnel is available and used.
• These operating instructions are permanently available on site complete and in a legible
condition.
• Only sufficiently qualified and authorized personnel are in charge of machine operation,
maintenance and repair.
• Such personnel receive regular briefing concerning all questions of safety and environmental
protection and know these operating instructions, especially the safety instructions
contained.
• Any safety and warning symbols attached to the machine remain there in a legible condition.
2.1.2 Definition of safety symbols
,&WARNINI A
Occupational safety symbol
This symbol will accompany all safety instructions that are associated with risks to life
andlor limb. Follow these instructions and proceed carefully! At the same time, follow all
applicable laws, general safety and accident prevention regulations.
dWARNI
A Electric current warning
This symbol warns of electric current. Prior to performing any work, switch off mains
isolator and make sure that the system is off -circuit.
At the same time, follow all applicable laws, general safety and accident prevention
regulations.
•
This symbol is found where special attention is required to ensure compliance with
instructions concerning correct operating sequences to prevent damage to the machine or
its function.
Instructions directly attached to the machine, e.g.
• Instructions and warning signs
• Labels for liquid connections
• Arrow showing the direction of rotation
must be strictly followed and kept in absolutely legible condition.
Signs or labels that have become illegible must be replaced immediately.
Section 3 Page 17

2.1.3 Qualification and training of personnel
Only well -trained and briefed persons who know these operating instructions and act according
to these instructions are authorized to operate the machine. The individual areas of
responsibility of operating staff must be defined clearly. The area of authority, responsibility and
control of the personnel must be precisely regulated by the operator. The operator must further
ensure that the personnel have fully understood these operating instructions.
Personnel being trained must in the beginning work under the supervision of an experienced
person. The completed successful training and briefing must be confirmed in writing.
Any electrical control and safety devices must generally be operated by instructed and
authorized persons only.
Any person performing work on the machine must read these operating instructions and confirm
by signature that the operating instructions have been understood.
2.1.4 Safety instructions for maintenance, inspection, installation
Any maintenance work must be carried out by qualified staff only.
Any inspection and installation work must be carried out by authorized and qualified staff only.
Work on the plant may only be carried out after the plant has been isolated.
Enclosed rooms of wastewater treatment plants that need to be entered for service and
maintenance have to be aerated in a way that prevents a dangerous explosive atmosphere, lack
of oxygen and presence of harmful concentrations of gas or vapor.
&WARNING
Secure the machine against unexpected start in case of open access to the screenings
discharge resp. secure the access to this danger area before changing the screenings
container or doing maintenance work or disassembling on a downstream machine.
&WARNING
Shutdown procedure: Switch off mains isolator and lock it.
Each person who is commissioned to perform maintenance work on the machine must
have his own padlock. Starting the machine is only possible when all padlocks on the
mains isolator have been removed.
Do not immediately re -start the machine, if the reason why it has stopped is unclear. Somebody
could have stopped the machine in order to make a manual adjustment and may have forgotten
to secure it against starting. The unexpected start could result in serious injury of personnel.
It is in your own interest to clean the machine prior to working on it to prevent the danger of
infections.
&CAUTION
Always protect yourself by means of waterproof protective gear, boots, gloves, and, if
possible, also by face protection during cleaning of the machine - especially if a high
Section 3 Page 18

pressure cleaner is being used —to avoid being hit by wastewater, organic material, etc.
Re -attach all safety equipment, covers, grates completely to their original place and assure
that they are properly and completely reattached.
Use only tools and means that are expressly intended for such work.
Before starting the machine again, check the items mentioned in chapter Start-up.
2.1.5 Other dangers
Other dangers are potential, non -apparent dangers.
Despite all precautions taken, there are other dangers, such as:
• To be caught by unintentional movements of the machine
• To slip on wet or dirty ground
• Danger of falling in front of or onto the machine during maintenance work
• Malfunctioning control
• Allergies and irritations caused by contact with waste water or screenings
• Infections caused by bacteria or pollution
• Explosions or fire caused by gas or fumes
• Increased water passage after heavy rainfall for example
2.1.6 Unauthorized rebuilding and production of spare parts
Alterations or changes to the machine:
For safety reasons, it is not permitted to make unauthorized alterations or changes to the
machine. This applies also to welding work on bearing components.
Any intended modifications, alterations or changes require the prior written consent of Huber
Technology.
Use only original spare parts, original wearing parts and original accessories as these are
especially designed for the machine. Components purchased from other sources give no
guarantee that they have been designed and manufactured to suit the specific operating and
safety requirements.
Components purchased from other sources give no guarantee that they have been designed
and manufactured to suit the specific operating and safety requirements.
2.2 Machine identification
Any specifications made in these operating instructions apply to only the type of machine that is
named on the title page.
The identification plate is attached to the screenings discharge and specifies the following.
• Name and address of supplier
• Serial name and type, optionally serial number
• Year of manufacture
Always forward the machine type, year of manufacture and order number when inquiring or
ordering spare parts to ensure perfect and prompt processing of your queries and orders.
Saction 3 Page 19

2.3 Incorporated safety systems
The incorporated safety systems are subject to regular checkups.
Mains isolator
The mains isolator is located on the control panel and disconnectstconnects the machine
from/with the mains supply.
Padlock the mains isolator after switch -off prior to performing service or repair work.
Emergency cutoff circuit
The machine is included in an emergency cutoff circuit.
The emergency cutoff switch is located on the control panel and/ or local control station.
Whenever the emergency cutoff switch is operated, the machine or complete plant including
incorporated units will be set into a safe operating state.
Motor temperature control
The machine is equipped with a thermostat for motor temperature control with overload
protection. The motor of the machine is switched off in the event of too much heat built-up. The
overcurrent safety device using a thermal delay must be set to disrupt the drive motor from the
power system within the delay tE_
Plant control
Internal plant control includes a 4-conductor feed system, 3 phase, with separate earth line with
GREEN line coating.
Additionally earth the machine casing for potential equalization
©&WARNING
Control panels can only be opened by an authorized person. Take care that doors of
control panels are only opened by skilled staff for maintenance work and fault detection,
otherwise the doors must stay locked.
A
•
These operating instructions are part of the machine and have to be available for the
operating staff at any time.
The safety instructions contained must be observed.
It is strictly prohibited to override any safety instructions or change the mode of action of
safety instructions.
Section 3 Page 20

2.4 Safety measures
It is the operator's responsibility to instruct his operating and servicing staff concerning:
• Protective devices on the machine,
• Control of observance of safety measures.
This copy of operating instructions has to be stored to be at hand when needed in future.
Observe the intervals for inspection and control measures! In these operating instructions, the
work is described so that it can be understood by
• an instructed person (referring to chapter Operation and operation modes
• skilled staff (referring to chapters Transport, Installation, Maintenance, Trouble Shooting and
Repair).
The chapters Transport, Installation, Maintenance, Trouble Shooting and Repair are
intended for skilled staff only. Any work described under these chapters must be performed by
skilled staff only.
Instructed person
An instructed person is a person that has been instructed by a skilled person, and trained if
necessary, about the assigned jobs and possible risks arising from improper performance and
informed about necessary protective devices and protective measures.
Skilled persons
Skilled persons are persons that are able to evaluate assigned jobs and recognize possible
risks, due to their professional skills, expertise and experience and knowledge of corresponding
standards.
2.5 Operator's duty of care
The operator has to obtain the local operating license and observe the respective requirements.
In addition, the operator has to observe the local laws concerning
• Safety of personnel (accident prevention regulations)
• Safety of work equipment (protective gear and maintenance)
• Product disposal (Waste Management Law)
• Material disposal (Waste Management Law)
• Cleaning (cleaning agent and disposal)
• Environmental compliance
Connections:
The operator has to ensure before start-up of the machine, if installation and start-up are
performed by the operator himself, to comply with local standards (such as for electrical
connection for instance).
•
Lighting
The operator has to provide sufficient and equal lighting in all areas of the plant. The
recommended illumination level is 300 lux.
Saction 3 Page 21

3 Handling and transporting
Observe the following points to avoid damage to the machine or persons when handling the
equipment:
• Only qualified persons are permitted to perform transport work, observing the safety
instructions.
• Lifting and righting of the equipment must be done only by the lifting eyes provided.
• Use only the lifting devices specified hereunder to transport the machine.
• Read also the chapter General Safety Instructions.
3.1 Dimensions and weight
The machine length and arrangement are adjusted to suit specific site requirements (available
space, channel depth, discharge height).
The dimensions are specified in the project -specific installation drawing attached to these
installation instructions.
The weight of the screen depends on the machine size and length. The weights are specified in
the installation drawing.
The machines are packed on palettes for trucking, and in sea -water -proof boxes for sea
transport.
The weight of the screen depends on the machine size and length. The weights are specified in
the following table.
3.2 Permitted transport devices and auxiliaries
CAUTION
Have transport and unloading done by experienced experts only.
Fork lift or building machine of sufficient lifting capacity to handle the weight and size of the
equipment, to be operated by qualified personnel only. Rope slings or straps of required load
bearing capacity. Prior to unloading, remove the small parts supplied with the machine, such as
supports, from the transport rack.
WARNING
Attachment: Hook shackle, load hook etc. into the lifting eyes on the upper side of the rising
•
pipe. Fixing points are marked with the symbol LIFT HERE (as illustrated here). The ropes
®° a
of the lifting device must hang freely and must not be attached more than 60° from the
vertical. The machine must hang horizontally during unloading.
Never lift at the thicker part of the rising pipe prior to the screenings discharge. This is the
press liquor collection chamber which is made of thinner plate or plastic and is unable to
bear the machine weight.
Never wrap a chain around the machine as this may slip and cause the machine to tilt over.
In addition, the machine will rust on those points where it gets into touch with black steel if
it is not re -pickled.
Section 3 Page 22

Inspect all materials for damage before and during unloading. Any transport damage found
should be noted on the bill of lading and the forwarder and manufacturer/supplier notified
immediately.
•
Make sure the delivery is complete by carefully checking all received materials against the
bill of delivery.
3.3 Storage
When selecting the storage place take care that the components cannot be damaged by
vehicles or careless working. Make sure the components cannot get dirty due to splashes of
concrete or mortar and protect the machine against spark fountains from angle grinders etc.
Cover the motor (in order to avoid ingress of water) on machines stored outdoors, but do not
wrap it. Never expose the control panel to rain (temperatures down to - 40°F ! - 40°C are
permissible).
•
Do not lay the machine on its thicker part prior to the screenings discharge (press liquor
collection chamber) since this will damage the press liquor collection chamber.
3.4 Transport to the installation place
As the situation and possibilities are different on each individual site, we cannot provide exact
installation instructions. This work must be carried out by qualified fitters.
You always need lifting equipment for transporting the machine from the intermediate storage
place to the installation place because of the machine weight.
As lifting equipment up to the building are used: caterpillars, power shovel, cranes etc.
dependent on the access ways. Lifting equipment mostly used in a building is: Polyester slings,
tripods, chain tackle block, fork lift, transport rollers, tackles.
CAUTION
Wear safety shoes with steel caps to prevent injuries.
Unpacking:
Do not loosen the clamping bands or steel ropes before the machine is right in its installation
place.
Sactfon 3 Page 23

Installation
Observe the following safety instructions when installing the machine to avoid critical injuries,
damage to the machine and other damage.
• Only qualified persons are permitted to perform installation work, observing the safety
instructions.
• Check the machine for transport damage prior to starting with any installation work.
• Make sure that only authorized persons have access to the working area and that installation
work does not endanger any other persons.
• When laying machine connections, make sure that no one can trip over laid cables, hoses,
pipelines, etc.
• Observe the prescribed bending radii when laying cables/hoseslpipelines.
• Observe the instructions for operating media, lubricants, auxiliary material used.
• Read also the chapter General Safety Instructions.
4.1 Acceptable environmental conditions
The machine is manufactured for installation in a building, or as a heated version for outdoor
installation, as specified by the customer.
S)
A CAUTION
Stainless steel parts can get very hot in case of heavy solar radiation, danger of burning.
Frost protection:
Machines without trace heating and insulation and/or casing must not be operated in winter due
to the danger of freezing. Appropriate measures must be taken (e.g. complete emptying) to
ensure that the machine cannot freeze.
Protection against dust and water:
As the atmosphere in the buildings is permanently humid, the equipment is designed to resist
these conditions.
All components in contact with water and solids are made of stainless steel which is
insusceptible to moisture and wetness.
The gear motors are made for IP 65 and are therefore protected against permeation of dust and
spray water from any direction.
The solenoid coils, if fitted to the machine, also provide IF 65 protection.
Protection against explosion:
Gear motor: Class 1 Division 1
Solenoid valves Class 1 Division 1
Lighting
The lighting must make safe working on each part of the plant possible without any risk.
•
Lighting
The operator has to provide sufficient and equal lighting in all areas of the plant. The
recommended illumination level is 300 lux.
Section 3 Page 24

4.2 Site requirements
Cover all channel sections which do not need to be accessible for machine installation. Fix a
railing along open channel sections. There must be enough space available around the machine
for repair and maintenance work.
Required minimum distance to the machine (or railing):
• 3.3 ft (1 m) at the side
• 5 ft (1.5 m) in front of (e.g. to pivot the machine out of the channel)
8.2 ft (2.5 m) behind the machine (e.g. to dismount the motor)
Trapezoidal channel shape
To avoid grit sedimentation we recommend to have trapezoidal channels to maintain an as high
as possible Flow velocity even in the event of dry weather flow. The channel in the screen basket
area, however, must not be trapezoidal.
A bottom step is recommended to ensure the minimum depth of immersion of the screen
surface and to keep the switch -on frequency as low as possible.
Emergency bypass
An emergency bypass is absolutely necessary for one -line plants, such as for the event of a
power failure or fault.
The complete hydraulic conditions of the sewage treatment works must be taken into account
for dimensioning of the emergency bypass. It is important that the emergency bypass overflow
weir lies approx. 2 inch (50 mm) below max. water level (see installation drawing) to protect the
screen.
Stop logs or penstocks must be positioned in front of and behind the machine to enable shut-
off of the machine for repair. No cross section or penstock must however be positioned in the
installation area of the machine.
Make sure the doorlgate in the building offers sufficient space to pass the machine. It is
recommended to attach a mounting support to the ceiling, in the direction of the machine's axis.
Static dimensioning of the points where the machine is supported by legs on the channel
bottom and under the rising pipe on the building bottom or top of the channel must be carried
out according to the weights specified in the manufacturer's data sheet.
4.3 General instructions for installation
Installation must be carried out in accordance with these instructions if installation is not part of
the supply contract with Huber Technology. If installation is not performed by Huber
Technology, Huber Technology cannot accept responsibility for incorrect offloading or
installation. Installation must be performed by qualified and experienced personnel.
Prior to installation:
• Completely read these instructions. They contain important information how to prevent
damage caused by lack of knowledge.
• Approach roads must be provided so that the machine can be installed either by means of a
crane in case of outdoor installation or by a lifting truck and rollers as well as by lifting chain
block or hoist in case of installation in a building.
• Electrical power must be provided to be available on site at the installation date.
Preliminary work:
• If a channel cover is to be installed, mount the frame and exactly measure the cover
dimensions (see installation drawing).
• If it is an installation in a building, make sure a mounting support is fitted centrally above the
machine.
Section 3 Page 25

• Prepare a closable water supply line exiting from the bottom (see installation drawing).
• Prepare sufficiently sized conduits for electrical installation from the control panel to the
machine and channel for level control (for details see installation drawing).
• I n the installation area of the machine, cross girders, penstocks or other are not allowed.
• There has to be an emergency by-pass in front of the machine. Take the overflow weir height
from the installation drawing.
Preparatory work:
• Check all assembly and fixing material making sure it is complete.
• Prepare all material necessary for water connection.
• Prepare all cables according to the cable list (see wiring diagram) and all necessary small
components (e.g. for level control).
• Prepare lifting device that is able to lift the load during installation.
• Clean the channel / installation place with a broom before installation in order to prevent
injuries caused by slipping.
4.4 Assembly and installation
4.4.1 Mechanical installation
General instructions:
7theh..les
,e stainless steel plugs under pressure after drilling (using bellows, air
e a professional durable adhesive joint.
nlockable screws, thus providing a durable mobility of thread.
How to proceed:
• Fix lifting devices (2 chain hoists or similar) to the prepared installation supports over the
channel. If necessary, prepare points of suspension with required load bearing capacity and
arrange in such a way that the plant can hang above the installation area without manual
moving.
• Fix safety load hooks to the transport eyes, or rope straps to the machine and lifting device.
• Lift the machine on the lifting eyes and lower it slowly from its horizontal position into
installation position. (See installation drawing.)
• Place the machine as shown in the installation drawing onto the lower landing point of the
screen basket.
• Adjust the installation angle by lifting the plant with the upper lifting eye. (Installation angle
details are provided in the installation drawing.)
• Adjust the clamp on the rising pipe. Fix the machine supports. Fix the channel cross beams
(if any) with dowels.
• Lock the support with a screw in the support foot (C-profile) against height variation.
• Bolt and screw the screen basket to the channel bottom.
• Check the rubber sealing surface on the screen basket pointing to the channel.
• For safety: Mount a cover over the screen basket or provide for a railing along open channel
sections or for a channel cover.
4.4.2 Electrical installation
Electrical installation to be carried out by qualified electricians only.
General:
The following instructions are offered for guidance if installation is not included in the supply
contract.
Section 3 Page 26

If installation is not included in the supply contract, Huber Technology cannot accept
responsibility for incorrect installation.
Wiring:
®QWARNING
Make sure that power supply is disconnected!
Secure this condition by appropriate measures!
Prepare earth connection to the plant prior to beginning any other work, and earth the gear
motor and solenoid valves (optional). The protection system of the terminal sockets and
screw connections must correspond to the protection zone in which the machine has been
installed.
Solenoid valve
)tor
The 10 mm' earth point has to be connected with the main voltage equaliser
according to local protective measures as per applicable standards
Fix the control panel with bolts in its intended position.
• Fix the adjacent control box with dowels next to / onto the machine.
• Prepare all cables between the machine, control panel and adjacent control box and connect
the plant to the power supply according to the specifications in the wiring diagram. The wiring
diagram and cable list are attached in the appendix,rf the electrical switchboard and control
panel is part of the Huber supply contract.
Install the level sensors in the section up to 3.28 ft (1 m) in front of respectively behind the
screen basket, if possible in a turbulence -free zone.
Note:
The correct rotation direction of the drive, viewed in flow direction, is anti -clockwise!
Prior to first start and prior to recommissioning (e.g. after changing the power supply) check the
rotation direction of the motors!
Saction 3 Page 27

5 Start-up
Observe the following safety instructions for machine start-up to avoid damage to the machine
or injuries.
• Only qualified persons are permitted to perform start-up work, observing the safety
instructions.
• Check before the first start-up that all tools and foreign objects have been removed.
• Activate all safety devices and emergency cutout switches before start-up.
• Check that the motor running direction is correct. Screw rotation direction:
anti -clockwise when viewed in flow direction
• Prior to initial start-up close the water supply hose and flush the pipe network. This will
prevent that pollution particles can impair the function of or damage solenoid valves.
• Read also the chapter General Safety Instructions.
5.1 Customer -supplied connections
All customer -supplied connections must be installed on the marked positions, or at least as
close as possible, according to the manufacturer's instructions respectively installation drawing.
5.1.1 Electrical connection
The electrical connections must be laid to the installation place of the control panel;
Please refer to wiring diagram in control section for further information.
5.1.2 Connection for wash water
Required operational water pressure: min. 60 psi (4 bar) max. 100 psi (7 bar)
Water quality:
Use screened or filtered service or used water, with no particles bigger than 200 micron grain
size. The water should have an as low as possible chloride and ferric oxide content and
preferably a I > 6.5.
If this is disregarded, the servo bores of the solenoid valves will clog and jet intensity reduced
respectively the valves not perfectly close any longer.
Water supply line:
Which water supply line is required depends on the individual screen version. It is shown on the
installation drawing.
• Dimension the supply line one size bigger if the line is longer than 328 ft (100 m) (shock
pressure, line loss).
• The connection in the support leg area should emerge from an adjacent wall or the floor and
should be lockable.
• The connection for press zone washing is located either laterally on the stainless steel press
liquor collection chamber or in 12-o'clock position on the plastic chamber.
• The machine can have additional connections for the integrated screenings washing system
IRGA and/or spray nozzle bar, this depends on the order and supply volume.
• A water connection (not below %") for cleaning work, maintenance etc. is required. For very
greasy wastewater a warm water connection or steam jet should be available.
• The connection must be made of high -quality rubber fabric hose or a pipe connection.
• If fresh water is used it is necessary to provide a return flow inhibitor to prevent return flow of
wastewater into the potable water network.
• If solenoid valves are used, a rubber hose is preferably recommended because its elasticity
reduces shock pressures when the valve closes.
Saction 3 Page 28

5.2 Checks prior to initial start-up
Prior to start-up:
Make yourself familiar with the
• operation and control elements of the machine
• machine equipment
• operation principle of the machine
• immediate vicinity of the machine
• safety devices of the machine
• measures to be taken in case of emergency
Perform the following work prior to any start-up:
• Check and make sure that all safety device are attached and in a ready -to -operate condition.
• Check the machine for visible damage and eliminate any damage found immediately or
report them to the supervisory staff, as machine operation is only permitted if the machine is
in a perfect condition.
• Check and make sure that authorized persons only have access to the operation area of the
machine and no other persons are endangered by starting the machine.
• Remove any objects or other material from the operation area of the machine, which is not
needed for machine operation.
• Check that the screw -type cable fitting fits tight and re -tighten the screw, if necessary, to
prevent ingress of water into the motor. (See below picture of the screw -type cable
fitting.)
Section 3 Page 29

6 Operation
Observe the following instructions when operating the machine to avoid damage to the machine
or injuries.
• Never use the machine for any other purpose than the intended use!
• Inform yourself about the correct behavior in case of a fault prior to switching the machine
on.
• Check prior to switching the machine on that the following units are in a ready -to -operate
condition:
• Protective devices
• Emergency cutout switch
Read also the chapter General Safety Instructions.
6.1 Control philosophy
The electrical control regulates all automated functions of the plant both in automatic and hand
mode. After switching the mains isolator on, the plant works in automatic mode. The control
panel must be installed outside the screening room in a non -hazardous area.
Read this chapter carefully if you have the electrical control panel supplied by a third company.
The panel must be completely wired in order to connect the machine. The wiring diagram
should lie inside the panel.
6.1.1 Control panel design and equipment
The equipment in detail is specified in the material list of the attached wiring diagram.
6.1.2 Standard design
The standard control panel comprises a stainless steel NEMA 4X enclosure housing mains,
fuses, switches, controls and indicators. The control panel incorporates an Allen Bradley
MicroLogix PLC for sequence control. A Panel View operator interface is used to display system
status and to facilitate changing operating parameters.
Switch possibilities on control display
Operation and fault signals are indicated on the text display. After the plant has been switched
on it is in AUTO mode. The operating keys of the text display, or local control station, allow
different manual operation modes. For further details, see control panel section of the manual.
6.1.3 Current monitor
Action principle:
Control of motor power consumption — effective value
In the event of overload the power supply stops much faster than the thermal motor protection
switch and can therefore prevent any mechanical consequential damage.
A current relay (or e.g. a true power monitor) is imperative, otherwise Huber Technology will
not accept any liability for compensation of mechanical damage.
Settings:
The standard ex factory setting is carried out according to the enclosed motor data sheet or
wiring diagram attached in the appendix.
Reset: Self -reset after re -start
Section 3 Page 30

A CAUTION
Do not re -start the machine after the current relay has tripped before the cause for tripping
has been found and eliminated. See also indications in text display!
6.1.4 Trace heating temperature switch (optional)
A thermostat with an external sensor controls ON and OFF of the power supply to the heating
cable. The thermostat is either installed inside the control panel or directly field mounted to the
screen.
Sensor position: laterally in the machine's discharge area or inside the stainless steel cover of
the insulation.
Please refer to the control section for further information on the selected temperature switch and
controls.
6.2 Operation possibilities
6.2.1 Switch possibilities on control display
Operation and fault signals are indicated on the text display, also the individual drives are
controlled via the text display. After the plant has been switched on it is in AUTO mode.
6.2.2 Operation by means of adjacent control switch
The control units are displaced from the main control panel into an adjacent control box (local
control station) if the main control panel is not positioned within close distance to the machine.
The machine can for example be installed in a classified area and operated via a NEMA 7 local
control station while the main control panel is installed in a room without classification.
Equipment:
• Emergency cutoff button
• Selector switch (HOA) for screen, spray bar, press zone, screenings wash, tank wash
• Rotation selector switch (FOR) screen
Arrangement:
Directly adjacent to the machine, installation options:
• On standard upright dowelled to the floor
• Clamp -mounted on the rising pipe
Rotation direction selector {FOR) switch positions on adjacent control box for manual
operation:
Position
Action
Condition
Forwards
Machine runs forwards in
As long as the selector switch
cycles
remains in this position
Reverse *
Machine reverses
As long as the switch remains in
continuously
this position
switch in HAND position
* Operate the reverse button only for a short moment to prevent increased brush wear.
Section 3 Page 31

Positions switch:
Position
Action
Condition
AUTO
Machine runs in cycles
When level control or timer
actuate
HAND
Machine runs forwards in
As long as the rotation selector
cycles
switch remains in this position
6.2.3 Time -dependent automatic start control
If the inflow rate is low, screenings may accumulate in front of the screen if the screen is not
activated by upstream level. To prevent accumulation of screenings, the screen is programmed
to start automatically after a selectable standstill time. The screen will run for a selectable run-
on time.
The off time and run-on time (OFF delay) can be adjusted on the text display of the control
panel. The screen should be active for the set run-on time (see also 6.2.4) of 3o sec.
Standard setting: plant start after a 60 minute off time
6.2.4 Run -an time (OFF delay)
After activation via level control or automatic start control the screen runs until the set run-on
time (OFF delay) expires. The run-on time (OFF delay) depends on the screen basket diameter
(screen size).
The run-on time (OFF delay) of the screen needs to be adjusted on site during start-up!
The run-on time (OFF delay) is adjusted by means of the control units. The standard settings
are specified in the following table for all machine sizes. The cycle duration is specified in
seconds.
Size
Run-on time
(OFF delay)
300
L5 8000
6 sec
400
8 sec
500
10 sec
300
L> 8000
8 sec
400
10 sec
500
12 sec
70C
12 sec
Saction 3 Page 32

6.2.5 Limitation of reverse run time
The reverse run time for an overload situation and regular cleaning cycle are adjusted by means
of the control units. The standard settings are specified in the following table for all machine
sizes. An accumulated runtime timer initiates the reverse cleaning cycle.
Standard setting is 2 minutes.
Reversing in HAND mode is only possible when the switch is physically held in the HAND
position (spring return switch).
DO NOT REVERSE THE SCREEN FOR A LONGER PERIOD IN HAND!
Size
Reverse run time
(Overload)
Reverse run time
{Cleaning Cycle)
300
L<_ 800D
5 sec
5 sec
400
5 sec
5 sec
500
5 sec
5 sec
300
L> 8000
7 sec
7 sec
400
7 sec
7 sec
500
7 sec
7 sec
700
7 sec
7 sec
Sactfon 3 Page 33

Troubleshooting and Repair
Symptom
Possible cause
Repair
Screen does not run although
Mains isolator is in OFF
Switch mains isolator ON.
the tripped lamp is off.
position.
Selector switch is in "C" or
Turn selector switch to HAND or
REVERSE position.
AUTO
PLC -CPU is set to STOP.
Switch to RUN.
Control fuse has melted.
Replace fuse.
No signal from ultrasonic level
Check transducer.
transducer.
Fault lamp is on
Motor overload has tripped.
a) Switch off mains isolator
or the fault is indicated in the
b) Check if something is jammed
text display
in the trough area (like a stone or
piece of wood) or material is
entangled in the discharge.
c) Switch on motor protection
switch and operate reset key.
d) Switch on mains isolator.
Current relay has tripped.
a), b , d Ditto
Phase breakdown
Check fuses and preceding fuses
in control panel.
Continuous operation in AUTO
Level control is permanently
Check for obstructions in
mode
activating because:
transducer acoustic beam.
Level transducer is blocked.
Time -dependent control does
Time has not been set in text
Set the time.
not work.
display or on timer.
Solenoid valve does not close.
Servo boring is dirty inside.
Disassemble and clean the valve.
Check dirt trap and insert a filter if
Membrane is torn.
required.
Replace membranes.
Section 3 Page 34

Maintenance and Repair
CAUTION
Enclosed rooms of wastewater treatment plants that must be entered for service and
maintenance have to be aerated in a way that prevents a dangerous explosive
atmosphere, lack of oxygen and presence of harmful concentrations of gas or vapor.
CAUTION
The chapter maintenance and repair is intended for skilled staff only.
Any maintenance or repair work must be performed by skilled staff only.
Skilled staff has to be equipped with personal protective gear (such as gloves, etc.).
Skilled persons
Skilled persons are persons that are able to evaluate assigned jobs and recognize possible
risks, due to their professional skills, expertise and experience and knowledge of corresponding
standards.
Regular cleaning and plant maintenance is required to ensure trouble -free plant operation.
ACAUTION
Always wear protective glasses and rubber gloves if harmful materials have been
processed by the machine.
The machine is subject to vibrations during operation, which may cause screw and clamp
connections to get loose. To prevent damage, regularly check the machine.
CAUTION
It is essential to proceed as described under 2.1.4 when shutting down the machine prior to
performing maintenance, repair or cleaning work. Use only tools and means that are
expressly intended for such work.
Observe the following instructions when performing maintenance or repair work on the machine
to avoid damage to the machine or injuries.
• Prior to performing any repair work, shut off a wide area around the machine.
• Switch off all voltage sources and secure the voltage sources to prevent they are
unintentionally switched on again. If the machine is installed in a tank, switch off the mains
switch before opening the tank.
• Never use any other than the specified operating media.
• Never use any other than the spare parts specified in the Huber spare parts lists.
Read also the chapter General Safety Instructions.
Sactfon 3 Page 35

8.1 Cleaning and inspection schedule
•
Check the potential equalization regularly, as described in chapter 2.3, Incorporated safety
systems!
Daily:
• Check screenings container and replace or empty it if necessary to avoid back-up of
screenings into the discharge unit.
Weekly:
• Check and clean level sensors
• Open the wash water valve for press zone washing and wash until clear water runs off
through the transparent hose into the channel. This flushing may be required several times
per week (only if press zone washing is manual and not included in automatic controls).
• Hose down possible deposits or stringy material on the screen basket.
Monthly:
• Hose down the complete plant including the inside of the tank with a high pressure cleaning
device if possible. This prevents sedimentation and chloride accumulation that may lead to
corrosion in the long run.
• Check the condition of the brush.
• Remove stringy material buildup and textile or fibrous material wrapped around the screw
shaft at the discharge end, if any.
A CAUTION
Never use a high pressure unit to clean electrical plant equipment!
8.2 Inspection and preventive maintenance
8.2.1 Press zone inspection
The press zone, which is the zone prior to the discharge unit, consists either in a removable
plastic shell. A plug of screenings is produced inside the press zone, the press liquor drains off
through borings in the inner pipe into the outer chamber and from there back into the inlet.
Regular washing of the press zone prevents sedimentation which would clog the borings or
press liquor hose.
In case screenings dewatering results becomes insufficient, it is necessary to inspect the press
zone. Wet screenings are indicative for clogging of bore holes.
AWARNI
Switch off and lock the mains isolator prior to removing the inspection cover!
There is a dangerous zone between the rotating screw and inspection opening
where you can get caught!
Section 3 Page 36

On machines with a plastic shell, the two half shells can completely be detached after removal
of the clamping bands for easier dewatering of the borings from outside.
If required, the inner inspection cover on the rising pipe can be removed. This provides access
to and allows removal of e.g. textiles or fibers wrapped around the screw shaft which cannot be
accessed from the screenings discharge end.
When reattaching the inspection cover, make sure the fixing screws and straps fit tight since the
pressure produced in the press zone is high. When reattaching the plastic chamber, make sure
the rising pipe surface is clean and lubricate the sealing points on the end sides.
Read also the chapter Product Specification. This chapter contains details about the press
zone.
8.2.2 Operating media and lubricant replacement
Gear motor:
The screen is equipped with a gear motor, the technical data and required lubricant amounts of
which can be taken from the attached motor data sheet. The required lubricant amount is
additionally specified on the identification plate. If two amounts are specified, the first refers to
the main gearing whereas the second refers to the intermediate gearing.
Separate operating instructions for the gear motor are attached in the appendix. They include a
list of permissible types of lubricant.
One recommended lubricant is Kluberoil G-4-220-US (Huber Technology article # SP-
KLG4220).
Under normal operational conditions it is recommended to replace the lubricant after approx.
15,000 operation hours. Independent of the operation time, lubricant replacement is
recommended after 2-3 years at the latest.
8.3 Repair
8.3.1 Pivoting 1 Lifting of the machine
The machine can be pivoted around the pivot between pipe clamp and machine support to
facilitate maintenance and repair.
• Switch off mains isolator and lock it.
• If required, remove electrical lines and hose connections.
• Loosen the screws of the pivot below the pipe clamp.
• Unlock the screen basket fixing screws in the channel.
• Pivot the machine out of the channel, placing as little load as possible onto the machine
support in longitudinal direction, i.e. the traction rope must draw vertically upwards. Too
much axial load will bend and break the support.
• When performing maintenance work, secure the machine with cross beams against pivoting
downwards.
• After performed maintenance, install the machine proceeding in reverse order.
The manufacturer does not accept any liability if faulty pivoting leads to damage to the machine
support.
&WARNING
Use suitable lifting devices!
Always stand clear of a suspended load!
Section 3 Page 37

8.4 Spare parts, components subject to wear
Long life and corrosion resistance against all municipal and most industrial sorts of wastewater
as all components which are in contact with water are completely made of stainless steel, acid -
treated in a pickling bath and passivated.
a) Components subject to wear
Our guarantee does not include wearing parts that are subject to natural wear during operation.
Wearing parts are defined as parts that show increased wear due to their function, the degree of
wear depending on operational conditions, running hours and plant maintenance. The life of the
brushes depends substantially on the amount of grit contained within the wastewater. With the
usual average amounts of grit, the average anticipated brush life is approx. 800 running hours.
Main wearing parts of the plant:
• Brushes on the flights in the screen basket incl. fixing material
• Plastic screw bearing (on machines > 245 inches (6200 mm))
• Screen basket
• Wear protection spiral
b) Spare parts
For other spare parts such as gear motor, solenoid valve, etc. see appendix.
Whenever you order spare parts please specify:
• Machine type
• Size
• Order number = machine number
• Year of manufacture
• Operational voltage of the corresponding electrical component
• Order no. from the spare part list (appendix)
• Required quantity
• Delivery address
• Invoice address
8.5 Regular tests of machines
The regular tests for maintenance of the plant's nominal condition shall include after every 800
respectively 4500 operation hours, at least however after 6 months respectively 3 years,
checkup of the components listed below. Replace the components, if they show signs of an
unacceptable operating condition.
Operating
hours
Interval
Subject
Recommended method
800
6 months
Operating condition: Screw
shaft and basket vibrations
Check wear of brushes.
Wear of screen basket i
Brush replacement
flights
4500
3 years
Operating condition: Screw
shaft in rising pipe section
Check bearing for wear.
L > 6200 mm or size 700
CAUTION
SThere is a danger of burning in the area of the drive motors
Section 3 Page 38

•
Additionally observe the separate operating instructions for electro motors, drives and
bearings for maintenance.
OCAUTION
LAEX\\Repair
or extensive maintenance work on machines with ex protection should be
performed in a separate room on the dismounted machine.
Shutdown
Observe the following safety instructions for machine shutdowns to avoid damage to the
machine, injuries or environmental damage.
• Qualified staff only is authorized to carry out shutdowns.
• Contact the manufacturer for questions concerning disposal of the machine.
• Take care of environmentally sound disposal of operating media, auxiliary material and
lubricants (such as gearbox oil). Observe the regulations for eco-friendly waste disposal!
• Lifting and righting of the equipment must be done only by the lifting eyes provided.
• Use only the lifting devices specified hereunder to transport the machine.
Read also the chapter Transport.
Read also the chapter General Safety Instructions.
9.1 Temporary shutdown
• Clean the screen basket with a high-pressure unit prior to a longer shutdown.
• Let the screen operate for approx. 10 minutes. This will empty the machine, screenings are
discharged. The emptying process can be accelerated by throwing polystyrene or ice cubes
into the screen basket while the machine is running until all screenings have been
discharged.
• If the machine is installed outdoors the motor should be covered (in order to avoid ingress of
water) but not wrapped. Otherwise, water may ingress into the terminal box.
• It is recommended to change the gearbox oil prior to start-up after a several -year shutdown.
Further conservation is not necessary.
9.2 Final shutdown 1 disposal
Qualified staff only is authorized to perform electrical and mechanical shutdowns.
Prior to a final shutdown, follow the instructions for a temporary shutdown and the following
additional instructions:
• Drain the press zone completely and clean the press liquor collection chamber.
• If the machine has the plastic press liquor collection chamber, remove the plastic shell and
dispose of to waste recycling.
• Remove then the inner cover on the rising pipe to have access to the press zone for
cleaning.
• Drain the gearbox oil. Disposal of gearbox oil: Observe the regulations for eco-friendly waste
disposal!
Section 3 Page 39

10 Additional Information
If you require more information, please write or phone. We will do our best to support you.
Our US headquarters:
Our customer service:
Huber Technology, Inc.
1009 Airlie Parkway
Denver, NC 28037
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Phone: 1-877-US HUBER
E-mail: [e-mail]
[e-mail]
We will help you to quickly find the right specialist to answer your questions.
Or visit our website http:l/www.huber-technology.com providing up-to-date information
concerning our Business Unit Service.
Our service comprises preventive maintenance, routine servicing, and short-term repair.
Our service hotline is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
Our qualified team offers a customer -oriented and reliable service. This service includes:
• Installation supervision and start-up service
• Operator training
• Inspection and preventive maintenance
• Fine tuning of equipment for optimum performance
• Trouble shooting
• Routine and emergency repair
• Spare parts
These additional services guarantee reliable plant operation, which is an important aspect for
both municipal and industrial applications, and will help you to meet the requirements within
your area of responsibility.
Saction 3 Page 40

SECTION 4 — Components Information
ROTAMAT® Ro9

HUBER Technology, Inc.
I:III=I�:I
WASTE WATER Solutions
Motor and Gearbox
Information
Section 4 Page 1

Bauer-Arti kel-N r.: 188Z6794
Huber-Variante.: 51334012
shaft -mounted gear
Type
Design power P1
Design speed of the high-speed
shaft n1
Design speed of the low -speed
shah n2
Design torque at the high-speed
shah MI at sf =1,05
Design torque at the low -speed
shaft M2 at sf = 1,05
max permissible input speed n1
with reduced torque
Mounting
Corrosion protection
Painting
Add. -/Special design
Gear design:
Type
Design code 74W
Total gear reduction f
Oil-typel-volume
Add. -/Special design:
Please note:
B F40-74 W-C1N E MA 145TC/C2-M B
1,1 kW
1760 rpm
: 13,0 rpm
: 5,9 Nm
800 Nm
3600 rpm
H1N1
Dimensional drawing
Coro 2
Catalogue
RAL 5015
net weight per unit
Output plate additional stamped with:
H1,1­12,H3,H40°-45°nach VI
Total thickness of coating 100 µm
Mounting HI inclined 451to mounting V1.
3rd party motor ace. ZN.BAU2710186.
Manufacturer Balclor
1.5HP; 230146OV; GOHz
4.412.2A; 176ORPM;
Class I; Division I
Premium Eff. 86.5%
Thermostats
DOL SF1.15
Inverterduty SF1.0
CT 6-6OHz, CHP 60-90Hz
Drip Cover, Sealing B-Side
Terminal box position IIIIA
BF40 2 -staged shaft mounted gear
B.40-B.40Z-..-C-N EMA
: approximately69 kg
C-Flange with tapped holes on side front
hollow shaft with keyway
: 137,0
CLP 22014,91
With double shaft seal on the output shah.
With threaded holes on gear side H.
max. axial clearance 0,25mm
Special output shaft ace. ZN.BF40-36-A3-K4. (d): 45 mm, (dent.-Nr.: 30366720
Gearbox
This gearbox cannot be used in an Atex-Zone.
In this case, please contact the factory giving exact technical data including Installation and place of operation.
Gearboxes with torque reaction by means of flange or torque arm must have the torque reaction on the same side as the
radial force over the output shaft. Please contact the factory in case of other designs.
Section 4 Page 2

ABauer-
Gear Motor
BAU2710186
BALDOlR
A MEMBER OF THE ABB GROUP
BALDOR - RELIANCEr
Product Information Packet
ABB Automation Products GmbH
1.5HP,1760RPM,3PH,60HZ,145TC,3526M,XPFC
CopfgM®Wlpmauctlnio,maGm xlNln NYs �ocumMrsau�l�aln Ballor ElerNC CamPanNn S'a9M®Pm�a�unlessMMrvnse nolv�.
n,cE� PIWYL1FdwmaGw,P.d SAU2710188 _15HP,17WO M,WPfflH-145TCXAMWFC
Pafl Delail
uo�
spec
e,m,E
rrFc
`a.r1m:
m,.momr
Fl.,.
xreae.
��
wumP�an
�eaw�-
Ha®mNz
ws.ewp�,a.a�
>MrKnm�sP..em�m�.v.
PrMmmPz
v.mO�...oc
P�®eo Hz
ira..vnm��
ea,en�
!m,�vrmQ.,fn
w�
Mw,Mm wn.m�.nr
e..wa..e,r�
�eM,,sF.mo�1
wb.4 saw
Pagezo111
Section 4 Page 3

ABauer-
GearMotor
F—d Ytlaml 11 Pa[ktlBAU2710186 _ 15HP,1]6pRPM.— W HZ,1—C,-6M,—G
OmvlW4
�m LQ2T.uv
Anne Pew'.
ran crarsq
r.��
d>•LVYd[
u¢mr
uo�s
dlccac
sgespem
Piq Pary
eeelnrymuua@w6
XPMeelnry PwW
dyl@PtP.
FwmwPprin:
Tlnm@QMw-dnP
Ttinwwns-wfJc
PN81V PO�b-,
4bylmbvYW�b.
Y1iYyll�r 1'
@@.—
]PTwp(bi:
Pa —"
RA*TM+�•AELIMNCEP 1rotlu11W.mahonP—BAU2710186-iSM,ti88F8'M,3PH BOH�145TC 3528M,)�FC
Na-pWM NP140lW%kl
mp.
uT.Na cwFn ec cwro®
v wme
ILwaw Ya1.4
Nz ru FN a a. � xnLEFF. �s
tERF. tm 1] PI¢ a.151
Section 4 Page 4

ABauer-
GearMotor
v NCER� Protlud lniwmation Packel: SALJ2710186_ISXP,176gNPM,3PX,6gHZi45TC,36MMjPFC
PaM1s Lv[
orepa u�
61IXNEMLE16u
Pxo 6EaL as aNG nsNM6
HFA M115a3U111
FUEFWCILW 50NCFII—N
wnva06Wlo gRFAnfaaW+fRa vappF-iYr]1rmFN 1AI6 F.1
1N0] INGERPLIIMIPUFGI� 1A10
PNge5Nf 11 aAe.^^�
E#A=+ -PEUANOCF pm lefamagon Pa ke: � U 2710 186 _1.5XP,1­. ,fi0XZ.,_c.MGM,XPFC
Pals Lat Imntil6etli
85XWa018M �6Nph Pe+3ir>tLE88 6A00 En
GPE EPOLY�PEY EMFY%OX NSeIMI-tSy
EYF%PIA611L, ID
12
L 1116Mn1111M
PNgefi N11 e
Section 4 Page 5

ABauer-
GearMotor
Produtl lnfamaaen Pa[AN: &AU2710186 ,15HP,1]BORPM,3PH &IHZ,145FC,3528M,%PFC
AC Inducflon Motor F.0-- Cats
R.a 43070-TMul pedornla - W gutlranleed vak
Windnp: 35WCM493. R024 Type: 3526M IEnclosure: XPFC
N—plate UeW
480 V. W Hx.
Single Vcltege Wa
Raletl 0.4" (HP)
15
Full L—Toryue
447 MET
vd
ZWI460
5[MCanpg—mfl
3mdg kne
Fultned Amps
4w2
B—kdowa Toque
192 LB -FT
KP.M.
1760
Fu"p Tucue
9.4l ff
Ih
60 I Phase 3
Lackeda WFTwqua
13.4 LB -FT
NEW De MCade
E KVACade L
Slaitig CunerR
163A
5—F—(51.]
1
No-ba0 ClnerN
1.3 A
NEMA Nwn. ER.
36.5 1 Power Fa 73
10.1 C
Rahg-Dory
4DC AMB-CONT
Terry Pisa®Baled Load
44°C
Pder inertia
0.15d L&FT2
4fi0 V, 60 Hz, 1.5 HP
Page]of 11 ""'R
�-REUANCffr ProduRlnlomolion Parktl: BAU2710186_15HP,1TWRPM,3PH,fipHZ,145TC,352BM,%PFC
Pedamance Oaph a 460V, ffi z, 15HP Typical pelu--NM9uaan9eed-
RNDOR RECRfC COMPANY
muimhwn�mgwaaelq�n.
Tnq F#unutu uv�i u.�w.iu
MNOIh'La3SMCN193
iw ro,o r,ew
i,.,......... .,..
......,.1,,, .,`.,.., _., �t.i.....
_...._..._, ....b
Yr......?r ..r......_. .1.....
Y
� �
_
Pape6M11 T><-'aR
Section 4 Page 6

ABauer-
GearMotor
HA*^^R•RELIRNCEP Pmoun lniamauon Pacler. B,4U2710186-15NP.1TBOfiPM,3PH,50HZ,145TC,3528M,%PFC
Page0o 11 v
e ^^�•REI.fRNCEf Pmnri mnam^-'Parker. 9AU271018C 1
pw (vtt»1nc[ iww (wpr.¢
aRR I Ia I9
� � GPY E \t_wr�t IINE LixC
xpiES.
4. lEM C0.JR5 AREr [PRpnn Q iLnpS nJ51 kwnK BE
8
1gXp,` 9�;Q,e BALDDR ELECTRIC Co.
Page 10 of 11 9 -
Section 4 Page 7

HUBER Technology, Inc.
I:III=I�:I
WASTE WATER Solutions
Solenoid Valves
Section 4 Page 8

5282
2/2-way Solenoid Valve
with servo diaphragm
• Pivoted armature pilot drive with emergency
manual operation
• Media separated
• Circuit function can be modified
'
• Adjustable switching times
(waterhammer-free)
type 5282 can be combined with..
• Threaded port or flange connections
• Approvals: �01 FM V6 CE
Type 2508 Type 1078
Type 2511 Type 8600
Cable plug I imer unit
AS I cable plug Dosing control
The Type 5282 is a pilot -controlled normally closed
solenoid valve with a servo -diaphragm, media
separated, for universal use with liquid and gaseous
media corresponding to the material resistance.
As standard, the 3-way pivoted armature pilot drive
has an emergency manual operation. The closing and
opening times are continuously adjustable.
Power consumption
Inmsh Hold
AG I AU UG
IVAI fVAN/I lWJ
24 1 1418 8
A differential pressure of 7 PSI (0.5 bar) is required
to open the full chill The response times can be
changed by turning the restrictor screws (in the
body cover).
Technical data
Orifice
1 /2° - 2° (nN t3 - fie mm)
Body material
I hreaded port
Hrass stemless steel 1.4081
Hang.
Stamless steel 1.4541
Seal material
NB FKM, EPDIV (on ran—o
Media
Al
Neutral media, such as compressed an, water, hydraulic oil
EPUM
Oil and fat free media, ini alkalis, hot water
FKM
Hat air, oxygen, per -solutions, hot oil
Media temperature
NHN I
14°F to 194'T (-ro^c m -m)
EPUM
-22"F to 194"F(-wem+swc)
FKM
32°F to 194°F (oro m +sma)
Ambient temperature
Max. 131°F (+eo-o)
Voltage tolerance
110%
Duty cycle
10096 conlinu.us rating
Electrical connection
lag connector acc. DIN 43650 Farm A for
cable plug lype 2508
Protection clash
IP 65 with rable pug
Installation
I As required, preferably with actuator upright
www.burked—usa.com Page 1/4
burkert
Fluid Control Systems
Section 4 Page 9

5282
Solenoid valve dimensions
Dimensions Imml
llhreaded port
ON D Bl El F I Ll
Flange port
B2 G L2
13
NPT 112
1123.0
40
14
65
-
-
-
20
NPI 3/4
131.0
60
16
100
25
NPT 1
141.0
70
18
115
184.5
120
160
32
NPI 1114
147.0
05
20
126
192.0
140
180
40
NPI 1112
156.0
05
22
126
201.0
150
200
50
NPT2
177.5
115
24
164
225.0
lfi5
230
55
NPI 2112
185.0
115
27
180
-
-
-
iOrdering chart for valves (other versions on request) UL recognized / GSA/ CL
Manual —rode, supplied mthout cable plug, different seal materials on request
2 E °
$ 3 e1$
>? = e c@a
U o M Wit? z
`m H
c�
m
A
oc E m
Emma
2mz
I in
m
oc E ut m
Em2n
ma
A 2/2-way valve, NC
°
4.;
.. ..:
P
13.0
(Brass)
20.0
(Stainless steel)
NPT 112
4.7
2.8 - 145
024/13C
024/50-60
120/50-60
240/50-60
456 890
456 914
456 891
456 915
456 892
456916
456893
456 917
or
B 2/2-way valve, NO
s
1
20.0
NPI 314
5.6
28 - 145
0240(3
024/5D-60
120/50-60
240/50-60
456 894
456918
456895
456919
45fi 896
456920
456897
456921
a,
25.0
NPI 1
11.7
2A - 145
024/DC
456 89B
456922
..........
P
024/50-60
120/50-60
240/tl
456899
456923
456 900
456924
456 901
456 925
1
32.0
NPI 1 114
23.5
2.8 - 145
02400
024/tl
120/tl
240/tl
456 902
456926
456 903
456927
456 B04
4.1392.
456 905
456929
40.0
NPT 1 112
23.5
2.8 - 145
024/DC
024/50-60
120/tl
240/50-80
456 906
456930
456 907
456931
456 908
56 932
456 909
456 933
1
50.0
NPI 2
47.0
2.8 - 145
024/U(:
024/50-50
120/50-60
240150-60
456 910
456934
456 911
456 935
456 912
456936
456913
456 937
Delivered as circuit function A
Change to the circuit function B by turning the pilot drive through 180°
Mounting instructions:
Arrangement of the pilot control Wiil n.�rau c;.wmm�cOmA
P A R P I R
burkert Page 214
Section 4 Page 10

5282
Solenoid valve ordering chart
Ordering chart for valves (other versions on request) BL listed 1 FM class I Division 2 / CSA ICE
Manual overnde, supplied with cable plug type 2509, different seal matenals on request
0
E
o
m
m
rib a
E m
A 2/2-y vale NG
A
r"""""o-"
13.0
(Brass)
20.0
(3iflesssteelf
NPI 112
4.7
2.8 - 145
024/DG
024150-60
120150-60
240150-60
457 870
457 894
457 871
457 895
457 872
457 896
457873
457897
or
6 2/2- y vale NO
20.0
NPT 3/4
5.B
2.0 - 145
0241130
024150-60
120/50-60
240/50-60
457 874
457 896
457 876
457 899
457 876
457 900
457 877
457 901
a..;
P """""
25.0
NPI 1
11.7
2.6 - 145
024/DG
024150-60
120/50-60
240150-60
451 878
457 902
457 879
457 903
457 880
457 904
457 881
457 905
32.0
NPT 1 114
23.0
2.8 - 145
024/DC
024150-60
120150-60
240/50-60
457 882
457 906
457 883
457 907
457 884
457 906
457 885
457 909
40.0
NPI 1 112
23.5
2.8 - 145
024/DG
024150-60
120150-60
240/50-60
457 886
457 910
457 887
457 911
457 888
457 912
457 889
457 913
50.0
NPT 2
47.0
2.8 - 145
024/13C
024150-60
120/50-60
240150-60
457 890
457 914
457 891
457 915
457 892
457 916
457 893
457 917
Delivered as circuit function A
Change to circuit function B by fuming the pilot drive through 11i
NOTE: All UL listed valves include type 2509 1/2' condud cable plug
moo'
MENEM
Page 314 burkert
Section 4 Page 11

5282
In case of special application conditions, We reserve the right to make technical 0&0212_us'.
please consult far advice. changes -th.0 nahce.
burkert Page 414
Sactlon 4 Page 12

to
C
O
U
v
7
L
C_
C
M
C
Q
O
Type 5282
212-way solenoid valve with servo -
membrane
burkert
Fluid Contml Systems
chedre@ D
'mmungsgernSUVenvendung
Capifte beach ,Se die Hire-sedleser Behiebsanl' ng
'ede,-n232zdamit cus Gadateseassigen Da nie
rna6Daten tttyeligbi bt.B tlas Geratctimvantlhei 'omen
and.hd ei trfahlg dkgriftel Nidat Gchtungdes li
un bear¢, 'gendflid1dftdG,des Gent enffzllt' lirhe Hafiung
rs.Je ochil dlels M- a ge-Maat ndl furclett
Dateriblat enter chlieis, Eils 2ercle— ar Nrli fur de h.
DetendettzulAsslge en. 5rre erdereader mbsrlineusgeheo-
de Benutiunggiftals [bestw—uys BFur hle—
resultierende5chaden ftet Bud:ertnidt Rsilk tm alleinder
Prnvender.
C NG,
a� Hall Sid side bei anig antl neniehdes
G.—rnefts lin - igge allgeirei rXa ten
skh..,St. eel a egohri
• TrefEst Sieges' tetda , Us Boomunbeabeicu
t�B—hiln nmula 'ge BeeinVachtigungcri
Me
• Be.htnt S'. deg In Syste dieumeromckscehen,
Leimngei ndVeing niuMge twerdenn jcd.
Schaftei is vor Eingdhen inch ystem injedem Fall
• Ach Sieeuf deneinwendfreien der Dichtung
Iasi v.h,adb ndc Spulemii iseestehdose.
•V Ilen Sieaufla:inen Fall diemft Fad.
skhenen Schreuben!
Ausfuhrungen mft Explesionseeli= zul
• Ilch vile Angaben der Konfaimitilsbeschein ung PTB
Nc Exb9.C,1041 au teschbn.
Warnurl
• Verle2ungsgefahr!Bei Cauerhemi bUm ie Spu
whrheift verden.
the pmparfundon afthe deuce and promote
i.lift. you must comply with the irrformatinn in
9ru Aons and the application oaitdnons and
ded In the Type 5282 Data Sheet. Usageofthe
ftmtisemdrerybthane Operating Instiirli err
TNonsandspedfirafiansprovidedin McType52B2
oiler and wall void yourwanamy. This device
s a 7f2-way sdenoid valve for the media stated m
hedatasheet. Amotheruseis ddered
ATTENTIONI
De sure to
observe genemly aooepted safety miss v -
panning, Instilling aiM using this deNrE. Fa exanple,
fake suftade measures to prevem unintentional
operetionsof the device,
De urn impairme operation etthe device.
Do nor alfemp to delacn de unscrew any tines or valves
sthe system hatareoffthe underpressure,and efraysbe
are m swish off the voltage supply beforeworking a
the system.
When attaching the coil ro the plug sadcN, be sure the
seal is propedy seated.
Neveradjust the screws which are sealed Ath red pain[
Many reason!
Far explosion -proof models, data from the conPonnity
certificate PTB No. ExA9.C.1041 must also be oompllec
wfth!
WARNING!
Do urn touch the tail during use as ft becomes very
Mt.

It! ationconfonnealwprescriplions
n que l' appa mil puisse loncdon ner pa rfaitement
longtemps,—ill. observer les Instructions ntenua
a. cane ce d Alisat on ainsi que les wind It o ns d uat m st les
262eead IN. mentonneesdans la fichelechni du type
s En rand observation de —Instiuctlonset di rvenh ons non
utaeseeodans pared nou-dedinoretoweres sabiliteetla
ranbe couvrant pareilatimaccessoiress'e n L'appareilsert
nlquernentd'"i" anne22voiespurlesllu' admisselonla
fiete�nique unea uati-atiennu ane"I ex-edamw
�w�aaaere venal ux yrescdpbwrs
ourles dommages qule esullealent. Is 'camlfoumisseur
edinetnute responsahillt 'utilisateurs Ienassumeledsque.
TT TION!
• Pwrin planiFrado 'will-anon et l'oxploltation do
I'appamil.v-uillezv on tenlraux n:gks applirables
generalemenlmc an madere de technique de
secuwe.
• Pmiez ks me mspwraxclumtom
acgonnenen wkmnire desaheialian-
inadmisslN
• Wmzqu't est pas permis de semer des conduit
ou desv se tro,,nl sous i dans des
sys ! A_. d'inkrvenir dans system-.-upez
I'di tationelearique dsnstous
• w Vei wquelmrepose pad'aR ort I —qua
rez b bobine avec k mmectenr.
deregkrenarkunwsksvlsassu' de In
inure muge1
Owns ks execwions a nridefag—roo. ,in lions de
I'aneslationdecon(ormito PlBN` Ex39.C.1 du
bse orveesen plus.
AVEUSSEMENT!
• Risque de blessum! En ra- de foncd—au eve
pemenent, In bobine pew devenir tres [bi
con arreglo a Its disposiciones
oga oYservarlaud—na,cvweikaen
d: irshumoms ai—la—ddmesde
cvnrcrme a
sadedelos�
--orate
Pam Is plan
=a
Tonnor as in
tns no inlen
1. elw
deben de
Jera immi,
ensign.
nalmenle on cu-nU Iw dabs de la d
formidad PTB n` ExE9.C.1041.
;AVISO!
iPeligm de ksianesl En --ludo de q
bobtna prctle poneme muy wliente.

CDMD CIF) CE)
Safety
O Fkiii
1b,
(4-)
e-A
TechnicalData
—A
1'10
?s techniques I Datos t6coicas
11 A NI�1111�
N
0'� lob,
50
. .........
P—
c on Me

Branch Vices
BLRC-RTOBaA4NY
Ch1.-BU Ate
R-St20e13-1]
Be01n
Ph:030)W9717-0
74653 hgelnn9en
Dw—d
Pin (92973)96814
Ph:(0 T940:10-0
Fax(0]94 10-234
D1es0en
F..M,rH
Ph'.(035952)MN-0
Ph_06fi W)9414-0
Hannover
Ph_(0511)90ZZ6-0
Munchen
S6NgeR
Ph:[phone]-0
Ph_(OZ11)45110-0
BURg3ZMTEFNAT
A
Ph.
CNOAL
[phone]
Fax [phone]W
A
Ph.
(@)967461%
Fax [phone]]
B
CHN
Ph.
Ph.
[phone]
(9905)84�5566
F. (03)32561 On
Fa [phone]
CH
Eh.
[phone]
Fax (041)Z856633
CN
Ph.
[phone]
Fa (O512)824510fi
CZ
OK
Ph.
Ph.
[phone]
(044)5075M
Fax [phone]
Fax [phone]]5
F
Ph.
(093)3]10858
Fa (W3)371T/44
F
GB
Ph.
Ph.
[phone]
(M453)731353
Fax [phone]
Fa [phone]
HKG
Ph.
[phone]
Fa [phone]
I
Ph.
(02)95%71
Fax W)9590]251
IRE
Ph.
[phone]
Fax (021)IM1337
J
KOR
Ph.
Ph.
[phone]
[phone]
Fax [phone]
Fax [phone]
MAL
Ph.
[phone]
Fa [phone]S
N
Ph.
[phone]
Fax [phone]
NL
NZ
Ph.
Ph.
(0.346)581010
(09)5/"V
F. [phone]
Fa (09)5Z02573
PL
Ph.
(022)82]2900
Fax [phone]
RC
Ph.
[phone]
Fax [phone]
S
SA
Ph.
Ph.
(04076645100
(011)39]2900
Fax [phone]
F. [phone]
SF
Ph.
(09)M97MW
Fax [phone]]5
SIN
TR
Ph.
Ph.
3832512
(0232)J5953%
Fax [phone]
Fa (0232)45 TM
USA
Ph.
[phone]
Fax [phone]
nfo�0e.0ueheRcan
B.k.b eHdh,rgN 803322-id ORhayOO 0510Onlym
o rB F E
Assembly
OIn�urrre�tsodcel � "'"
1S
AMeysmmerilheproterbve `��
aeaningmep'...
3 Anyase-blypoeit-
U
LYrttrap
0
1
sm

e o e F E
Assembly
Sac qin the pp,
Via¢
� Assemhlyofpimvalve ,� m zn�m
(�
low la
'�1r
z
Assembly
O Car,fipurdm dMiepblmnhd ��'�1�1"�
WW A 1W! B
I
y y
Cj— ge dAmfi e:
.......
a e,
r
0 e F E
T blesho fing
n
Chedkd—Oagel
Vol!
Ch�thep- nd
em
Cl—kftpi a .l
�e y
1�.J1

0
pg Set of plot carNoh
ZD
Gg Set of Wzanng Paris
Typ 5282
Spare parts
FPM 24MC 11121Y 198129V
FP"
FPM 110 VR6 Hz 138123 P 168126 J
FPM 236 V66 Hz 1381185 158125R
EP�M 24VA)C 24 EP1381001 138106X
�M V5fi Hz 138096138104V
EP�M 110 V5fi Hz 138696� 1381IXi t!
EP�M 260VI56 Hz 138 W]R 1381015
0 591afpllo[.a k
N R 24 Vr➢C 1M I. -
N6R 24— 138112L -
N.R 119V136 Hz 138111 K
NER 230 V Hz 138110 W -
FPM 24 V156 Hz - 138124Q
FPM 100 V156 Hz = 13812811
Fp
FPM 230 Vf56 Hz - 138125R
F E
© SetdWvnrg Pads
w11 1 omer�o.
eaing martnal
13 NIR fi24031M -
13 EPM 624032N -
20 FPM fi24039R 124
ZO EP�M 629036J 24—W9V
25 FPM 624041X 6240445
25 E1- fi29042Y 624049T
32, 40 N61 fi2909611 624049F
32, 40 FRA 624047V 624050C
50, 69 FPM 62d OS3T 124-1
50, 65 EP- 62905411 62405]X
�iection4llaqeld

HUBER Technology, Inc.
I:III=I�:I
WASTE WATER Solutions
Anchor Bolts
Section 4 Page 19

HST stud anchor
Feahar�.
high laatllnq �-apaciry
-rrcrc. mntroime exwreian
---------- AST HST-R/H5T-HGR
auiablo for iorvsion zono
auiablo torshock loadng -
-are vrevenson assessment CHIC 1�r
-rreassembim win ru< ,times cony
fisr:-�,nnnsmei. ni...
�mem 3•m T
11sr4eess slecr, n¢:144e4o1, EM En lopes es fll O
11sr4ax-emmmss eleoe 14sz9
Basic loading data (for a single anchor): HST
All data on this page applies to
For detailed design method, see pages 86 - 91.
• concrete: as speafied in the table
• no edge distance and spacing influence
• correct setting (See setting operations page 85)
• deal Failure
CONC
non -cracked concrete
® cracked concrete
Mean ultimate resistance, R,,,,,[kN[: concrete --C2(N25
Anclwrw Ya Y10 M12 M1fi iQa Y21 Me eno m2 M16 M20 iM1
eer{
Shrar Ve Ad Z6a 44.2 ]22 }fAf i2S0 229 29A 9].5 e].6 iW.9 }fA4
Ghameteristic resistance, R• [kN[: concrete - C WS
Anclwrm 119 M16 M12 M1fi - - MB Mie m12 M12 Y2e -
TerwieMu 9.0 16.0 20.0 350 W.0 W.0 5.0 9.0 1-20.1 30.0 40.0
1}0
Following values according to the;
Concrete Capacity Method
oeaigrh Yesistance, Rd [kNJ: concrete i­= 25 NImm2
Teroie tye� 60 I6] 13 3 213 Z3� 40-0 2 9 6 0 60 140
3 26]
Shear V,a 169 I6n 21.0 90.0 914 �] 164 16n 240 40.0 I
41A19 1 623
Recomnrended bad, L. [kN]: concrete fp = 25 Nimm2
Taroia ihaI 3.fi 7'6 9.5 6]96 1238 -6 2.0 4.] S.] V. 143 19.0
Sheer Vac ]A 11.4 U.1 229.fi I 44.9 I ].4 j 11.4 1 1].1 1 29.6 29.6 496
82 I MM'age 20

HST stud anchor
All data on this section applies to For detailed design method, see pages 86 — 91.
• Crete: as specified In the table
• no edge distance and spacing , fl--
camea setting (See setting operations page 85)
• Xeaffailure
F.noncracked concrete ® cracked concrete
Mean Wtimate resistance, Ft. ]kN]: concrete - 47=25
IW rat W Ir➢
Tere:ileN� 161 "I35.1 99E T]_9 ]e1 12] 164 .1 36a 55.1 ]as
SM1earV Zia 3T➢ 5Qd INI 1�0 955 1W.6
Characteristic resistance, R• ]kN]: ea—te-C20125
MCM1wa® W M10 Y13 W6 Y20 M11 W M10 alo M16 IQ➢ IQI
SM1ear Ve„a 13.0 ZlAO 3Q11 SAe 90.0 11Se 13A 20.0 3➢.0 50.9 80.0 1150
Following values according to the:
Concrete Capacily Method
Design resistance, Ra ]kN]: concrete 1a = 25 Nmm'
A .-- W Y12 W2 an. 1® rot W W➢ 1H3 VIm 1W
I—V- IeA 180 29.0 3➢S 58.6 A.9 10.4 180 24A 38.5 as ]9.9
Recommended load, L_ ]AN]: concrete f_ = 25 Nlmm'
Mdiwa® W r10 W2 Wfi W➢ YL W W➢ W➢ Wfi Wa 113I
Tensile N,� 42 ].6 9.5 16.6 Z8.0 28.6 2.9 1 — 5.] -V 142 19.0
singleBasic, loading data (for a All data on this sese ction applies to For detailed design method, e pages 86 - 91 _
• concrete: as specified in the table
• o edge distance and spacing influence
• coned setting (See setting operations page 85)
• al"failure
COYC non -cracked concrete ® cracked concrete
Mean ultimate resistance, R. m [kN]: concrete - C IW25
Tensile Nxem• 15.2 22.] 32.4 4S5 Mn 162 21.3 32.4
SM1ear Vx.,m Tsa 21.e/.dA T601 2T6 329 -/
Issue 2005
Section 4 PaA321
2

HST stud anchor
Characteristic resistance. Rr [kN[: mnnrete - C91Y25
Anclwr® W Y1a Y12 M16 MG M16 M13 M16
is Nm
ffia
Following values according to the:
Concrete Capacity Method
D—ig. resistance, Ri [kM: concrete 1,_= 25 Nlmm2
Taroia the S.o 89 11.1 19.4 2.8 S9 fi.] 13.8
Recommerided load, L, [kN]: mnerete la, = 25 NiMM2
leckv® W Wa WI Y1Gi W Yfa I'll
WG
al® — 1 ]4 I 119 I lb 1 114 1]1 314
'Ai
0. ab
W
W9
Y1R
Y1G
q, [mml N
HST
2O
45
W
110
in9 mmr�e
HST-HGR
P
4fi
W
11O
a9i [mmi Wtl9 ao�s nW
flats
13
1]
19
29
a [mml Geamnce Mk Elarie[a-
9
12
14
1B
N� [mmi Mln_tleplM1 of tlnl lwh
f>S
W
95
115
Na [mml EaedNe em—&"
4]
W
]9
82
t [mml Mar.f�tenfl�Fkness
195
2W
2f13
2W
N.. [mml Min. wnn&e ihick�ss
1W
120
14a
1W
bi1Mr
lEf:%d
TEL%-f0
1EC)412
TE816 v1E-Y-
&M'.ge 22

HST stud anchor
Mdv eia
Sela�q Deisk
IIaO
1111
do [mml Nomilial tlla Wtlnl htl
2a
24
T. [N.] RecM-. krgr
SW [mml WxxM1 an
30
36
We
4 [mml Ckaran�lmin tlknela
22
26
A [mml Mr. tlepk of tlnll lwle
1.
ti [mml E d.M
h mml Mm�. fasten. NickE
3a5
33a
M1m [mm] Mln. mnveLS Mi�*naa
200
250
Gil [D
TEf 52D
TE-Y 20
TEl;SM
TE-Y 24
Rotary hammer (TE1, TE 2, TE5, TE6, TE6A, TE15, TE15-C, TE18-M, TE 35, TE 55, TE 76), drill bit, blowout
pump, torque wrench, appropriate size hexagon dnve socket for coned setting.
////
Gil nae-1 tlnll Install andlor. Apply
I�inSllkikc�nms®.
,ltlbIktl
Mff0.MroK
op11MrN��iskmm®]ll
mm1y
smltrM1mesire]-aMIl
]S9Da5aO0
AS4o5FL00
g
HSTHHHRSSSTTHTGARRRRT
4]Se5Waa
4]9W5WO
n per
yCM1
giYnn]Wa
ea ls
°le
pintlhsiainkng
Issue 2005
Section 4 Pa 3

HST stud anchor
Detailed design method - Hilti CC
(Th. Hilh CC -Method i5 a Simple.d V-- of ETAG Annex C)
TENSION N-,
The tensile design resistance oT a single anchor a
is the lower of,
c
Nm.p : concrete pull-out resistance
Nmx : concrete cone resistance
NRss : steel resistance
N°Ra,p :Design pullout resistance
• Cnnrf2le cAmpreSsiv2 strength f�•by1�1=25N/mmy
/u Jvx1s W an. so, Wfi mao 11>r
HST
N'w;l ryNJ nprrvacked meek HST4i
ill 19A
HSI HST 28 68 88 133 91D 86T
N'_" IRNt
HSI--R
•� eesi9n resisranm anim�aree lmmthe mnsie maacrena crestmanpa Mre. coo= n✓Yie anere l�parem sarery
N, :Concrete cone resistance
fatlprlyo vanm wM antlry type antl sve tas per relevant approvah_ tl
Ns =N;y, fe -fµ f�
N°Ra,r : Design concrete cone resistance
• Concrete comp—i. W-gth fa ,l - 25 Wmm'
rfi w° ru wfi rm raa
N'_" IkNJ rai oa betl mivele 98 15L 19.] M.9 -1 4i.8
N'e 1 IRNI nxkW wnvela G.4 112 14.1 1].8 29.9 -1
Har [mm] mh�ve mml JepN
meosnsik aes�p re.�p�s�Qipt•a rrpmm.l.mr. plreact�lsx �.zrera».a M».W�� r°,�,q,,, ser.n. pprhal•plmr
iampryrr,e rmes wltli anmiv type arq s� fas pa mlevam appwap_
&M,age 24

HST stud anchor
%:Influence of wncrete strength
cover xn®qua
dmFlnaM1nn
1eHv znsl
q+im
ao-enem
tun Iwmmq
ema,rem ex.
u, t
fn
L21125
20
25
1.G
CZSI'.1a
21
ae
1.1
GWST
sa
aT
t.zz
ctlses
as
a
t.x
rwoiso
4
as
t.at
rwsrss
a
ss
t.as
cxnm:m �i� cnnoele ass_
M1egM3ecm. 15an sitlelvvglM1 lSun
tlianeba
CwnHe leg apennm gawnetrV
µ - auenca arancn. st>ac..0
fa,:Influence of edge distance
Limits:
25N1mm2<fy )cgp NImm2
fi-hr
Limits:
,m _ s _ sQH
sx„ vanes with edge distance, see
table ' minimum spacing & minimum
edge distance'. nezt page
%. — 3 h.
ia,=n25+H.5hd
Limits:
cn� vanes wish spacng, see
table 'mini m um spacing &
minimum edge distance', next
Pa9a
c„H = 1.5-ham
rao�:
tt more lean 3 HN, are smaller
c.ix mnsutt the HiM Taiin®I Rd4wvy
Soria
Issue 2005 Saction 4 PaA725

HST stud anchor
xsl as r1e ws wn wn wa
W ss m w 1m 12s
mmum aPaarg
rprpz W ao as tm zzs z�
Minimum utla%tlis�n®
fvsi W 115 155 15n ZRI 295
Nen� w we 1112 w6 Ise Ire
IM
mmum apanng
iucz W m 811 11n 195 2r6
Be W 55 to 1. 1W
mmum e6ae tlisgnu
fuss W 115 1S5 1m 21a 22i
NSnamR Me we .2 w6
W 55 m ](1
Minimum alma,g tprcz Imm] W m 80 110
mmum a1ae tli,Ynn
fuss reeel W 115 1S5 1m
Intecnetlalale>'aW� W irtlalnknon.
® Ile I rl0 1 w2 we Its ees
1- 213 — — 1a9 ant
N, '- IIMJ Hs—
HS d CR
TNe tlesgn iensi@ re,i�anre g ralrylaletl kom Ine cnamcte,isnc tensile resislanos, Ii,a , u,inn
Nw= Nw. Fry. where the pa,nal safety factor Mn varies wM1M1 anclwr type antl s'¢a (� px relevant
aPPreval)_
Nx = lower of N,p , N, and Nrm,,
Combined loading: Only dtensile load and shear load applied (See page 31 and section 4'Elamples').
Detailed design method — Hilti CC
(The Hlkf CClvlalllod f5 a amplged VeSion nF ETAG annex G)
2 Vrenrh
SHEAR s
The design shear resistance of a single anchor
is the lower of,
Vnap concrete edge resistance
VRd.a : steel resistance Hole. nine Wmnpns reeami�y nano mare �Ima,
cvnswl w�, xiln oa<nnipal ami,are w,.ia,,.
&M,age 26

HST stud anchor
The Icvrest concrete edge resislanoe must he calculated. All nearby edges must be checked. (rot only the
edge in the direction of shear)_ Shear direction is accounted for by the factor f,_
Van• — uwa.'fe'fM1v'fnAv
`1
r�
V , : Concrete edge design resistance
• Concrete ccmpressive strength f—,, = 25 W/mm'
at a minimum edge distance cm„
'
rrsr -
tw
we
wz
We
o
rna
Ikl'f] v Fetl m,oaAa
21
2.6
3.0
&5
15.9
T2.r
� Imm] min. sped�g dsY,®
m
115
145
158
2]0
295
92f rrLm -
M
W�
Wz
W6
IRS
16t
�wrrnacke1mnueb
39
34
42
.8
215
.3
a (kNJ a Fetl mnoaAe
Gm Imm] min. etlga �ffi,®
15O
hs� Imm] min. apeu,ds —
an
115
195
168
21a
235
r,Sr9if eLm -
r
W■
Wz
W6
of
28
2.8
1a
9A
rirn Imm] ee8e amerces
W
55
S
111
tmm]
5
'fine reesgn resimarex iswmmtm lmm me snex tl,amtlenanc reemann W�eyW�=v°��rye,,v. where me paNal
safety rac[oryr,v rs ep,al to 1.5.
fe : Influence of concrete strength
Canasta shergu, cl+inaa mmmesaie Llbe nxnpreeeirs
aesiumem sr%��9m m.ngw �_
fa =
Limits:
25 Wmm' < f<gp wmm�
canoeeeM� r woe.=
�e9M3oUn.,San ��,5an
di —
Issue 2005
Section 4 Pa 7

HST stud anchor
f0.v : Influence of shear load direction
Frye&CI
Fv
Formulae:
omss
t
fhv-1
for0•<551
w
]a
t
t3
t&v'��+05sin�
IM 55°e3c90°
m
9ab1W
t.5
3
f,y 2
lrrg0'<S<_180"
fnxv : Influence of spacing and edge distance
mfi- foram by W.
influenced only by eege
C C
forty - —
c� c� results
tabulated
Fmn�vla fa ancM1w Asir ralitl lus<3c balrw
3c+s c
fue,v - ficmn
rrson Iaega pus n-t sparin9l
er+1 varn xerra a m s,� are at s x one �� tsc
3c+st+si++
. sn_t
fPR V - 3nc „ y, Cmb
uPPiiM slwa form
b
MEMO�®mom®��mm��®�
®EMEME®
m®
MMICOM
m
m�����MMMEMM
m
q.I���MMI®M�
,
..
Immmm®mm��
Imm��mmimm®
��I
IMB
I
MMMMMEM®m
I=������m�
®rl
&M,age 28

HST stud anchor
!- Mmmmmm
mmmmmm
�� ,,Y— � meP—il-16V1 er;� a — � .M W..d
I- ter — aParorall_
Van= lower of Vmx and
C.. biped loading: Only if len.1. bad and shear Ioad appl,.d (See page 31 and section 4'Eaamples f.
Issue 2005 Section 4 Paye'29

HUBER Technology, Inc.
I:III=I�:I
WASTE WATER Solutions
Bagging Unit
Section 4 Page 30

HUBER
WASTE WATER Solutions
Installation, Maintenance and Operation Instructions
The picture on the left shows an installed
bagging system on a wash press (yours might
look a little different).
1.1. INSTALLATION:
1. Remove the white rubber 0-ring
2. Remove bottom plastic cover
3. Put plastic bag over the upper plastic
cover, which is attached to the discharge of
unit.
ATTENTION:
Do not remove straps!
1. Attach lower plastic cover
2. Secure it with 0-ring
1. Remove straps and pull bag down
2. Fasten bag with knot
ATTENTION:
For outside installations: Secure bag by
securing the bag underneath the white rubber
0-
ring-
Bagger 0&M Manual
031200I
A member of the HUBER Group
Section 4 Page 31

SECTION 5
Project Drawings

SUMON A -A
1}i -11Jf 1}j III -07( RP
x
FIxING DETN.
1. THE MICROSTRARER GASKET DOES VOT REQUIRE FIXING
TOTHETANKFLOOR
2 ALLUW ADEQUATE CIEARANCE IN FRONT OF WE
SCREEN TO ENAELE THE SCREEN TO BE PIVOTED 0a OF
THE CFLW NEL DURING MAINTENANCE1. ALL POTENTIAL HAZARDS TD OPERATORS OF THE PLANT
MUST BE MITIGATED IN ACCARDANOE WITH WE GOV
DREVM FORMALHINEB_
d. SCPFENRETAININGBARTOBERERDVEDBEFORE
PPADTING WE SCREEN DOT OF THE TANK FOR
MAINTENANCE.
0rei MAC ROW PATE=SICWm PLEAN WATER)
fQ• DESIGN FLOW RATE °" RGm
W MAMON UPSTREAM WATER IEM ft
XI. UPS1REAM WATER LEVEL -- fl
V(U.M IIMUM DOWNSTRFAM WATER LEVEL=^••R
PEN( WASHWATERFEOUI NEMENTS -UG GPM 9 a PSI
WEIGHT N
EQ EN
I m
TANK
St0
ITOTAL
Iw
FUIWWATHi
+1M
MINN ASSEMBLY LIST
1. RaW3 ,L-41Ymm.
i. M VRAME SUPPORT.
S, 1]mm FMNO FPI(ED &1PSUEEN BYPASS.
4. Nor NOT USED
U
CONRiOLPANEL
U , CCURN
iAGERCOWIRG➢
SRGECHUTEWITH GER
9SCREENEIVNDR
.
JBI WASHWATERMANIFOLD
Section 5 Page 1

SECTION 6 — Control Panel Information

Aft
LEMFL+H Submittal
ELECTRICAL AND VECNANICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES
Product Catalog Information
Customer:
Huber Technology
Job Name:
Castle Bay, NC
Ro9 - Micro Strainer Control Panel
Arranged By:
EleMech, Inc.
2275 White Oak Circle
Aurora, IL, 60502
Project Engineer:
Cesar Gamboa
Date:
06/14/21
2275 While Oak Circle
Aurora, IL 60502
Phone. [phone]
Fax [phone]
Section 6 Page 1

Table of Contents
Table of Contents - A
Submittal Comments - B
Electrical Drawings - C
Bill of Materials - D
Catalog Cuts - E
AB ELEMLCV
Rev: Section
Date: 0 A
630-499-7080•www.elemechinc.com 6/14/2021
Section Name: By' Job Number: Page 1 / 1
Table of Contents HBR8574

Submittal Comments In
ID
ArPRELEM CH Rev: Section
Date: O B
630-499-7080•-W.elemechinc.com 6/14/2021
Section Name: Job Number: Page#
Submittal Comments By: HBR8574

Aj FLEMECH Submittal Comments
ELECTRICAL AND MECRANICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES
Project Name: Castle Bay, NC
Project Number: HBR8574
Customer Project: 73007243
Panel Type: Ro9 — Micro strainer Control Panel
June 15, 2021
The control system is outlined on control drawing sheet HBR8574A02. Please review and
approve the details listed. Control drawings require approval prior to manufacturing.
2275 White Oak Circle
Aurora, IL 60502
Phone: 53o-499-7080
Fax[phone]
Section 6 Page 4

Electrical Drawings
Aft ELMLCO Rev: S°� Date: O C
630-499-7080•—W.elemechinc.com 6/14/2021
Section Name: Job Number: Page#
Electrical Drawings By: HBR8574

SUBMITTAL REV:O
❑ APPROVED ❑ APPROVED AS NOTED
[--]REJECTED ❑ REVISE AND RESUBMIT
BY:
DATE
CASTLE BAY,
NC
HERS574
SPECIFICATION
Ro9 MICRO
CONTROL
STRAINER
PANEL
REFERENCE
73007243
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION
DRAWING SHEET NO.
COVER PAGE
HBR8574AOI
CONTROL PANEL SPECIFICATION
HBR8574AC2
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS
HBR8574A03
FIELD WIRING DIAGRAM
HBR8574A06
PLC 10 & DEVICE SETPOINTS
HBR8574A07
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
HBR8574A08
ENCLOSURE LAYOUT
HBR8574A09
NAMEPLATE AND LABEL SCHEDULE
HBR8574A10
HUE
DrslDe cc TECH
DETAILW 1009 Airlie Pa
OECKE➢ usx Denver, INC 2
APPROVED Tel. 704-949-
REvIsION HO. BY CK A P AlE 06/11J21 iryb@hhusa.n

Control Panel Enclosure
Rating:
NEMA 4X
Material:
304 SS
Disconnect Type:
Door Interlock - Non -Fused
® Condensation Heater ® 3-PT Latch ® Drip Shield
❑
Installation Conditions:
❑ Indoor - Unconditioned
❑ Indoor - Conditioned
❑ Outdoor - Direct Sunlight
® Outdoor - Shaded
Environment Max Temperature Rating (°F):
106
Intemal Device Max Temperature Rating (°F):
122
Climate Control Type:
None Required
Panel Construction
White Text: Black
al Enclosure
Tag: LCSl Rating: NEMA 7 Material: Cast Aluminum
F£NSIOW
Power and Motor
Power Feed:
Circuit 1 3/60/480 VAC 3.3 FLA
Motor Data:
Motor 1 3l601480 VAC 2.2 FLA
Networking
Communication Type:
Subnet: 255.255.255.0
IP Address:
PLC 1:
Programminiz�
PLC1: Micrologix 1400 Software:
OIUI: Panel View800 Software:
Notes:
1. PLC shall be programmed with ladder type only.
2. HMI shall be developed using EleMech's standard
Instrumentation
Tag: FLS 1
Rating: ❑Non -Hazardous ®In1
❑ Class 1, Division 2 ❑ Cl
HUE
cc TECF
1009 Pirlie P
yyl Denver, NG
Tel. 704-949
OB/n/a info@hhusa.

Ll ---
�DS1
CIRCUIT 1
I
480VAC
3PH
L2 ---��j
5OHZ
I
---
FLA: 3.3 AMPS
OND
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
3 4 6
2
PANEL
HEATER
75 WATTS
CONTROL POWER ENABLE
CONTROL RELAY
308
POWER FEED
OK
INPUT
POWER L055 /
F—STOP PRESSED
INPUT
CONTROL
POWER ON
SYSTEM
RESET
INPUT
REVISION
�1 AWG
C
E--{--� 5 AMPS
12AWC
FAILUF
L
TO
# 31
M1 —F T: 5 Tr T� T� Tr M, —R
OL1
1.0—S.OA
AUTO RESET
12AWG
CM1
4 PASSES
2 B2TTR
1'.2
1 1T2 1T3
I
I
MTR1 J
1.5HP
3/60/460VAC
2.2 AMPS
SCREEN
DRIVE MOTOR
NOTES:
1. ♦ DEVICES L0
2. 0 TERMINAL B
3. —FIELD WIRIN
4, ELEMECH RI
ORIENTATION
DESIGN.
5, LOCAL MOT(
REOUIREO E
e. JUNCTION 6
NECESSARY.
HUE
TECH
1009 Airlie Pa
uyl Denver, NC 2
Tel. 704-949-
aa/ul21 irdo@hhusa.n

6 3
CB5
400 DD1
3 2 AMPS
401 OR1
20
HAND
402
I
403 D61 CR3 22
6 8 551 2
404
CF
405 7
406
SS2 -- SPRING RETURN
FROM REV TO OFF
0"
- 1/1911r0/19
SCREEN
BASE
IN AUTO
CR2
INPUT
CR
SCREEN IN AUTO
13 14
CONTROL RELAY
405, 417
TO LINE
# 407
TO LINE
# 408
FIR LINE
24
M1 P 27
MI-R 9L1
TB1
MTR1
TB1DR1
407
,
403
21
22
MS
Al A2 95 96
2 2
SCREEN REVERSE
MOTOR STARTER
MI-R
MI-F
JUMPER IF NOT
411. EXT, 408
408
F# LINE'
25
30
MS
AVAILABLE
SCREEN FORWARD
22
p1 A2
MOTOR STARTER
IRI
412. EXT, 407
PQ1
31
DEL
409
0:0/2
BASE
13IR 14
2
SCREEN CALL REVERSE
ISOLATION RELAY
IR2
406
PLC1
32
410
0:0/1 0 1
BASE
IR
13 14
SCREEN CALL FORWARD
ISOLATION RELAY
M 1-R
33
�LT2/
405
411
SCREEN
53 54
R
/
RUNNING
M1-F
PLOt
412
2 1:0/2
SCREEN
53 54
BASE
RUNNING
INPUT
413
CAII
414
D81
0
GEL
SCREEN
20
Al CM
2
CURRENT MONITOR
IR3
416
PLC1
34
415
0:0/10
BASE
IR
13 14
SCREEN FAULT
ISOLATION RELAY
418
DB1
CM1
35
PLC1
416
SCREEN
20
15 18
4 1:0/4
BASE
HIGH CURRENT
CR2
CR3
INPUT
36
DB1
417
8 2
13 cR 14
2
SCREEN FAu LT
CONTROL RELAY
420, EXT, A.0
DB1
IR3
� LT3�
DB1
418
20
9 5
A
/
2
SCREEN
FAULT
9B1
OL1
PLC1
419
3 I:0/3
SCREEN
20
97 98
BASE
FAULT
CR3
PB3
INPUT
420
37
REVISION
421
422
423 DBl
6
424
425
426
427
42B
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
(X00)
�42 !F
F'I:YlP7+371�71b7
PLC1
0:0/4
BASE
PLC1
0:0/6
MTk-
BASE
HUE
TECH
1009 Airlie Pa
WA Denver, NC 2
Tel. 704-949-
U6AI(21 irdo@hhusa.n

500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
PROGRAMMABLE
LOGIC CONTROLLER
POWER
SUPPLY
24VDC
OPERATOR
INTERFACE UNIT
REVISION
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
52B
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
00
TIB7
TO LINE
# 530
r—�
LI TRANSFORI
LI BARRIE
BLUT63 WHT�BLU�3
300 301
I
L FLS1 J
START LEVEL
FLOAT SWITCH
HUE
TECH
1009 Mile Pa
Denver, NC 2
Tel. 704-949-
inio@hhusa.n

FIELD WIRING DIAGRAM
WARNING:
DAMAGE RESULTING FROM INSTALLATION OF TOP ENTRY
CONDUIT WILL VOID WARRANTY.
- USE PROPER FITTINGS, MYERS TYPE 4 OR EQUAL
PROTECT INTERIOR DEVICES FROM INSTALLATION DEBRIS
CONDUIT MUST BE SEALED WATERTIGHT TO PREVENT WATER ENTRY
u
D51 L3 FEOEDER 480VAC/3PH/50HZ
T1 SCREEN
TB2 tT2 M7R1 DRIVE
1T3 MOTOR
5 PANEL HEATER
T131 2 (FACTORY WIRED)
9 ® LCS1
10 E-STOP PUSHBUTTON
2 SCREEN
29 MOTOR T-STAT
SOVI
M243
PRESS ZONE
SOV2
SCREENINGSS WASH
100 REMOTE
101 INDICATIONS
02
103
SPARE
TERMINALS
TB' 3 300 START LEVEL
301 FLOAT SWITCH I
NOTE, INTRINSICALLY SAFE CIRCUITS SHALL BE SEPARATE FROM ANY
NON -INTRINSICALLY SAFE CIRCUITS.
TIB1 WIRING DETAIL
TO SAFE CIRCUITS
SYSTEM
GROUND
T1B1 O 4
INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ART. 504 OF THE
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
_ _ _ NON -HAZARDOUS AREA
MAXIMUM WIRE LENGTH', 100' FT. HAZARDOUS AREA
FOR GREATER DISTANCES, CLASS 1, DIVISION 1
CONTACT THE BARRIER MANUFACTURER GROUPS A, B, C, OR D
FL51
START LEVEL
FLOAT SWITCH
NOTES,
1. ENSURE CONTROL PANEL IS CONNECTED TO GROUND.
2. CAUTIONS MAINTAIN SEPARATION BETWEEN INTRINSICALLY
SAFE WIRING AND OTHER WIRING.
DB1 DETAIL
NNNNMNI M tp IONQ���
HUE
cxo cc TECH
roam 1009 Airlie Pa
rare I Denver, NC 2
..NroWo Tel. 704-949-
REVISION K BY IX APP ATE W111$1 iryb@hhUSe.r

DEVICE SETTINGS DEVICE SETTINGS DEW
PLC - I/O
ALLEN-BRAOLEY
MICROLOGIX 1400
❑ POWER
IN
❑ RUN
00071 13 15 171 19
❑ FAULT
0 0 ®710 11 12 14 ul 18
❑ FORCE
0000®oFBI 1D
❑ COMO
o © 0 11
❑ OCOMM
OUT
PLC INPUTS
PLC OUTPUTS
POWER LOSS/E. —STOP PRESSED
CONTROL POWER ENABLE
SYSTEM RESET
0 1
SCREEN CALL TO RUN FOR
SCREEN RUNNING
SCREEN CALL TO RUN REV
SCREEN FAULT
0 3
SPARE
SCREEN HIGH CURRENT
O 4
PRESS ZONE WASH SOV. CALL
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
0 6
SCREENINGS WASH SOV. CALL
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
0
SPARE
119
SPARE
0 9
SPARE
SPARE
I
SCREEN FAULT
SPARE
O 11
SPARE
START LEVEL
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
POWER FEED OK
SCREEN IN AUTO
PLC STATUS BITS
S�1 8 FAULT OVERRIDE AT POWERUP =
I
PCI — TIMER SETPOINTS
REGISTER FACTORY
N7:0
N7A
SCREEN — START LEVEL ON DELAY
SCREEN — OFF TIME
5 SEC.
60 MIN,
1-10 SEC.
1-999 MIN.
N72
AY TIME SCREEN — OFF DEL
30 SEC.
5-120 SEC.
N7:3
SCREEN — REVERSE RUN TIME
2 SEC,
1-10 5EC.
N7:4
SCREEN — DIR. CHANGE OWELL TIMER
2 SEC.
1-10 SEC.
N7:5
SCREEN — ATTEMPTS TO CLEAR FAULT
1 ATTEMPTS
1-5 ATTEMPTS
47r9
PRESS ZONE — REPEAT CYCLE ON TIME
30 SEC.
1-300 SEC.
47:10
PRESS ZONE — REPEAT CYCLE OFF TIME
5 HOURS
1-24 HOURS
N7:11
SCREENINGS WASH — REPEAT CYCLE ON
TIME
4 SEC,
1-60 SEC.
47,12
SCREENINGS WASH — REPEAT CYCLE OFF
TIME
2 SEC.
1-60 SEC.
N7A9
SCREEN — ACCUMULATED RUN TIME
20 MIN,
1-999 MIN,
N7:20
SCREEN — CLEANING REVERSE RUN TIME
5 SEC.
1-999 SEC.
NOTES:
1. THE ABOVE IS A PARTIAL LISTING OF SETPOINTS. ONLY THE SETPOINTS THAT
ARE SHOWN ABOVE SHALL BE ALTERED IN THE FIELD.
PLCI — REMOTE MONITORING
REGISTER DATA SIGNAL NORMAL ACTIVE
N25:0 0
CONTROL POWER ON E—STOP
BIT
READ
0
1
N25:0 1
SCREEN IN AUTO
BIT
READ
O
1
N25:0 2
SCREEN RUNNING
BIT
READ
0
1
N25A 3
SCREEN FAULT
BIT
READ
0
1
N25:0 4
I SCREEN HIGH CURRENT
1611
1 READ
I O
1
PLC1 — COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
PARAMETER VALUE PARAMETER VALUE
DRIVER DF1 FULL DUPLEX IF ADDRESS 10.0.01
BAUD RATE 9600 SUBNET MASK I255255.255.0
PARITY NONE DEFAULT GATEWAY I 0.0.0.0
STOP BIT5 1
ERROR DETECTION
o U1 — COMMUNICATIONS SETUP
PARAMETER VALUE
DRIVER I UFI FULL DUPLEX
ii
BAUD RATE 9600
PARITY STOP BITS NONE
STOP BITS 1
ERROR DETECTION CRC
OIU MAINTENANCE REMINDERS
PART DESCRIPTION OPERATING TIME HOURS
SPIRAL BRUSH SOLENOID VALVE REPAIR KIT 5000
BASKET 6000
SPIRAL WEAR BARS 5096
UEWATERING TUBE SEALS 5090
GEARBOX OIL 11500 0000
NOTES:
1. AFTER THE EQUIPMENT HAS RUN FOR THE TIME SET IN THE OPERATING TIME
(HOURS), AN ALARM BANNER WILL INDICATE THE REQUIRED MAINTENANCE,
2. THIS ALARM WILL BE STORED IN THE ALARM HISTORY.
3. WHEN A SERVICE REMINDER IS TRIGGERED, AN OPERATOR CAN EITHER SELECT
ACKNOWLEDGE REMINDER OR SERVICE COMPLETE.
CM1 — CURRENT MONITOR
WIRE MAX LEVEL RANGE
DIP SETTINGS DIAL SETTINGS PASSES AMPS (10-110%)
1 ON HYSTERESIS 0% 1 20 1 2-22A
2 OFF LEVEL FLA 2 10 1-11A
3 ON DELAY 0,5s 3 1, 3A
4 OFF 4 5 0.5-5.5A
5 OFF • ABOVE VALUES ASSUME 20A MAX DIP SETTINGS
_6 ON
NOTES:
1. FIELD CONFIGURATION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE STARTUP TECHNICIAN PER
THE APPROPRIATE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS.
2. MEASURING RANGE MAXIMUM AMPS SET BY DIP SETTINGS 1 AND 2
SW1 ON/SW2 OFF = 20A; SW1 ON/SW2 ON = 5OA: SW1 OFF/SW2 ON = IOOA
TT1 — SETTINGS
HEATER ON OFF 150 'F
PFRI - SETTINGS
DIAL
VOLTAGE 490 ON DELAY
T1 5s
>U I 10%
< I 10%
REVISION
TIB1 — SETTINGS
JUMPER SET
NUMBER AT
CH7 JPI21 2-3 1-2 DIREC
.1P1OFF
CH2 JP21 1 1-2 DIREC
J. 2-3 OFF
HUE
TECH
1009 Airlie Pa
Denver, NC 2
Tel. 704-949-
inio@hhusa.D

SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
CONTROL POWER ON -DELAY -
EACH TIME THE CONTROL PANEL POWER SUPPLY IS CYCLED, THE PLC WILL ALLOW ALL
SOLID STATE DEVICES TO BECOME FULLY ENERGIZED BEFORE ENABLING THE CONTROL POWER
CIRCUIT.
SCREEN MODES OF OPERATION:
HAND. WHEN THE SCREEN SELECTOR IS IN THE HAND POSITION, THE SCREEN WILL CYCLE
ON AND OFF WITH THE SCREEN FOR -OFF -REV SELECTOR.
FOR: WHEN THE SCREEN SELECTOR IS IN THE HAND POSITION, AND THE FORWARD
DIRECTION 15 SELECTED, THE SCREEN WILL RUN CONTINUOUSLY IN THE FORWARD
DIRECTION.
REV: WHEN THE SCREEN SELECTOR IS IN THE HAND POSITION AND THE REVERSE
DIRECTION IS SELECTED, THE SCREEN WILL RUN CONTINUOUSLY IN THE REVERSE
DIRECTION. THIS SWITCH WILL SPRING RETURN FROM REV TO OFF.
AUTO, WHEN THE SCREEN SELECTOR IS IN THE AUTO POSITION THE SCREEN WILL BEGIN
TO RUN DUE TO ANY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:
- LEVEL HAS RISEN AND REMAINED ABOVE THE START LEVEL
FLOAT SWITCH FOR THE TIME SET IN THE PLC.
- SCREEN HAS REMAINED OFF FOR THE TIME SET IN THE SCREEN OFF TIMER,
- SYSTEM RESET PUSHBUTTON PRESSED AND HELD FOR 3 SECONDS.
ONCE THE SCREEN STARTS, IT WILL RUN CONTINUOUSLY IN THE FORWARD DIRECTION UNTIL
THE LEVEL DROPS BELOW THE START LEVEL SET -POINT, PER THE TIME SETTING SET IN THE
SCREEN OFF DELAY TIMER.
SCREEN CLEANING CYCLE:
A SCREEN CLEANING CYCLE WILL BE INITIATED AFTER THE SCREEN HAS RUN FOR THE TIME
SET IN THE SCREEN ACCUMULATED RUN TIMER. THE SCREEN WILL STOP, DWELL, RUN
REVERSE FOR THE TIME SET IN THE SCREEN CLEANING REVERSE RUN TIME, STOP, DWELL
AND CONTINUE FORWARD IF A CALL TO RUN IS STILL PRESENT.
NOTF,. ANY RUN OF THE SCREEN WILL RESET THE SCREEN OFF TIMER.
PRESS ZONE SPRAY WASH MODES OF OPERATION:
I WHEN THE PRESS ZONE WASH SELECTOR IS IN THE HAND POSITION, THE PRESS
ZONE WASH WILL RUN CONTINUOUSLY.
AJ Q� WHEN THE PRE55 ZONE WASH SELECTOR 15 IN THE AUTO POSITION. THE PRESS
ZONE WASH WILL CYCLE ON AND OFF, ON TIME FIRST, PER REPEAT CYCLE TIMES
SET IN THE PLC, INDEPENDENT OF THE SCREEN OPERATION,
SCREENINGS WASH MODES OF OPERATION:
HAND: WHEN THE SCREENINGS WASH SELECTOR IS IN THE HAND POSITION, THE
SCREENINGS WASH WILL RUN CONTINUOUSLY.
AUTO: WHEN THE SCREENINGS WASH SELECTOR IS IN THE AUTO POSITION, THE
SCREENINGS WASH WILL CYCLE ON AND OFF, ON TIME FIRST, PER REPEAT CYCLE
TIMES SET IN THE PLC, ANY TIME THE SCREEN IS OPERATING IN THE FORWARD
DIRECTION.
EMERGENCY STOP:
WHEN ANY OF THE E-STOP PUSHBUTTONS ARE PRESSED THE SCREENS AND SPRAY WASHES
WILL STOP IMMEDIATELY, THE CONTROL POWER ON LIGHT WILL DE -ENERGIZE. TO RESET,
INSURE ALL E-STOPS ARE ENABLED, ALL INSPECTION DOORS ARE CLOSED, AND PRESS THE
SYSTEM RESET PUSHBUTTON.
NOTE. IF THE POWER TO THE PANEL IS INTERRUPTED. THE EQUIPMENT MAY CYCLE
IMMEDIATELY ONCE THE POWER IS RESTORED, PRESSING THE SYSTEM RESET PUSHBUTTON
AFTER A POWER OUTAGE WILL NOT BE REQUIRED.
OIU - INFORMATION:
1. THE DIU WILL DISPLAY THE ELAPSED MDTOR RUN TIME.
2, ALL ADJUSTABLE SETPOINTS CAN BE ACCESSED AND ADJUSTED THROUGH THE CIE.
3, THE PRESENT FAULT WILL BE DISPLAYED ON THE OIU.
T THE HISTORY OF ALL PAST FAULTS CAN BE ACCESSED THROUGH THE DID,
FAULTS:
SCREEN MOTOR OVERLOAD - WHEN THE SCREEN MOTOR OVERLOAD 15 TRIPPED THE SCREEN
WILL STOP IMMEDIATELY AND THE SCREEN FAULT LIGHT WILL BE ENERGIZED.
SCREEN OVERLOAD SHUTDOWN - IF HIGH CURRENT IS MEASURED WHILE THE SCREEN 15
OPERATING IN THE FORWARD DIRECTION, THE SCREEN WILL ATTEMPT TO CLEAR THE
OBSTRUCTION. TO CLEAR THE OBSTRUCTION THE SCREEN WILL STOP, DWELL AND RUN IN
REVERSE, STOP. DWELL. THEN CONTINUE ITS CYCLE. IF THE HIGH CURRENT REMAINS, THE
SCREEN WILL CONTINUE ATTEMPTING TO CLEAR THE OBSTRUCTION. IF THE NUMBER OF
ATTEMPTS TO CLEAR THE OBSTRUCTION EXCEEDS THE NUMBER ALLOWED WITHIN 5 MINUTES,
THE SCREEN WILL SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATELY AND THE SCREEN FAULT LIGHT WILL BE
ENERGIZED.
NOTE: IF HIGH CURRENT 15 MEASURED WHILE THE SCREEN IS OPERATING IN THE REVERSE
DIRECTION OR WHILE IN HAND, THE SCREEN WILL SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATELY AND THE SCREEN
FAULT LIGHT WILL BE ENERGIZED.
THE ABOVE FAULTS CAN BE RESET BY PRESSING THE SYSTEM RESET PUSHBUTTON.
SCREEN MOTOR THERMOSTAT — WHEN THE SCREEN MOTOR THERMOSTAT 15 TRIPPED THE
SCREEN MOTOR WILL STOP IMMEDIATELY. THE SCREEN MOTOR THERMOSTAT WILL RESET
AUTOMATICALLY.
REVISION
HUE
TECH
1009 Airlie Pa
Denver, INC 2
Tel. 704-949-
inio@hhusa.n

HINGED ALUMINUM WINDOW W/WINGKNOB
12'He 12,75'w wINOOw
8.0'Hx8.75''W VIEWABLE
LN
3D.DD
LBL6 DRIP SHIELD
24.0➢
NP3 NP7
I
LBL1
I
I
I
I
OIUI I
I
I
❑000 I
I
I
I
.25 30.00
I
I
I
rOI WIRE DUCT MOUNTED TO DOOR NTERIOR
L______________L 1
I
I
I
I
NP2 BL5
I
L-I L-I ENCLOSURE LAYOHT
30"Hx30"Wx8'D
NEMA 4%, 304 STAINLESS STEEL
4.56
I— 3.25
O O
5.50 4.5fi
O O
r
NEMA 49
LOCAL CONTROL SROL STATION
GIST ALUMINUM
0.75' CONDUIT HOLE LOCATIONS:
(1) —CENTERED ON BOTTOM
(1 —CENTERED ON TOP
LL�J
ACTIVATE
(RISING LEVEL)
1.00
DEACTIVATE
(FALLING LEVEL)
REVISION
Im
EFT] Del H�,
LBL3
Fq
1
LBL4
I TB,I SP1
O I
II
SUB —PANEL LAYOUT
}' HTR1_ MTD. 27'Hx27'W
BEHIND
SARI SUB —PANEL
STEEL BARRIER
PIPE
(BY OTHERS)
FLSI — FLOAT SWITCH ANO PIPE MOUNTFLSI — FLOAT SWITCH PIPE CAMP
POLYPROPYLENE CASING
N.O. MERCURY—{=REE SWITCH
W/100' WATER RESISTANT CPE JACKET TYPE SJOOW CABLE
HUE
�s TECH
1009 Airlie Ps
u5N Denver, NC 2
Tel. 704-949-
96AU21 inlo@hhusa.n

PILOT DEVICE LEGENDPLATES (PANEL DOOR)
DEVICE TAG
DESCRIPTOR LINE 1
DESCRIPTOR LINE 2
DESCRIPTOR LINE 3
LTi
CONTROL
POWER ON
LT2
SCREEN
RUNNING
LT3
SCREEN
FAULT
P131
EMERGENCY
STOP
P83
SYSTEM
RESET
SS1
SCREEN
OFF
HAND
AUTO
SS2
SCREEN
OFF
FOR
REV
SS3
PRESS ZONE
OFF
HAND
AUTO
554
SCREENINGS WASH
OFF
HAND
AUTO
MAX. CHARACTERS
15
15
4
4
PILOT DEVICE LEGENDPLATES (LCS)
DEVICE TAG
DESCRIPTOR LINE 1
DESCRIPTOR LINE 2
DESCRIPTOR LINE 3
P62
EMERGENCY
STOP
MAX. CHARACTERS
15
1 15
1 5
5
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LBL1
WARNING
MULTIPLE SUPPLY SOURCES OPEN ALL DISCONNECTS BEFORE SERVICING EQUIPMENT OR OTHER
UNIT WIRING
LBL2
DANGER
HIGH VOLTAGE ENTRY BY QUALIFIED PERSON ONLY
LBL3
WARNING
SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY
LBL4
INTRINSICALLY SAFE FIELO WIRING TERMINALS
LBL5
ELEMECH ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
LBL6
WARNING
DAMAGE RESULTING FROM INSTALLATION OF TOP ENTRY CONDUIT WILL VOID WARRANTY
— USE PROPER FITTINGS. MYERS TYPE 4 OR EQUAL
— PROTECT INTERIOR DEVICES FROM INSTALLATION DEBRIS
— CONDUIT MUST BE SEALED WATERTIGHT TO PREVENT WATER ENTRY
LBL7
DANCER
ARC FLASH AND SHOCK HAZARD FOLLOW ALL REQUIREMENTS NFPA 70E FOR SAFE WORK
PRACTICES AND FOR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT.
LBL8
WARNING
TO PREVENT IGNITION OF FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE ATMOSPHERES. DISCONNECT POWER
BEFORE SERVICING.
NAMEPLATES
TAG
DESCRIPTOR LINE I
DESCRIPTOR LINE 2
DESCRIPTOR LINE 3
NPi
480VAC-3PH-6OH7
NP2
INTRINSICALLY
SAFE CIRCUITS
UL698 INTRINSICALLY SAFE BARRIER NAMEPLATES
NP3
FC.NT�'l,..L PANEL PROVIDES INTRINSICALLY SAFE CIRCUIT EXTENSIONS FOR USE IN GLAS
A.B,C.D; CLASS I. ZONE 0 AND I, GROUP IIC; CLASS II, GROUPS E,F.G HI
S WHEN CONNECTED PER PR ELECTRONICS INSTALLATION DRAWING NO, 5202C
NAMEPLATES AND LEGENDPLATES CONSTRUCTION
PANEL
LEGENDPLATES
LCS
LEGENDPLATES
NAMEPLATES
UL698
NAMEPLATES
DEVIC
TEXT COLOR
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BACKGROUND COLOR
WHITE/ YELLOW
(E—STOPS)
WHITE/ YELLOW
(E—STOPS)
WHITE
YELLOW
WHITE
MATERIAL
THERMAL
TRANSFER
PHENOLIC
ENGRAVED
THERMAL
TRANSFER
PHENOLIC
ENGRAVED
THERMAT
TRANSFE
ATTACHMENT
ADHESIVE
ADHESIVE
ADHESIVE
ADHESIVE
ADHESN
TEXT SIZE
5/32" HIGH
5/32" HIGH
3/16" HIGH
1/B" HIGH
1/B" HI
DIMENSIONS
2.375"X2.375"
2.25"X2.25'
2.72"X1'
4"X2'
AX_ CHARACTERS
ER LINE
P15
15
17
35
7
PILOT DEVICE LECENDPLATES
LINE 1
LINE 2
LINE 3 LINE 3
0
REVISION
WA nmm
LINE
LINE
LINE
NOTE,
TEXT WILL REMAIN VERTICALL
THAN 3 LINES ARE USED.
HUE
TECH
1009 Airlie Pa
yyl Denver, INC 2
Tel. 704-949-
n6/uf21 info@hhusa.n

Bill of Materials I'
Aft ELMLCO Rev: S°� Date: O
630-499-7080•—W.elemechinc.com 6/14/2021
Section Name: Job Number: Page#
Bill of Materials By: HBR8574

73007243 Rev. 0 Huber Technology Page 1 of 3
Bill of Material Ro9 - Micro Strainer Control Panel 6/14/2021
EleMech S.O. HBR9574 Castle Bay, NC
Item No Component IDescription
Manufacturer Part Number
QTY
Device
Ro9 - Micro Strainer Control Panel [Quantity: 1]
1
00-000-000
Wire, Hardware, Wire labels, etc.
EleMech: Miscellaneous
1
2
10-069-000
Wireway Duct Cover, 1.5"W, 6 Ft. Section, w/Panduit F Series
Panduit: C1.SWH6
5
3
10-069-001
Wireway Duct Cover, 1"W, 6 Ft. Section, w/Panduit F Series
Panduit: C1WH6
3
4
10-069-005
Wireway Duct, 1.5"Wx3"H, 6 Foot Section
Panduit: F1.5X3WH6
5
5
10-06M07
Wireway Duct, 1"Wx3"H, 6 Foot Section
Panduit: F1X3WH6
3
6
25-000-AO01
Legendplate Assembly, Yellow E-Stop, Standard Encl.
EleMech: 25-000-A001 Assembly
1
7
25-000-AO02
Legendplate Assembly, White, Black Text, Standard Encl.
EleMech: 25-000-A002 Assembly
S
8
25-000-AO19
Nameplate Assembly, White: Power Supply - 3/60/480VAC
EleMech: 25-000-A019 Assembly
1
9
42-063-007
Terminal Block, Din Rail, 35MM Wide, 15 High, 2 Meters Long
Iboco: Omega 3 AF
1
10
51-000-062
Wire, MTW Type, 600V, 105°C, CSA/UL1015, Tinned Copper
EleMech: 51-000-062
1
11
52-000-003
Label, Underwriters Laboratories 698A, w/Decal Set
EleMech: 698A
1
12
18-000-002
Steel Barrier, 14Ga., C.5"Wx10.0"x6.O"D, Standard
EleMech: 18-000-002
1
BAR1
13
03-058-152
Circuit Breaker, 3 Pole, 480VAC, 6A, lOkA, UL489, Type D
Square D: M91`43306
1
CBI
14
03-058-121
Circuit Breaker, 1 Pole, 240VAC, 4A, 14kA, UL489, Type C
Square D: M9F42104
1
CB4
15
03-058-119
Circuit Breaker, 1 Pole, 240VAC, 2A, 14kA, UL489, Type C
Square D: M91F42102
1
CB5
16
57-005-000
Cable, Comm., PC D139 to PLC 8 Pin Mini -Din, 6.5 Ft.
Allen-Bradley: 1761-CBL-PM02
1
CBLl
17
04-094-000
Current Monitor, Selectable, SPDT, 120/24V,2-100A, w/Delay
Gavazzi: DIB01CM24100A
1
CM1
1S
06-058-011
Control Relay, 3PDT,120VAC, 11Pin Spade, Indicator, Operator
Square D: RXM3AB2F7
3
CRl-3
19
06-058-012
Control Relay, Bus Jumper, 2-Pole, w/Telemec. RXM Relay
Square D: RXZ 52
2
CR1-3
20
38-05M03
Socket, 11 Pin Spade, Din, Screw Term., 3Tier, 250V w/3-Pole
Square D: RXZE2S111M
3
CR1-3
21
42-063-004
Terminal Block, Ground, 30A, 600V, 6MM Wide, w/WK4/U
Wieland: 57.504.9055.0
3
DB
22
07-063-000
Distribution Block, End Cover, 4 Pole, 300V,10A, w/WK4E\U\VB
Wieland: 07.311.4053.1
1
DBl
23
07-063-001
Distribution Block, Jumper, 4 Pole, 300V,10A, w/WK4E\U\VB
Wieland: Z7.210.3427
3
DBl
24
07-063-002
Distribution Block, Single Pole, 10A, 300V, WK4E\U\VB
Wieland: 57.404.6955.1
11
DB1
25
09-001-A010
Disconnect Assembly, Non -Fused, 60 Amp, NEMA 4X, 8-10" Depth
ABB: OT631`3 Assembly
1
DSl
26
11-000-340
Enclosure Drip Shield, Stainless Steel, Per Inch
EleMech: 11-000-340
30
EN1
27
11-000-A042
Wind Kit, Alum/Hinge, Wing Knob w/out Frame, 12.75"H x 12"W
EleMech: 11-000-A042
1
EN1
28
11-035-135
Sub -Panel, Painted Steel, w/30"Hx30"W C. Hinge Encl
Hoffman: A-30P30
1
EN1
29
11-035-645
Enclosure, Nema 4X, 304SS, 30"HX30"WXS"D, C. Hinge, 3-PT
Hoffman: A-30H300SSSLP3PT
1
EN1
30
15-011-000
Ground Lug, 14AWG -4AWG
Blackburn: L70
2
GND
31
17-451-000
Heater, Silicone, Flat, 120VAC, 75 Watts, w/12" Lead, UL/CSA
Tempco: SHS80707
1
HTR1
32
52-137-003
Label, Caution: Heater Element, 1.5"WxO.75"H, White/Red
Nameplate Tech: 52-137-003
1
HTR1
33
06-058-024
lControl Relay, SPDT,120VAC, SPin Spade, Operator, 15A
ISquare D: RPM12F7
5
I111-5
Section 6 Page 17

73007243 Rev. 0 Huber Technology Page 2 of 3
Bill of Material Ro9 - Micro Strainer Control Panel 6/14/2021
EleMech S.O. HBR8574 Castle Bay, NC
Item No
Component
Description
Manufacturer Part Number
QTY
Device
34
06-058-027
Control Relay Retension Clip, w/Telemec. RPM 1-Pole Relay
Square D: RPZR235
5
I111-5
35
38-058-009
Socket, 5 Pin Spade, Din Mount, Screw Term., w/ RPM 1-Pole
Square D: RPZF1
5
I111-5
36
52-137-002
Label, Multiple Supply Sources, Warning, 2.5"Wx1.5"H, Yellow
Nameplate Tech: 52-137-002
1
LBL1
37
52-137-001
Label, High Voltage, Danger, 6.5"Wx3.5"H, White/Black/Red
Nameplate Tech: 52-137-001
1
LBL2
38
32-005-046
Lens, Pilot Light, White, NEMA 4X, Standard, w/A-B SOON
Allen-Bradley: SOOT-N26W
1
LTl
39
32-005-048
Pilot light, NEMA 4X, 120VAC, Transformer, No Lens
Allen-Bradley: SOOH-PR16
3
LT1-3
40
32-005-045
Lens, Pilot Light, Red, NEMA 4X, Standard, w/A-B SOOH
Allen-Bradley: 8OOT-N26R
1
LT2
41
32-005-042
Lens, Pilot Light, Amber, NEMAU, Standard, w/A-B 800H
Allen-Bradley: 80OT-N26R
1
LT3
42
22-005-010
Aux. Contact, Top mounted, 3NO/1NC, w/A-B IOOC/104C/300 Ser.
Allen-Bradley: 100-FA31
2
Ml-F/R
43
22-005-012
Contactor, 3PH, Reversing, 9 Amp, 1NO Aux., 120VAC Coil
Allen-Bradley: 104-009D22
1
M1-F/R
44
25-000-A010
Nameplate Assembly, White, Black Text, 1"Hx3"W
EleMech: 25-000-AO10Assembly
2
NP1,2
45
25-000-A058
Nameplate Assembly, Yellow: Intrinsically Safe Circ: PR5202
EleMech: 25-000-A058 Assembly
1
NP3
46
26-005-075
OIU, PV800, 4", NEMA 4X, 24VDC, Color, Touch, Ethernet
Allen-Bradley: 2711R-T4T
1
OIU1
47
HBR-00-PO19
Master Program, OIU, PanelView 800, Rotamat, Rev 0
EleMech: HBR-00-P019
1
OIUl
48
28-005-081
Overload Relay,E100, Adj Class,1.0-5.OA, w/100-009..C23
Allen-Bradley: 193-1EFCB
1
OL1
49
29-005-117
Pushbutton, E-Stop, NEMA 4X, Oper+1NC, Twist Rel. Red Head
Allen-Bradley: 800H-TFRXT6D2
1
PBl
50
02-005-004
Contact Block, INC, w/A-B 800 Series
Allen-Bradley: SOOT-XD2
1
PB3
51
29-005-002
Pushbutton, NEMA 4X, Oper+1NO, Flush Head, Black
Allen-Bradley: 8OOH-AR2D1
1
PB3
52
30-183-000
Phase Failure, Voltage Monitoring Relay,380-480VAC, 2 SPDT
Telemecanique: RM22TR33
1
PFR1
53
33-005-154
MicroLogix 1400, 20-120V In, 12-Rly Out, 2-232, Eth, 120VAC
Allen-Bradley: 1766-L32AWA
1
PLC1
54
HBR-00-PO0l
Master Program, PLC, MicroLogix 1400, Rotamat, Rev 2
EleMech: HBR-00-P001
1
PLC1
55
37-323-009
Power Supply, 30W, 85-264VAC IN, 24VDC OUT, NEC Class 2
Delta: DRS-24V3OW1NZ
1
PSI
56
13-000-A000
Spare Parts Box Assembly, Din Rail Mount
EleMech: 13-000-A000 Assembly
1
SPl
57
39-005-009
Selector Switch, NEMA 4X, 3 Pos. Maintained, 1NO-INC
Allen-Bradley: 8OOH-JR2A
3
SS1,3,4
58
39-005-011
Selector Switch, Nema 4X, 3 Pos. Spring Fr. Right, 1NO-INC
Allen-Bradley: SOOH-JRSA
1
SS2
59
40-030-002
Surge Suppressor, 1 Pole, 120VAC, 200kA SCCR, DIN
Mersen: STP120P07
1
SURl
60
41-018-A102
Control Transformer Assembly, 480-120VAC, 500VA, w/C-Breaker
Cutler -Hammer: COSOOE2A Assembly
1
T1,CB2,3
61
42-063-001
Terminal Block, End Plate, Gray, w/WK4/U
Wieland: 07.311.0155.0
3
TB
62
42-063-003
Terminal Block, Single Pole Gray, 30A, 60OV, 6MM Wide, WK4/U
Wieland: 57.504.0055.0
30
TB
63
42-063-015
Terminal Block, Jumper, w/WK4/U, 02 pole, Insulated
Wieland: Z7.281.1227
1
TB
64
42-063-000
Terminal Block, Labels, Custom Printed, w/WK4/U
Wieland: 04.242.6353-CUSTOM
64
TB, DB
65
42-063-009
Terminal Block, End Clamp, w/WKN10/U
Wieland: Z5.522.8553
10
TB, DB
66
42-063-008
Terminal Block, Labels, Blank, w/WK4/U-(600 tags per box)
Wieland: Z4.242.6353
22
TBl
67
18-247-001
ITransformer Isolated Barier, Dual Channel, 120VAC/24VDC
PR Electronics: 5202B2
1
TIBl
Section 6 Page 18

73007243 Rev. 0 Huber Technology Page 3 of 3
Bill of Material Ro9 - Micro Strainer Control Panel 6/14/2021
EleMech S.O. HBR9574 Castle Bay, NC
Item No
Component
Description
Manufacturer Part Number
QTY
Device
68
46-034-000
IThermostat, for heater control, N.C.contact, 6 amp,30-140 F.
Stego: 01140.9-00
1
TS1
LCS, 1 Hale, Nema 4/7/9, E-Stop (Quantity: 1)
69
25-000-AO05
Legendplate Assembly, Yellow E-Stop, LCS Encl.
EleMech: 25-000-A005 Assembly
1
70
53-053-003
Conduit, Lockwasher, 3/4", Use w/3/4" Nipple
Steel City: LN102
1
71
11-004-004
Local Control Station, NEMA 4/7/9, 1 Hole, 3/4"NPT Holes
Akron Electric: CXI-333-XI-N4-N5-2RP2
1
LCS
29-005-009
Pushbutton E-Stop, NEMA 7/9, Oper+1NCLB, Push -Pull Red Head
Allen-Bradley: 800H-FPX6D4
1
PBs/
Ship Loose (Total Quantity Provided)
H
12-416-013
Float Switch, Mech., Mercury -Free, N.O., 100'Cable,w/TIB
Conery MFG: 2900-B851C31-100' GC
1
FLS
51-000-012
Labor, Engineering, Submittal, Schematics, BOM
EleMech: 61-000-012
1
ENG
Section 6 Page 19

Catalog Cuts
J4170-1 HG41 SIEMENS
EleMech Part Number
_ Refer to Bill of Materials
- for more information
r PiloPiT
M
(got
-
u ar III f
n—I
• ua c�... rcm x„,^n 11®Wp�T� o f
u
Cnlittutlero: J L
CE �
UL lialatl a,0 Cer4Eietl roCaWuo
SI"+OO�M
INCO W!E
ME EPIECH "" u °"�`°¢ Refer to
� ° cBs Electrical Drawings
SIEMENS: 5514103-7HG40 "� r HE5000 �• ��
anufacturer: Model Number Refrence
Job #
�j AIL EMECH Rev: Section
�— Date: 0 E
630-499-7080 www.elemechinc.com 6/1412021
-_-- _ Job Number: Fagex
Catalog Cuts By: HBR8574 1 1

% @ E E Panduct" Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct
Narrow sloVfinger design provides more slats to fit the spacing of
highdensily terminal blocks and other hardware
Material: Lead-free PVC
UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C)
UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 reguirernent
for flame retardant material
Providod with mounting holes
Base and cover length is 6 feet Qt
tij I wouR
Std. Batts Cover
Base
Duet Size x N
(w IF
Slot Width
Cover
Pkg.
Ctn.
Ctn.
Part Number
1n.
mm
1n.
mm
Part Number City.
Gty.
sty.
F.5X.51-136
0.69 x 0.60
17.5 x 15,2
0.20
5.0
C.5LG6
6
120
120
F.5X1 LG6
0.69 x 1.06
17.5 x 26.9
0.20
5.0
C.51-436
6
120
120
F.75X.75LG6
10.93 x 0.82
23.6 x 20.9
0.20
5.0
C.75LG6
6
120
120
F.75M.5LGe
10.93 x 1.57
23.6 x 39.9
0.20
5.0
C.75LG6
6
120
120
F1X1LG6
1.26 x 1.13
32.0 x 28.7
0.20
5.0
C1LG6
6
120
120
Fi X1.5LG6
1.26 x 1.62
32.0 x 41.1
0.20
5.0
C1LG6
6
120
120
FMLG6
1.26 x 2.12
32.0 x 53.8
0.20
5.0
C1 LG6
6
120
120
F1X3LG6
1.26 x 3.12
32.0 x 79.2
0.20
5.0
Cl LG6
6
120
120
F1X4LG6
1.26 x 4.10
32.0 x 104.1
0.20
5.0
C1 LG6
6
60
120
F1.5X1 LG6
1.75 x 1.12
44-5 x 28.4
0.20
5.0
C1.51-436
6
120
120
F3-SX11.51-06
1.75 x 1.62
44.5 x 41.1
0.20
5.0
C1.51-136
6
120
120
F1.5X2LG6
1.75 x 2.12
44.5 x 53.8
0.20
5.0
C1.5LGB
6
120
120
F1.5X3LG6
1.75 x 3.12
44.5 x 79-2
020
5.0
C1.5LG5
6
120
120
F1.SX4LG6
1.75 x 4.10
44.5 x 1134.1
0.20
5.0
C1.5LG6
6
60
120
F2X1LG6
225 x 1.12
572 x 20-4
020
5.0
C2LG6
6
120
120
F2XI.SLG6
l 2.25 x 1.62
572 x 41.1
0.20
5.0
C21-136
6
120
120
FMI-06
2.26 x 2.12
572 x 53.8
0-20
5.0
C21-G6
6
120
120
F2X3LG6
225 x 3.12
572 x 79.2
020
5.0
C2LG6
6
60
120
F2X4LG6
2.25 x 4.10
57.2 x 104.1
0.20
5.0
C2LG6
6
60
120
F2X5LG6
225 x 5-10
572 x 129-5
0-20
5.0
C2LG6
6
60
120
F2.5X3LG6
2.75 x 3.12
69.9 x 79.2
0.20
5.0
C2.5LG6
6
120
120
F3X1LG6
3.25 x 1.12
82.6 x 28.4
0.20
5.0
C31-G6
6
120
12�
F3X2LG6
3.25 -x2.12
82.8 x 53.8
0.20
5.0
C3LG6
6
120
120
F3X3LG6
3.25 x 3.12
82.6 x 79.2
0.20
5.0
C3LG6
660
120
F3X4LG6
3.25 x 4.10
82.6 x 104.1
0.20
5.9
C31-G6
6
60
120
FUSLG6
3.25 x 5.10
82.6 x 129.5
0.20
S.0
C3LG6
9
60
120
F4X2LG6
4.25 x 2.12
108.0 x 53.8
0.20
5.0
C4LG6
6
60
120
F4X3LG6
425 x 3.12
108.0 x 79.2
020
5.0
C4LG6
6
60
120
F4X4LG6
4.25 x 4,10
108.0 x 104.1
0.20
5.0
C41-136
6
60
120
F4X5LG6
425 x 5.10
108.0 x 129.5
020
5.0
C4LG6
6
60
120
FGX4LG6
6.25 x 4,15
156.8 x 105.4
0.20
5.0
C61-G6
6
60
120
Part number shown for LG (Light Gray)_ For other color availability see color selection guide. page C1.48
Base and cover sold separately.
"H" dimension includes duct and cover.
50 TYP [12.71
.20 TYP [5.01
Part Numbering System for PanducV Wiring Duct
X +'
I,"' mr Nonar NM1llth N eniii Hnxtrt Cekx te
ngrh
CPn one
G -wide Sap In pane, Imam. LG =LyM Gray 61 or 2m
-A=Aehesive b...
F = Nyrnw Sip -
FL = BL -Blars
Fit Duct
NM = No mounting odes
- am�e dank lei
^ n s
Fs . spb Wall IB - sic Blne
H = Wngee Crnsr WYJa Slot IG-lnlennanonal Grey
HN = Fsngw Goner. Narrow SW
HS = Wegea Cover, SN. wet
0 =nano Hde
NNC = Helegsl Free, Metric
NE-FWogan Free
MC = Norton Sla, Metre
Tl C = L Smoke, Halogen Flee
,A FLgMECH
Rev:
0
Device Taq-
SaaaaaaaaaffINC
Date:
630-499-7080--W.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
Manuf.:.PNG.
By:
Job Number:
Page # 1/1
Panduit: C1.5WH6
CG
HBR8574
ection6Pa 921

g(E)a o� lePoco"
Number
Length!, --
G1
12
G1F
12
G1F1
24
OMEGA 2F
20
OMEGA 2F1
40'
OMEGA 3
20
OMEGA 3F
20
OMEGA 3F1
40"
OMEGA 3FD
20
OMEGA 3A
10
OMEGA 3AF
10
OMEGA 3AF1
20"
OMEGA 3AFD
10
OMEGA 3B
10
OMEGA 3B1
10,
OMEGA 75
2
w
C� ®ice
YMP
p p
1.J7b"
aba9' (asmmy
�' 99
FRONT SECTION
0.708 G.bb4 �0.9b4
(1 _t) (25mm) (25mm)
6w
L---- ------------------------
0.246'
(6.7mm)
BASE PERFORATION
Omega 4FO-3AFS
3AFp °e.`i�0 pr tr -
p p t�•J�
Omepe RF
O-W NMI
Mw o
0
Zj F gMECH Rev: Device Tag:
Date: 0
630-499-7080,—w.elemechincmm 6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNo. Job Number: Page# 1/1
Iboco: Omega 3 AF By. CG HBR8574 pagePa ezz

Wire - MTW Type
CONDUCTORS:
22 AWG - 8AW G Stranded Tinned Copper per ASTM 6-
33 fnppar
• 22 AWG - 10 AWG Solid Tinned Copper per ASTM M- �W�r
33 `
INSULATION:
Color -Coded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
TEMPERATURE RANGE/
UL 1011/1015/1028/BC-5W2: 305°C160UV
VOLTAGE RATING:
UL MrW: g0"C/600V
• CSA AWN IAA&TEW: 105'VSODV
FLAME COMPLIANCES:
UL VW-1
CSA FT-1
]Type
INDUSTRY APPROVALS:
UL Standard 758 - Styles
1011/1015/1028/1032/1230(1231/133511344
• UL Standard 1063 - Ml PVC
• UL Standard 1426 - BC-SW2: 16 AWG- 8 AWG
• CSA AW M I A/B & TEW
UL THHW
• UL CT Tray Rated
SAE 1378
Y7W
STANDARD COLORS:
[Hack, Orange, Blue, Violet, White, Yellow, Brown,
Green/Yellpw, Red, Green, Gray
OPTIONS:
Stripes available upon request (minimums may apply)
• Other copper constructions available upon request
(minimums may apply)
F22027
22 AWG (71.00961 TC AWM 1015
F20037
20 AWG (1D/30) TC AWM 1015
F18054
18 AWG (I6/30) TC AWM 1015
F16032
15 AWG (26/30) TC AWM 1015
F14037
14 AWG (41130) TC AWM 1015
F12024
12 AWG (65/30) TC AWM 1015
FIQ012
10 AWG (105130) TC AWM 1015
F06010
8 AWG (7X19/29) TC AWM 1D28
TEWlMTW Wire (Tinned Copper( A ppfi[atiOns:
a This Inroad copper hookup wire maybe used for wiring of machine tools_ appliances,
and control cabinels.
V� LISTED
ELgMECH
Rev:
0
Device Tag-
,A&'777'
Date:
630-499-7080•—w.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
Job Nube:
HBR8574 mr
Page
page # 61/1Pa 1
ManuE:.PNo.
EleMech: 51-000-062
By. CG

Multi 9
Schneider
Electric
UL4891 CSAC22.2 No 51IECIEN 60947.21 GB 14048.2
C60er are multi -standard miniaturearcult breakers and branch circuitproterbon as
defined by UL489. it combinesfolluwingwnctiens:
■ clrcu8 pmtecbon a gainstsMrl-arcuit cunerds
- circuilprotedwn against overload currents
- tripping and taus indication 0y the amippn of auoianes-
a
AIR ICU
�®
.� Voltage (Ue) 277Y•� 240Vti E20V- 60 V= 410V- t-2
00V---
1p 05.35 10 14 14 10 20
• 4010 63 - 1 10 10 10 - 20
VOIMg¢ [U¢I 480YR77 V'� 240 V'�. 125 V - 440 V'�. 125Y=
2p 1to25 10 14 10 6 301035 10 14 6 3P 1to35 10 14 6 -
l
r i R Electrical diagrams
124V--
i- - • 8 1 9 5
I id
•;• 1 1� rite; �i
Catalogue numbers
Type UL409and 1p 2p 3P
CSA
"off"ge6
AuxiOarie4 Remote indication andtnpping. see page 43
Cwve Wtlth in Curve Illidlft in Cove Width in
9mm 9mm 9
Rating pin) Z C I D I=KI ntodtles C 1011 rnadubs C , 01=K1 modod
ules
C60w
OS M9F44170 M9F42170 M9F43170 2 4 6
I M9F44101 M9F42f01 M9F43101 M9F42207 M-43201 M9f42301 M9F43301
2 M9F44102 ht9F42102 M9F43102 M9Fa2202 M_43202 M9F42302 M9F43302
3 > M9F44103 M9F42103 M9F43103 M9F42203 M9F41203 M9F42303 M91`43303
4 M9F44104 M9F42104 M9F43104 M9F42204 M9F43204 1,19F42304 M9F43304
5 o M9F44105 WIF-2105 M9F43105 WF42205 M9F43205 1,19F42305 M9F43305
6 M9F44106 M9F42106 M9F43106 WF42206 M9F43206 h19F42306 M9F43306
8 MSF44108 M9F42108 M9F43108 M9F42296 M9F43208 WF42300 M9F43306
10 _ M9F44110 M9F42110 M9F43110 M9F42210 M9F43210 M9F42310 M9F43310
15 $n M9F4N15 M9F42115 M9F43115 M5F42215 M9F47215 M9F42315 MaF43315
20 • M9f44120 M9F42120 M9F43120 M9F42220 IM9F43220 IM9F42320 M9F43320
35 M9F14175 M9f42135 M9F47135
40 ,€ M9f44141 MIF12140 WF43141 2
45 o M9F44145 M9F42145 M9F43145
50 g>g M9F44150 M9F42150 M9F43150
63 r3 M9F44163 M9F42163 M9F43163
�j E LE
MECH
630-499-7080 •www.elemechinc.com
Square D: M9F42102
2235
1 M9F43235
I M9F42335 M91F43335
2240 1
M9F43240
14
h19F42340 M91`43340
6
2245
I MW43245
I
h19F42345 M9F43345
22W
M9F43250
M9F42350 M9F43360
2263
M9F43263
iM9F42363 IM9F43363
Rev:
Device Tag:
0
Date:
C B5
6/14/2021
Job Number:
Page u
By:
iq_t�/2a
CG
HBR8574
,

Schneider
Electric
Weight (g I oz) Dimensions (mm I inches)
e rirrr 3P 54
Type Map ; h 2.10
••
2P 36
1P 130g14.58 oz - 2
•
2P 1261309.17co 1P 1 48
12
3P 13913g113.76cz f
•
1 3 81
45
4.06 3-19
1.77
5
0.2
C60eiTunrei terminal
E � o
olN Technical data
35 mm
Main charocteristts
Insulation voltage (Ui)
SOD
V
service breaking capacity (]c5) In apenrating cuneM
75 %W Iw
only
DEC 60529) Device inrmdular enclosure
IP20
IP40
Irrsrrtalion aria u
aa Endrnce(D-C} Electrical
Mechanical
10,00O cydes
20,000 cytlea
Operating temperalrae
-30'C W *7p'C/-22'Fro 15B'F
50ora9e tengeratiae
�0'C to*II0'C f 40'F 16 176'F
Troprakzalien (IEC 60068-11
Tr�b1en12
(relative humiday 95 %at 55°C 101 °F)
isa Dpalcd PST
ea SPage 68

Monitoring Relays
1-Phase True RMS AC Over or Under Current
Type DIBO1 1OOA
Ordering Key DIB 01 C M24 100A
Housing
Function
Type
Item number
Output
Power supply
Measuring range
Input Specifications
BRA 10
rp
Input (current level)
Contact input
DIB01 100A
Built-in current transformer
DIB01
Terminals Al, Y1
Measuring ranges
Disabled
Open
Selectable by DIP -switch
Max current
Enabled
c 10 W
2 to 20 A AC
120 A
Latch disable
> 500 ms
5to50AAC
120A
10to100AAC
120A
Max. current for 30 s
250 A
Max. current for 1 s
2000 A
Supply Specifications
Power supply
Overvoltage cat. III
Rated operational voltage
(IEC 60664, IEC 60038)
through terminals:
Al, A2
24 VDC -15% +10%
24 to 240 VAC f 15%
45 to 65 Hz
Dielectric voltage
Supply to input
4 kV
Supply to output
4 kV
Input to output
Rated operational power
DC
AC
5 VA
LWI
Approvals UL, CSA
,A FLgMECH
630-499-7080 • www.elemechinc.com
ManuE:. PNo'
Gavazzi: DIB01CM24100A
Output Specifications
Output
SPDT relay
Rated insulation voltage
250 VAC
Contact ratings (AgSnO2)
p
Resistive loads AC 1
8 A 0 250 VAC
DC12
5A024VDC
Small inductive loads AC 15
2.5 A @ 250 VAC
DC13
2.5A@24VDC
Mechanical life
>_ 30 x 105 operations
Electrical fife
>_ 101 operations
(at 8 A, 250 V, cos N = 1)
Operating frequency
<_ 7200 operations/h
Dielectric sbwgth
Dielectric voltage
>_ 2 WAC (rms)
Rated impulse withstand volt.
4 kV (1.2/50 ps)
22.5
99.5 1
L
® o 12 �I
00
o®
28.5
Rev: Device Tag:
Date: 0 C M 1
6/14/2021
By.
Job Number: F.1:9,116
Page:CG HBR8574

Zelio® Plug-in Relays
RXM
RXM Miniature Relays (page 4)
r �E
2 pole relays; 12 A, 1/2 hp (IEC rating . 12 A)
_ .•
3 pole relays; 10 A, 113 hp (IEC rating = 10 A)
T
4 pole relays; 6 A, 113 hp {IEC rating - G A)
IPI
4 pole relays; 3 A (low level), 1116 hp (IEC rating - 3 A)
nXrn.aesr2
Meohanloal'f"y status" Indicator on all relays
• Pilot light oplion available
• Manual operator optional for all relays
• .W.-in marking area
Insulation characteristics SA 6t
Rated I-uhtien .eaage (Ill) 2w V (IEC). 300 V (UL, CSA)
I mpuls. wim dvoeag.(Ulmp) a6k (1 y50 pa)
Between mil aM mnlacl 2, 500 Vac
olnincldc Mmnglh eelwean pden 2, S(0 Van
Iml vo ,l
Between mmecis 1,500 Vac
Contact characteristics
delay type
RXM2Aewe
RXM811eaae
RXM4A—
Nombar and type of conhii to lcee page 12)
DPOT
3pDT
VDT
Ccntact malerlala
AgNi
Conventional thermal
rant (11h)
Fa anbierd
temperewre 6131 °F (55 °C)
12p
10A
6A
Rated operational currant
Cmlorming to I N.O.
u in Ali2ation=9i N.C.
AU-1
Conlorming to UL
RBaii 0—Vat, hp ®12p Vac
12 A
10 A
IDA
eA
SA
3A
12 A,1R hp
1p A.1/3 hp
BA, 1/3 hp
IANdmum opawengrm
n Op.," cydeLhoor
No bad
Underlaid
18.000
1.200
Switching vpllage
Maximum
250 V.Ndc
Switehln g eapx ry
Minmun
Mi...
10 mA- 12 V
77
3.00n VA 2,500VA
1,51X1 YA
laakari mafaWant
tax
ala ilanlad durebllNy in milllow a ape ng ryelaa
10
El-i'leal duMblMy
millions M aperatlng cycles
Resistive bad
0.1
Call characteristic.
Awrvpa wnaampllnn AC
OC
I2VA
09W
nre I hmsheltl
p-eurw roger OC
e9.I511c
.010n
Between mil enarylzaldn arW AC
op:mgng rim. mawry o<mn ry o. welaa oe
20ms
20 ma
IfeSPnr.9P 1me'� BeA�een �I eee�.reaa5en and AC
mau,q rrt malq c. remxl oc
ems
zo ms
Coll -up Uc
12V
2dV
00V
110V
120V
12sV
.01
200V
2001
Balny cdl voltpa cnaaa
—
—
wamga rasisnanua69'F f2p°CI=sOv°
IN-
$50.
210W 1x
11.Oppn
11.000a
1a,p09n
oc Opemlinp wlle0s limits
—
—
132 v
20 4 V
52 e v
130 v
way can velage ceMa
N
Ave,ago rasrsmnm al 0s"F (20 °C)=15,
10011
—11
<.d3011
15."'1
16,0001115.50011
AC Min.
opamnag vol,e0r Ilmes
a V
1MV
lWV
5? e v
tp2 v
25g v
2. v
Environment
Disked o, Mi 20M V AC (lahaen palm)
2000 V AG (Mabee- coil and W'W)
1400 V AC (between ennui-)
Product cartlMcaliOni CGA
MST
[M&
M
Standards F"lFC fi1911}1
U ,oa
rsA C22.2 Ne 14
�LkF14FCH Dat O Device Tag:
al C R 1-3
630-499-7ww.eiemechinc.com
080 •w
fi/14/2021
Manuf.:. Palo: Job Number: Page n
Square D: RXM3AB2F7 By CIS HBR8574 lq_J/2

Miniature relays with lockable test button, without LED
•
••
•
•
Miniature relays with lockable test button, with LED
Miniature Mava Realatlw load AC
We-
aXtq�.
a��rdl a �ajaa�SiAl 7 �_-JaXlaXl�al s -
- - - m- - -4
,a
8
- u , +o'
14 o-
12
41 C,
w s I
17
a I z s
_______________________i:_________________________J 5wuailnp wpairy pvq
RXM rwr�� RNM 2 R1ad 3 RKM 4
o-- view P.n >ade view
at8
El
l� glV 1 l 1 1 1 �111
a 1i1 gill
0.� is] Taal b. IaS1 o.a1 5.15 a.to O.io oto - o a
111 6 Rt] 1:.5 R.51 IP 51 i251 eta '1 a.to
lei f1as1 �fo151 12 p,sq R9]
PRELEMECO Dot ' 0 Device Tag:
630-499-7080'-•elemechinc.com C R 1- 3
6/14/2021
Manuf:. PNo: Job Number: Page n
Square D: RXM3AB2F7 By: CG HBR8574 q_t2 2
Number and type of contacts -Thermal current Qth)
DPOT-12A
3PDT•10A
4PDT•6A
Walght
Wafght
12 Vdc
RXM2AB2JD
0.082
0.037
RXM3AB2JD
0.064
0.030
RXM4A62J0
0.080
0.038
24 Vdc
RXM2AB2B0
0.082
0.037
ftXM3AB2BD
0.004
0.038
RXM4AB2BD
0.080
0.036
48 Vdc
RXM2AB2ED
0.002
0.037
RXM3AB2ED
0.084
0.030
RXM4AB2ED
RXM4A62FD
RXM4AB2GD
O.D00
0.036
110 Vdc
RXM2A62FD
0.082
0.037
RXM3A62FD
0.084
0.030
0.080
0.036
125 Vdc
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.080
0.036
24 Vac
RXM2A62B7
0.082
0.037
RXM3AB2B7
0.084
0.038
RXM4AB287
0.080
0.038
48 Vat
RXM2AB2E7
0.082
0.037
RXM3AB2E7
RXM3AB2F7
R%M3AB2M
0.084
0.038
RXM4AB2E7
RXM4AB2F7
RXMdAB2M
O.D80
0.036
120 Vac
RXM2A62F7
0.082
0.037
0.084
0.038
10.080
o.oas
230 Vac
RXM2AB2P7
0.002
0.037
0.084
O.Q38
0.080
0.030

RXZS2 Schneider
Electric
bus jumper for Zelio Relay RXZ sockets with
separate contacts
-
r -
Main
Commercial Status Commercialised
Range of product Zelio Relay
Accessory I separate Jumper
part type
Accessory / separate Bus jumper
part designation
Sale per indivisible 10
quantity
Complementary
Product compatibility Socket RXZ
Accessory ! separate part destination All RXZ sockets with separate contacts
(Ithj conventional free air thermal current 5 A
Product weight 0.005 kg
Ordering and shipping details
Category 21128 - ZELIO ICE CUBE RELAY ACCESSORIES
Discount Schedule CP2
GTIN 0078590192409E
Nbr. of units in pkg. 10
Package weight(Lbs) 0.01
Stock Code Stock - Normally stocked in distribution facillty
Retumability, Y
Country of origin CN
0
Device Tag
,AWEL9MECH
�JNCC
630-499-7w•elemechinc.com
080 • ww
R 1-3
oat
6/14/2021
Manuf:.PNo,
Square D: RXZ S2
By. CG
Job Number:
HBR8574
PageB 1/1
ectiun6Pa e29

Sockets
Complementary
RXZE2S108M Plnl—.na.e ...n�raerraa 5A� A
luel*#red 01emriw0--page .2$0V
Tight rogue <_ 1 N.m iM3 xmNs)) j
Fuing mode By — —au
Clio— mgxaing m 35 mm symrnebical DIN rdd O
Maiki,g GE I •°
..
lhadGt-.am Ouse ke
O.%kg
Environment I
Standards IEC 61984 `
Prod- certMOOb s GSA v; '. '
UL L _
Amblenl air temperature for storage-40-85'C 1 Relay
Problem air temperewre kr Operafion <0..Wc 2 Prdenign Made
3 Card?Be Sr—p
IP degreedprotcvtion IP20-1—Ing to ENAEC 6052D 5 2Unk connectim
Dleleddc ate 2500 V
ROHS EUR status C—pliant a60°aYO °ie0tl"
ROHS EUR mdmniily dale 0801 IM -- --- Q, --T& CE �
Complementary Dimensions
RXZE2S111M imionr. i—alvee.rdvamm O,— 1OA a
5 AWin N.iim ,
Rlel metl cprmW vaa.ge .250 v
Two vIwque <-1NmIM3 �aw1a)) O•O
Rmng mode Pry xrex mourdng en aenM -..
Cb— —ramp on 35 mm.yma� NN rai
i
vmdi nmm Or ❑ —__
Pm eeipa 0.0e6 as - o —
�s
Environment
SlariAaide IEC O1954 I -
Pm61C3tlrf9rJliarl6 CSA Jf. X' n L---.I
UL d
on ara as
Artihkia aY temperatue lar.image 40...05'C 11)
Ai air taiNpMBaae far Operai d0.,,55'C (2) Pmtectim module
IP d."or prole Pr IP20 mnlomr'arg 0ENAECP,0529 (3) Maintaining clamp
(4� 2. gated ras 03. 5 ram x 6. 5 ram 10 013 in. x 0.25 in.
Dei 4ic at.Mllh 2WV (57 21us Jumpers
ROHS EUR Nak,s Cmipi'am "'
ROHS EUR aaOhmllty dab 0601 m cc
Gompementary
RXZE25114M pnlm N. emr «....i.mm om.a 5A.mil.npmips
"I'roode vamial,alage .250v _
T{anieNny for W •• t N m 4M3 aei
Funs made &/ urev. mn.Nng m
Cii —1" an 35 ram symmetrical DIN rat
Maki,g GE N 13 , ----
wid 27mm e e
P,adp weight 0059 ka 7.
0%W pl a9
Environment
a
taaiaada IECeIM
P.ihtl mdirays CM n
LL 1 Relay T.
Arnbaa>ra^�eVeb slum,$.0 2 Protection Module
A,rLmnt a knmah+e fore iei .0-551C 5 Cordage Stirrup
5 2Llnks connection
IP daPee al praistieri ]Peg mamriq b Et111E0 Bg529
OimerLic saar9[b am V
RONS EUR erN.. CvnpliaY
RMS EUR ran icy date 0601 C E
.ray.•.,. 5 .�._�_
�EME�� Rev: Device Tag:
0
�� E
Date: CR1-3
630-499-7080•—W.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNo. Job Number: page 1/1
Sauare D: RXZE2S111M By: CG HBR8574 Jaction 6 Pa as0

Item No. 57.504.9055.0
Earth terminal WK 4 SU U NO
Ground DIN rail terminal block with screw connection for mounting
on TS 35 and TS 32, nominal cross section 4 mm', width 6 mm,
color green/yellow
0 Nib, SAEx
v wieland
Lokil 140%
Rated impulse voltage
8 kV
Pollution degree
3
Closing plate required
No
Length
51 mm
Type of insulation material
Thermoplastic
Cross section UL
22-10 AWG
Cross section GSA
20-10 AWG
Maximum cross section fine stranded
4 mmz
Wire strip length
9 mm
Torque conductor mounting
0.5 Nm
Torque rail mounting
0,5
W7ELgMECH Date:
0 Device Tag:
630-499-7080 • www.elemechinc.com g
6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNo, Wieland: 57.504.9055.0 By. Job Number: Page# 1/1
CG HBR8574 ectfon6Pa es,

ry wieland
General Data
Part No: 07.311.4053.1
Description: End Cover - Black
Type of end plate - Yes
Snap in - Yes
Inflammability Class of insulation material ace. With UL94 - VO
' M FLgMECH Rat 0 Device Tag:
630-499-7080•—w.elemechinc.com D 1
6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNo, Job Number: g1/1
Wieland:07.311.4053.1 By:
CG HBR8574 I9Pcatioen#6Paue32

Cross connectors, (jumper bars) wieland
uninsulated � SR -
type Part no. Std. pack
WKM 4/15 6 ni spacing Screw: M 3
2pole 9215 - 2 Z7210.3227.0 50
3pole 9215 - 3 Z7.210.3327.0 50
4pole 9215 - 4 Z7.210.3427.0 50
5pole 9215 - 5 Z7.210.3527.0 50
6pole 9215 - 6 Z7.210.3627.0 50"
70pole 9215 M-70 Z7.210.3027.0 10
General
Colour
Other
Type
Crass connect.'
Modular spacing
6 mm
Numberof bridged damps
4
Mounting method
Screweble
Insulated
No
Accessories
Type Crosa connector
Mounting method Screwabl.
Insulated No
Colour other
Number of bridged clamps 4
Modular spacing 6 mm
,A FLEJVjECH
630-499-7080 •—w.elemechinc.com
Manuf.:. IoNo,
Wieland: Z7.210.3427
Rev: Device Tag:
0
Date: D B 1
6/14/2021
Job Number: PageB 1/1
BY. CG HBR8574
action 8 Page

Multi -tier blocks
with screw connection
selos
i o wieland
03444D 11260 IM2
WK 4 EIU
WK 4 EIU IVS
E-1Al
fN1-At—d4d said V
A I-SI Wd Sala
V
A
EN 60947-7-1:2002
0.5 4mm1 0.5-4mm'
400V/6kM311
32 0.5 Amm' 0.5
4— 400Vf6kW3
32
EN 60947.7.2:2002
UL ratings Fi.IdIr-ory wirng N. 22-10 AWG
300V
20 N,. 22 10 AWG
300V
20
CSA ratings
No. 20-12 AWG
300V
10 No. 20�12 AWG
300V
10
KE MA02ATEX21141P'EN60079-OIEN60079-7 0.54mm1 0.54mm
275V
2412V 0.5,4mm1 0.5.4mm1
275V
24
Width W.mriplangth 5-9mm
6mm
9mm
APprwals
®®wi.nElt 'US11�Qs
R'®N2oa 911E
TIPa
Psi Ns SiG Peck
Ttpe
Ie W. EH Hnk
MuIN-tir block
gay
m4FN
574W 7%F0 '0C
Multi-bs block, cart mnm—d
14ack
YIK4EAANSIAYANI
57404 6956.1 100
MulS-lier Nraurr4 blmk
i2iwn/yelbw
Function block
re4
Function block
orange
A.
1. Mourn ngN�ad T535, DIN raii 75 mm
hgh L=2m
35r2/t2,SEN115215
88300➢0000 1
_
2Aa21s7}15t➢215
M3000000.0 '
Mountingrad T535, DIN raA lSrnn
hgh L=2m
35v24t nEN®215
183m➢m00 1
35a2Ae15 EN W115
m30300000 '
Mourn nO raA T5370 m Y
L-2m
9WHEI'715637
III 190➢0000 1
mmi" Wish
m I Coon 0 1
2. IFnd comp wm Af a
lommw
WT 1N
75523575ao 100
WE 1N
75 Sm 57530 too
jl
Entl cHmp 1535ymha
8mmy
9XWS35
75.52285830 too
97WS35
Z55228553A too
Entl cbmp T535 wiNml xrmv
fl mm a
Im
ZS522.70530 100
VW V,iS
5523MSICI 100
3. End pkht
gay
APIE
M311 AM50 10
MAE
M311 AMS 10
Nue
4-Pan Mon
gav
TWAT
➢731150550 10
TWAT
0731150550 10
due
S. Cnaa mimcvwilhemn
2po
92152
772103227.0 50
921&2
072103227.0 1
fat by.1
3P_
92153
b210332).0 50
92163
➢]210332]A
up. 0pd
92m
272103127.0 50
mm
072103 7.0 "
Jumps mmb b k7wer W bip k
2prAa
IWSWK*2
7725OA2270 10
Im WT482
7725942270 10
n.W..d.A,4W
upb 5pcm
Im WKA"
Z72564627.0 10
N85WK4f4
712M4621.0 10
3urryrmn6Aak 4s
2pdp
IWWKlE52
Z72552227.0 10
N9WM4
Z72552721U 10
inKi4Aaed.—ighl
up OpaK
IK6=4E4
772552@Y.0 10
NNWKAEL
77255262].0 10
5. PWftn4LioA, O rkngfa iW
T. Single aonr wµ m WN hKMW
AONBA/156e8
0432629538 10
AO VS 415 GbK
OG 3282053N 10
8. Cma txM wsnnp symbplus4Alodre
'�gttwmehemainln9 bsaunbnsmdemw page. "W4Hselken ryrrvv
For morea�vnesa®pages m-n •Wrk eN pYa 500 VHI kVIa •nenolutem fa mn�mnn�o
n Nvxga ie eCE>sn fm1-Wou9kskesa of he>a2 evie aitl aue
FIX maMug sV9t9ms aee pages-l0-]5 ra�ne waemcvrnn9nuaA�1]o'nem.u•I�q ai we AT ouag redmlwle■;p1e
0
�j FLERatMECH Device Tag:
630-499-7080 • W W W.elemechinc.com D 1
ManuE:.PNo.
6/14/2021
Job Number: Page# 1/1
Wieland: 57.404.6955.1 ey. CG HBR8574 laction C, Pa e34

jlk 1!
AL 1111
SwitchLine
F%WI Non -fusible disconnect switches
Ir11919
Compact, Heavy duty
16A — 2000A, 600V
A
S� ul
�A
� �I
I'
40
Catalog nuniC.l 3Pde OT161`3 OT25F3 OT• 3
OT631`3
0T601`3
OT3DF3
OIW3
OTI00T3
Generel prPos•
A
20
30
40
60
80
30
60
100
amp rat.rg
cr Z.1h .rm P.g.4
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.11
1.11
1.11
APA16.W.O
2 wk.
3 pole
CSA C222 %.14
CSA C22.2 Na14
CSA C222 N214
CSA C22.2 Na14
CSA
C222 N6.14
CSA C222 Na4
CSA C222 Ny.4
CSA C222 Nat
4 wk.
CM C222N.14
CSACIY.2Na14
CSAC222Na14
CSAC22.2Na14
CSA
C222N..13
CSACZ22Ko4
CMC222N..4
CSAC222I4a4
lral rating.
csapCSA, F=
Mu cpara vo8eg. V
Goo
No
600
am
800
�'AG /2ri0VOC
BOaIpC/250yCC
BOOVAC/25PvLIC
W. hw¢ePv relkg
Th ee pi-
2aBV HP
3
7.5
10
15
20
10
20
25
240y HP
480V HP
5
10
75
15
10
?D
15
3D
M
6D
10
20
20
40
30
50
6DUV HP
10
20
25
3D
40
30
40
50
Sn91a Vhe¢a
120V HP
1
1.5
2
2
2
2
3
5
240V HP
2
3
5
7.5
10
5
7.5
15
Txhnk�l n5rpc
IECO'
Rmd neulea0n elrtl ope,a.,W
vdiI. AC20 and OG200 V
750
750
750
750
750
75D
750
750
Raemlh� 41,
AC 20AX 20 w.� A
25
32
40
63
80
40
63
115
AC 204]C 20 endured A
25
32
40
63
a0
4a
63
115
AC21A 5 500V A
16
25
40
63
80
60
63
100
69W A
18
25
4D
63
80
4D
63
100
Ra geratuiul pnwa A 3
M415V kW
690V kW
75
7.5
9
9
11
11
22
15
37
165
15
15
M5
15
3]
37
Phy¢Ical characlericlic¢
W k"C: 3Pde K6
a_11
all
011
02T
027
a
036
Ras
OYremi 3Mo H mm
66
68
68
91
91
10a
lm
1013
W mm
35
35
35
53
53
70
70
70
0 mm
58
56
56
72
72
75
75
75
A—..--
T•rmru UUM .Nepal In[eyal Fhlgal
I wge
Integal
IMe,•a1
k44V.1
Idegral
T•mkryl Ih—ld
Aaaiiay Oan[•ct
Handle CSWUNEMA type
Type 1. 311 12
pe 1
ty, 3R. 4. -X 12
Handle type
3electar
Pi¢1d
Gmversion k6¢
6 Pde
Tra161e1
Byp®a
Mer3ixral klteMck
pN Pl a� WbW CSA approved, UL listed, IEC rated,
CE marked
O o3A 222 MA PA-991 —4sA F9• NA59a77, w Fl• • E101914 . CSA 222 No 14 pn5a6l —CSA RI. 417b8247. uL
1 . r�:1azz
�j�
LEC2M
Rev:
0
Device Tag:
DS1
Date:
630-499-7080•—W.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNo.
ey.
Job Number:
F.1:9'116
ABB: OT63F3 Assembly
CG
HBR8574
Page 35

'1A
SUB -PANELS FOR ENCLOSURES
ri/ nt
HOFFIAM
�vv
0 0 s
NOTE:
L
-
1. 6 indicates 316 Stainless Steel.
e mm
cuo
9DLe
2. AL indicates Aluminum
e.25
3. G indicates Conductive Steel
32 mm a7ws-c
Al2P24
9.W.vm 2m.s93
I29.
D
-
-
a .
Al2P24G GWdd .d
9.m.21.00 229.533
12%
a
-
-
4
A16P12 P4lded ad
1100a9.00 330.229
12g.
0
-
-
4
Al5P72G Gadzdmdmd
13m.9m 330. 229
1294
0
-
-
4
Al6P125% smnkns/mf
13W.9A0 W. 229
12¢
0
-
-
4
A16P12AL AYamma
11m.9W 330.229
910 kA- 0
-
-
4
A16P16 Paeed.W
1iW x13.00 330.3W
129.
0
-
-
4
A16P16G Cud ded
1300.13.m 330. 330
12¢
0
-
-
4
A16P16s% 6lmihm51m1
13m.139 330.33I
12ga
0
-
-
4
Al P16AL Al-
1300 00 330. 333
910h/3mm
0
-
-
4
A19P13 Pedw1M4
15.00 x ISM 391.391
12%
0
-
-
4
A18PIOG Chdfbrt lad
15.m.15.W 301a3B1
12¢
0
-
-
4
A20P12 Paned 9W
17.Wx9.00 432.229
12¢
0
-
-
4
A20P12G C.11b led
17.m.9m 432. 229
129.
0
-
-
4
AMP Pam w
1700.1300 432.330
12¢
0
-
-
A20P160 Q.A b led
1700.1300 W. 330
12¢
A20P16S56 &ltlmased
17.00x 1im 432%3W
12¢
0
-
-
4
A20P 16AL Admlum
17.W.13.00 432.33D
0.10"- 0
A20P20 Paned aMd
17do 17.00 432z432
12¢
A2DPL(K Gud�esMd
17 W.1]W 432.432
A2DP20-% Shims lad
17.m.11m 432z 432
1211
0
A20P20A1 Al-
17.00x 17A 432,432
0.10h13mm
A24P16 Paned geed
21.mx 1im 533z Mid
12¢
0
-
-
/
A24P16G Cadme6 r"
21.Wx131.11 5�21z 330
12¢
0
-
-
4
A24P16S56 swd-sled
21.m.1111 W3 w
1211
az4P29 Pe4Md4ed
2100.nm Stir 432
12¢
2
075
19
1
A24P20G Cuddma w
21.m.179 533.432
129s.
2
975
19
1
A24P20ss6 sleYlesa5
21.Wx17.W 533x 432
12¢
2
075
19
a
A24P20AL AWm�m
2LW.17M 593. 492
mid' d
975
19
1
A24P24 P011ad 4Md
V.00x 21.00 533z W3
12¢
2
0.75
19
4
A24P240 C.A b.*d
2100019 533z ma
12¢
2
075
19
4
A24P24536 %"-Sbd
21.W.21.00 533. SM
12¢
2
075
19
1
A24P24AL AL"..
21.00.21JI0 533. 693
910hn- 2
975
19
4
A30P16 POteeddw
27.00 13.00 666 x 33D
12¢
2
0.75
19
4
A30P16G 0.4."etd
339.279 936z 696
72¢
2
0.75
19
d
A30P20 P.*dsMd
279x17dd 666z 432
12¢
2
0.75
19
4
AMP= C.Aft did
2/9.179 fi%. 432
12¢
2
075
19
4
A30P20S56 ShYlom19m1
27.m.17.00 695.432
12..
2
975
19
4
A30PZ4 PeMldmW
27IDu21.00 6B6z533
12¢
2
975
19
4
A30P24G Candufete 1w
27m.21.00 695 x533
12¢
2
0175
19
4
A30P24S% steli esbd
2700r2140 6%x0
12¢
2
975
19
4
A30P24AL AL_
279.21_00 606. Sn
910h/3mm 2
D75
19
4
A30P30 Pa4addhd
27.W.2100 106.606
12¢
1
M75
19
1
A30P3DG Cadd6e dM
7790.27.m 606. 696
12¢
4
975
19
4
A30P30536 swa-sled
27.00 27.m 696%696
12¢
4
a
19
A3fiP16 p.1W skd
31m %13m 039%310
12%
2
975
19
A
A36P160 OWdx:me led
33mx1300 839.3W
12¢
2
975
19
4
A3fiP24 PaikA s50••d
liW.21W 339.533
12g.
2
075
19
6
A36P24G CaMicae led
Tim x2100 036. 533
12¢
2
0.75
19
6
A36P24536 swd-sw
33.00.219 839.533
12¢
2
975
19
6
A36P24AL Ak--
31m x 219 939.533
0.10h13mm 2
"1
19
6
A320 P-We
33m.2700 A36.6B6
12¢
4
975
19
6
A36P30G C.Az abed
33. .27.00 i30.6m
129..
4
975
19
6
A36P30536 slmm sled
33.00.27.00 039.6m
129L
4
075
19
6
A36P30AL Al-
37.W x779 936.686
0.10h73nm 4
075
9
ill
6
A36P36 P.W 4Md
aim x 33.00 a10.93a
t2¢
4
a.75
19
B
A3 Mw O.Wudmded
3t00.33M 030.03A
12¢
4
975
19
B
A36P36S.M &aims steel
UDD 33_m O26.0 9
12p
4
0.75
19
0
AA0P24 Paled.5d
37.00. 21.00 910. 533
12ga.
4
975
19
6
A40P24G Q df led
37.DD .00 940a 533
1%L
9
075
19
6
A40P30 Paled 9"
37.m.299 940z737
129L
4
0.75
19
4
A40P300 0.11Me 1"
37.00 x 29.W "DIM
t2¢
4
0.75
19
4
A47P24 P.ud.W
39.W.2100 991 as
12gL
2
am
19
6
A42P24G C.A reand
39.00.21m 991.93
12p
2
9.75
19
6
A42P30 Paled bd!
39.m.27JID 991 xfin
12¢
4
975
19
6
Mr.j ELEMECN
O
Device
Tag:
EN
1
Date:
630-499-7080
www.elemechinc.com
fi/14/2021
n9inuf:. Pivo,
Job Number:
Pagers
By.
1 2
Hoffman:
A-30P30
CG
HBR8574
SUB -PANEL
CATALOG NUMBER
SUB -PANEL
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A-DPE55
D x E

,k r
SUB -PANELS FOR ENCLOSURES
nl ent
KOFFMAN
E
v
p d. a
fax)
1.
6 indicates 3165tainless Steel.
o
XOLE
2.
At indicates Aluminum
zs
3.
G indicates Conductive Steel
A42P30G
C d-� d 39m a2700
991 rfia6
l2ga
4
075
19
6
A42P30S56
S6eH®Sbd 3900a27A0
991a6%
12ga
4
Us
19
6
A42P3fi
Pai deed 39.63x3300
M.loa
12ga
4
075
19
8
A42P36G
Caldxf.9M 39A0a33AD
".Me
12ga
4
07s
19
8
A42P36S56
Spiess SRd Non x33.00
991r83B
12ga
4
075
19
8
A42P42
Paded sld 3900a390D
991a991
129a
1
0.7s
19
6
A42P426
Cmdum M 39.00 x39.n0
991 r991
12 ga.
1
0.75
19
8
A49P24
Paid MM 4SA 21 O0
1143 r 521
12 ga
2
OL75
19
6
A4sP24G
CarAum,e reel 45.00x21.00
1143 x 533
Z.
2
0.75
19
6
A48P30
Paid sal 45A0a27O0
1143r6B6
12 ga
4
V5
19
6
A49P30G
Cmdimle sed 45.00 x27.00
1143 x 686
12ga
4
075
19
6
A48P36
Paid seel 4500a33O0
1143.BA
12ga
4
OL75
19
B
A4sP36G
Condimre sect 45.00.32.00
n43x83A
12ga
4
0.75
19
fl
A48P3655fi
Slai SEd 45LOr3&M
11a.=
12 ga
4
0L75
19
B
A4sP36AL
Aem'nm 45.00.33.00
1143r838
0.10 n:3mm
/
0.75
19
8
A48P42
Paded slat 45A0.39DD
11px991
12ga
4
0.75
19
B
A48P42G
C.Ai slM 45.00 x3900
1143r991
12ga
/
0.75
19
8
A48P48
Pa4edsal 4400."M
1114.1119
119a
4
08/
21
1D
A48P48G
C.Ai Seel 44.00.4400
111Br 111a
llga
4
064
21
10
A54P42
pwam SlN 50A0xXw
122W%5
111p
4
OP4
21
10
A54P42G
C,dudiee Seel MOOx3800
127Dr%5
11ga.
1
064
21
10
AWN
Paid seal 57M.2100
1448.513
12ga
4
075
19
6
A60P246
C dudire -A 5700x2100
14/8x s17
12 ga.
1
0.75
19
6
A60P30
Paded amd 5700x27A0
1448r 606
12g1
4
0.75
19
6
A60P30G
Cmdwti .M 57.00 a2700
1448x 686
12W
9
075
19
6
A60M
Pamedstrd 57AOr3300
1448r838
12gF
/
0.75
19
A
A60P36G
Cmdu�vresed 5700r MO
1448x Bt9
12 ga
4
0.75
19
6
A60P36S56
4enless Sid 57A0 x33.00
1448r 830
129a.
1
0.75
19
8
A60P36A
fAxn'swn 5700 r33.00
1448x B�
0.10 i,/3mm
4
0.75
19
8
A6l1BFP42
Pureed sled %00aWOO
1422r 965
119.
4
0B4
21
10
A6066P42G
Cmdu�vvesed 5600 r3B_O0
1422.%S
11gs
4
0.84
21
10
ASOP48
Nr dsIM 566D94400
1122r 1118
IIgB
4
034
21
10
A60P46G
Cnrd-s,ed 56.00 x44.00
1Q2r111A
1194
4
O.A4
21
10
A61IP60
PeHed sled 5600a5600
1'22,1422
Ilga
/
0B4
21
10
A60P60G
Cuduave sal %..00s 56.00
1422r 1422
119s
4
0.64
21
10
A72P36
Paad sal 69 OOa 33Dp
17S3xBA
12-
4
075
19
6
A72P36G
C nduticesed RDOr 33.00
1753x83B
12ga
4
0.75
19
6
A72P60
Pa4ed� 66mash06
172)a11??
Ilga
4
OB4
21
10
A72P60G
Cmdi .M 6800 r�00
1717x1421
11ga
4
0B4
21
10
A72P72
P**d*0 6800. Woo
17pr1721
llga
4
064
21
10
A72P72G
Cmnx.0res d 68.00 r 68.00
1727x1727
119a
4
0.84
21
11
�LEjMECH
O
Device
Tag:
E N 1
Date:
'
630-499-7080 •-w.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
Manuf.:. PNo:
Job Number:
Page n
6y.
2
Hoffman: A-30P30
CG
HBR8574
SUB -PANEL
CATALOG NUMBER
SUB -PANEL
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A-DPESS
D x E

CONTINUOUS HINGE WITH 3-POINT LATCH TYPE 4X WALL -MOUNT ENCLOSURES -t� PENTAIR
ENCLOSURE
CATALOG NUMBER
ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
SUB -PANEL
CATALOG NUMBER
A-AHCBSS6LP3PT-W/MOD
A x B x C
A APB
1. 3PT INDICATES 3-POINT LATCH
2. MOD INDICATES PAINTED WHITE (CUSTOM)
3. "W" INDICATES PAINTED WHITE (CUSTOM)
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
UL 508A Listed; Type 3R, 4, 4X. 12; ;=Ae No- E61997
cUL Listed per CSA C22.2 No 94; Type 3R. 4. U. 12; F le No.
E61997
NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12,13
IEC 60529, IP66
Meets AEMA Type 3RXreguirements
APPLICATION
These enclosures feature Hoffman's eodustVe POWERGLIDE"
Handle with 3-point latching, ideal for indoor or autdoor
app Gcations that require corrosion protection, convenient access.
and padlocking security.
SPECIFICATIONS
• 14 gauge Type 304 or 316L stainless steel bodies and doors
• Seams continuously welded and ground smooth
• Seamless foam -in -place gasket
• Rolled lip around three sides of door
• Internal 3-point latch and Type 316L stainless steel padlocking
PIDW ERGLIDE Handle
• Remove door by pulling stainless steel continuous hrn-
Data packet is high -impact thermoplastic
• Collar studs provided for mounting optional panels
Exterior hardware on Type 316L stainless steel enclosures
matches enclosure material
Bonding provision on door, grounding stud an body
FINISH
Onor, sides, top and bottom have smooth ?4 brushed finish. Hanale
Is electropolished.
ACCESSORIES
See also A ccessories.
Panels for Type 3R, 4, 4X. 12 and 13 Enclosures
Steel and Stainless Sleet W indow Nts
H2OMITTM Vent Drains,Type4X
H2OMIT- Thermoetectnc Dehumidifier
MODIFICATION AND CUSTOMIZATION
Haffman excelsat modifying and customizing products
your specifications. contactyaur local Hoffman sales ottice cr
distributor for complete information.
B 94 GASKET 91
.62 � 1.25 ���--III OMIT TWO MIDDLE ,16 23 mn�
16 I' �32 mm51 Omm l l a4 C 38 Smm STUDS I F B < 14 GA.
1 11 Y .88 31 .00 (787mm) 219 tmm
J—
22 inn
PA
CLEAR
SPACE
T
SE
1,00
B-1.84
z.00
I
B6
D
25
47 inn
51 mm
C TI
22 inn
1.00
A-1 .81
R4,50m0
25 inn
DATA 46
114
it
A
POCKET
II
-�
X
NOTE
XI
I
1)
7
88
22
L J
nm
4.00
II
1.50
38 mm
E
1
3
02 inn
T 1-00
7
r
1.25 BONDING 25 inn
L.
1.50
.62
�32 PROVISION
BODY
MOUNTING
38 mm
GROUNDING
BRACKETS
1i4mm
(zz}
SECT I ON Y—Y
�j �LEMECH Rev: 0
NfL ORDER
PARA ELY) 1.38 1.38
35 inn ONTINOOOS 35 inn
OMIT TWO
C 94 HINGE (SABLE) 75
STUDS 24 nm 12 GA. 19 inn
IF
A<31.00
787mm PANEL (ORDER
51mn SEPARAIEL7)�NTING
3/8-16 BRACKETS
COLLAR STUD
.50
a mm SECTION X—X
NOTE:
Removable data packet 'ncluded
(see table for size), Large data
pocket 12.00 K 12.00 (305— 3D5mo);
small data pocket 6.0 x 6.00
(152mm K 152mm), B7796695
Date:
630-499-7080,—w,elemechinc.com 6/14/)021
ManuE:.PNo,
Hoffman: A-30H3008SSLP3PT
Device Tag:
EN1
By.
Job Number: Page# 1/1
CG HBR8574
ection 8 Page'

Blackburn
� I r
SP u,
Copper Connectors
T&B Catalog Number:
L70
UPC Number: 783786130D2
Status: Active
Description:
Type L - Copper Single Conductor, One -Hole Mount for Conductor Range
14 Sol,-4 Slr.
Features
General
Style
O� in, WR l
G~ Wire Ronne
Dimension Information
1
- I H F Length (aches(
1 1 Width (inchot )
w --I Height (inches)
D (inches)
E (ncnesl
F (inches)
G (inches)
J (inches)
Packaging
T&B Inner Park
Package In Units
TSB Sold in UGM
T&B Weight Per UOM
Notes
Certifications
RoHS Compliance
Certifications
o� 3P-
File Ntlr
Eg809
Cold forged from pure electrolytic capper with 99
pen:ont conducliv4y.
Type L - Copper Single Conductor One-Ho4e
Mwnt
Capper
14 SoIA Str,
1 118
17132
3584
gm
9132
3132
21132
9M
too
1000
Each
3.32 Ds. per 100
Available mth screwdriver slot head screws only
UL 4a6A tasted
Vas
For further technical assistance. Please wntect us...
Thorns & Betts - LISA T&B Technical Support
Hours: 7AM - GPM CDT
8155 T&B Ill MS 3&50
Monday -Friday
Memphis, TN 38125 8155 T&B Blvd.
Phone: (8W) 862-3289
wwx.nb ran Memphis, TN 38125
Fars [phone]
Ernal:te&" pport@ dab. dam
FLgMECH
Rev:
0
Device Tag
,Awj i �,ar-
G N D
Date:
630-499-7080•—w.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
ManuE:, PNo'
By.
Job Number:
F.1:9'116
Blackburn: L70
CG
HBR8574Pagess

Flexible Heaters
Flexible Heater Installation Methods
Flexible Heater Pressure Sensitive Adhesive (PSA)
�ti� A�►
C%us SP
F q
PSA 4�n, ANNiVERSAa
hor ease of attachment specify PSA. Installation is sim-
plc just peel off the protective liner and apply. It will
adhere to most clean +month surfaces. Cate must hef0
wdwn when installing of aumn a smooth, consistent, uni-
tirrm bond to achieve maximum mutes.
Maximum Temperature:
Continuous - 300°F (149°C) - - -
Intermittent-500'F(260C)
Recommended Watt Density:
Under 5 Whit' (0.7S Wkni
PSA Plus
.a Liver A aluminum foil is vvkanized to the hack of the hearer fer added
hwt de sipauon prior to the application of PSA.
Tempeo PN: SHS90707
SILICONE RUBBER HEATER
3.000" W x 5.000" L
12" Teflong leads in location A
Wire construction
Pressure sensitive adhesive
75 watts, 120 volts
Tempco PN: SHS80700
SILICONE RUBBER HEATER
4 500" W x 6.500" L
12" Teflong leads in location A
Wire construction
Pressure sensitive adhesive
150 watts, 120 votes
tm. 9
UL Recognized: U S. At Canada E6%52
CSA Certified: 0430"
�j E�'gMECH oat 0Device Tag:630-499-780 • www.elemechinc.com HTR 1
6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNo, Job Number: Page 1/1
Tempco: SHS80707 BY. CG HBR8574 ectfon6Pa eao

Zelio° Plug -In Relays I A.L.- '
RPM power relays a■i„
SAO �11�IF
r
•
s�xr. ••
General characteristief�
Conforming to standards IECIEN 81810-1 (in. 2), UL 506, CSAC22-2 n° 14
Product certifications
Wt.us File E184862 CON NLDX, NLDX7; cURus File E 164882 CCN NLOX2, NLDX8,
CSA; CE; RoH6 compliant
Ambient alr temperature Storage
around the device Operation
+C(F)-40...+85(-40�..+195)
IC(F)-40..1+55(-40,..+131)
Vibration—I.tnca In operation
conforming to IEC1EN 60068-2-6 Not oparah g
3gn(10._ 150Hz1t1mm15y5cycle;)
5 gn(10... 150 Hzft l mm l 5g(5 cycles)
Degreeofprotecdon Conforming to IEC1EN 60529
IP40
Shock resistance Opening
cord6rmingtolECIEN60066-2-27 Closing
15gn
15gn
Protectlon category i
RT I
Mounting position
Insulation c
Rated insulation voltage(Ui) Co4ormingtolEC1EN60947
Any
250(IEC), 300(UL, GSA)
4
Rated impulse withstand voltage(Uimp)
kV
4(12150 ps)
Dieleciricstrength Betweeneoilandcuntact -V
(rms voltage) Between poles �v
Between contacts ti V
Contact characteristics
Relay type
Number a nd type of contacts
1550
1550
1500
_
RPM1see RPM2eee RPM3eee RPM4•••
1Cio 2ClO 1010 4C10
Contact materials
AgNi
Conventional thermal For ambient
current (lih) temperature E 55 °C
A
15
Rated operational current Conforming to IEC NO
in utilization categones NC
A
15
A
7.5
AC-1 and OC-1 Conformingto UL
A
15
Switching current Minimum
mA
110
Switching voltage Maximum
V
tir 250(IEC
Minimum
V
17
Nominal load (rosisthre)
A
151250 � V
15128-V
A
Switching capacity Maximum ^
VA
3750
420
W
Minimum
mW
170
Maximum operating rate NaIoad
18000
Inoperaling cycleSlhour Underload
1200
Utilization coefficient
20 %
Mechanical durability Inmillionsof
operating cycles
10
Electrical durability Resistive load
10.1 0-06
In miluoos of Inductive load
operating cycles
See curves below
Electrical durability of contacts Reduction coefficient for lnducive load Maximum switching capacity on resistive load
Resistive load (depending on power factor cos,p) r..
�j ELgMECH
630-499-7080 •w•www.elemechinc.com
0
Device Tag:
R 1-5
Dot '
fi/14/2021
P.9inuf:. Plvo.,
Square D: RPM12F7
BY. CIS
Job Number:
HBR8574
PageN
1 2

Power relays without LED (sold in lots of 10)
Control Number and" of contacts -Thermal current (Ith)
circuit 1C/O -15A 2C10-15A 3C/O -15A 4C10-15A
voltge Catalog Weight Catalog Weight Catalog Weight Catalog Weight
number number number number
v
kg
kg
kg
kg
- 12
RPMIIJO
0.026
RPM2IJO
0.036
RPM3IJD
0.054
RPM4IJD
0,071
=24
RPMIIBD
0.026
RPM218D
0.036
RPM318D
0.054
RPM418D
0.071
=48
RPMIIED
0.026
RPM2IED
0.036
RPM3IED
0,054
RPM4IED
0.071
=110
RPM1IFD
0.026
RPM2I FD
0.036
RPM3IFD
0.054
RPM4IFD
0.071
RPM21B7
0.036
RPM41B7
0.071
� 24
RPM11B7
0.026
RPM31B7
0.054
'�.48
RPMIIE7
0.026
RPM21E7
0.036
RPM31E7
0.054
RPM41E7
0,071
ti 120
RPM11F7
0.026
RPM21F7
0.036
RPM31F7
0,054
RPM41F7
0,071
'�. 230
RPM11P7
0,026
RPM21P7
0,036
RPM31P7
0.054
RPM41P7
0.071
Power relays with LED
,1i0)
llll'­
12
RPMI2JD
0.026
RPM22JD
0.036
RPM32JD
0.054
RPM42JD
0.071
-24
RPMI2BO
0.026
RPM22BD
0.036
RPM328D
0.054
RPM428D
0.071
-48 RPM12ED 0.026 RPM22ED 0.036 RPM32ED 0.054 RPM42ED 0.071
=110 RPMI2FD 0.026 RPM22FD 0.036 RPM32FD 0.054 RPM42FD 0.071
r , 24 RPM12B7 0.026 RPM2207 0.036 RPM3207 0.054 RPM4287 0.071
� 48 RPM12ET 0.026 RPM22E7 0.036 RPM32E7 0.054 RPM42E7 0.071
� 120 RPM12F7 0.02e RPM22F7 0.036 RPM32F7 0.054 RPM42F7 0.071
ti 230 RPMIZP7 0-026 RPM22P7 0-036 RPM32P7 0,054 RPM42P7 0,071
Dimenslo
Power relays
RPM 1
4,]
14� 26 2.6
40 _ 7I
Common Hide claw L RPM2 RPM3 RPMe
+ ti a_ti d.6 9.6 4.ti 9.6
O f
1
❑ �._r®� D o J I o®o I d e l a ®$a
... _ 1�,a� 21 m n lc
19.2
AwrIkElL.gMECH Rev: 0 Device Tag:
Date: I R 1-5
630-499-7080•www.elemechinc.com 6/14/2021
Manuf:. PNo: Job Number:
Page p7
Square D: RPM12F7 ay. CG HBR8574 L

Zelio° Plug -In Relays
RPM power relays
Socket$
Contactterminaf
Connection
Relaytype
Sold in
Catalognumber
Weight
arrangementb_4s
of
kg
_
Mixed
Screw clamp
RPMI rr-
RPZF1
0.04=
_
'
terminals
RPM2-e
_
RPZF2
C. Q_a
RPM3-e
RP7F3
,yam
RPW4
RPZF4
C G."J
Protection modules
Description
Voltage
Sockettype.
Sold in
Catalognumber
Weight
lotsbf
v
kg
Diode
-6--250
RPZFIRPZF2
20
RXMn40W
0003
RPZF2 + relay RP4(22F7
RPZF3
10
RUW24013D
00M
RPZF4
I"
RUN24rr.•
RC circuit -24...60 RPZFIRPZF2 20 RXM041 BN7 0.010
-110...240 RPZFIRPZF2 20 RXM041 FU7 0010
RPZF3
10
RUW241P7
0004
RPZF4
varistor
M-=6_24
RPZFIRPZF2
20
RXM021 RB
D.030
-,,t.---24...60
RPZF1 RPZ F2
20
RXM021BN
O.D30
' I10..240
RPZFIRPZF2
20
RXM021FP
0.030
,f­24
RPZF3
10
RUW242B7
0.OD4
RPZF4
'N--240
RPZF3
10
RUW242137
D.OD4
RPZF4
Timer module (f)
Description
1WNape
Socket type
fatalogrt ndw
vhight
v
ka
Multifunction -, _24-._240
RPZF3
RUW101PMY
002,
RPZF4
Accessories
Description
For
Sold in
Catefognrrl
~t
use with
tots of
kg
Metal hold -Clown clip
RPZF1
20
RPZR235
0,001
(for single -pale relays)
Mounting adapters for DIN rail (2)
RPM1w
20
RPZSDA
0004
RPM2e—
20
RXZE2DA
0004
RWi
20
RPZ3DA
0004
RPM4e—
20
RPZ4DA
0,OD6
RPZiDA
Mounting adapters with luting lugs for panel
RPM1e-
20
RPZIFA
0.002
t
RPM2e—
20
RXZE2FA
0.002
RPM3e—
2D
RPZ3FA
0.003
RPM4w'—
20
1
0,004
Clip -In ID lags All relays 10 RXZL520 0,080
(sheet of 1081D tags)
(1) See hnn rnodule de3mintion (selection of funchons and time delays) on page 41
RPZ-VA (2) 7esr button becomes irwocessibla_
A& FL gMECH Rev: 0 Device Tag-
�iNr Date: I R1-5
630-499-7080•—W.elemechinc.com 6/14/2021
Manuf.:. PNo: Job Number: Page 8 1 / 1
Square D: RPZR235 By: CG HBR8574 lectinn 5 Pa e43

RPZF1
FWV2
CorOact terminal amngement
mm connecuon memos
Product certi5cations
Contonning to standards
111ectrical characteristics
Cnnvent�enal Thermal current 11�
Ma aim um operating vo1[agc
Insulation characteristics
Between atllaceit[ ompw contacu
Between inpe[and output wnlacis
Between contacts and DIN rail
General character
Ambientairtemperatum O_I%at n
mound the d-.- Storage
Degmeoiprotection Conbrmilg W IECIEN 60529
Connection Soled a+re Icondaclor
"h— 2adMucrore
.W end
Fkaible wire 1mrMa�
m cable end T—
Moonbng on DIN mil
Torminal mtemnci ng
Compa6bllity with the M.
Timer madWe campatlbil
Prolecllon module
Ctip-In ID tags
W lm connncbon method
Sockets
Contact terminal
arrangement
Mixed
dampterminals
_
Ij❑
IIIJJJ
nQ
$
'�
Ole e
O
�
Ill
�❑
alto
t21
O O
Izl
tl
19
Ga.S a 5
1e�•
30
25
]6
30
RPZF1
1-2 —3
RP{F4
PPlFd
RPM1nr
RPM2eae IRPM3—
r
RXM02—
RXM04—
RXM024ee RUW24—
RXY04—
fkPMMee
RnW24wn
MmW
e e o
WJRm Fio Et72325CCNSWM,SWr4B CSA:CE:RWSm PIWll
-'-
IEC 6i964. EE
16
25011EC)
25M
25M
25M
�4
-40
IP20
•® -®
0.5..,1.5mm'-AWG20...ANG
180,5.,.2,Smm'-AWG 20...AWG 14
0.5...1.5mm'-AW020. ANG
16 0.5...2.5mrM-AWG 20-..AWG 14
o 0 o I
D25...1 naN-AWG 22.. AM17 025._15mm'-AWG22._AWG 16
025...1rmr'-AWG22.. AWG17025._16-W-AW1G22._AWG16
11 M3—
17M3.5erlaw
CIO
35 mm DIN mil / panel —IM
,fir
6y red plastic cap
IEC.NEMA
Y
Nd
No
1 Yea
RXMD40W, RXE041w,RXM021ee RgW21«
Connection Relay type
Sold in
Catalog number
Weight
lots of
kg
Screw clamp RPM1990
10
RPZF1
0.042
terminals RPM29oo
10
RPZF2
0.054
RPM3990
10
RPZF3
0.072
RPM4e**
O C� US CD
�A E LEM EC2
630-499-7080 • www.elemechinc.com
ManuE:. PNo'
Square D: RPZF1
10 RPZF4 0.094
Rev: Device Tag:
Date: 0 I R 1-5
6/14/2021
By.
Job Number: page
# 1/1
CG HBR8574
ectfgn 6 Page

30.5 mm Push Buttons
Pilot Lights
800 T — P T 16 G
a b c d e g
a
Proteatio.Rating
d
Lamp T-t Option.
Cade I W p5on
Code Description
T Metal, Type 4/13
Blank No test option
H Plastic. T . 4/4WI3
T Push -to -test
C
0 Dual input — diode•
Dual Input — Irens}ormer
Power Moduli, Type
BOOT
800H
T4yi1p3e
Description
4/4X/13
code
Cod.
P
Transformer
PH
tar dual inpuq
D
Full voltage!
OR
universal
07 ,.lay
Not.: Push-to-tesl supplied w0h
IaclOry jumpemd conlect block.
e
Illumination Options
Cad. Oascriplion
Bleak Incandescent
H LED•
specifications.
Fleclncal dt•sign lik
Op&
Voltage
Transfamner
code
oeeaaptlan
18
120V AC 50/60 Hz
28
240V 4C 50160 Hx
480V AC 5W50 Hx
48
884—
BOOV AC 50/50 Hx
Full
Voltage — Incand.want
12
12V AC/DC
24
24V AC/DC
48
48V AC/DC
10
120V AC/DC
20
240V AC/DC
universal — LED
2 12_.IJOV ACCr
Dual Input
18
120V AC
24
24V ACM
(Dual input diode only)
Allen-Bradley
Vibration
10...2000 Hz. 1.52 mm displacament (peak-to-pealq marl
10 G max. (except Logic Rmed1
Shock
112 Cycle sine wave for 11 me >_ 25 G (contact Vugillly) and no damage M 100 G
Degree of prat cbon
Mechanical design lit cycle.
Typs 1/4112/13 (BOOTj; Type 1/4/4)V 2/13 (BOON): EN/IEC W529 IRNM
10 000 BOO min.
Push buttons
(Momentary, nnn-illuminsMd)
(Moment.ry, illuminatedl
(Push -pulutwisl-to-minsal
250 000 min
250 000 min.
Spbetar s doh .
(Non-illunu hated)
1 000 ODD min.
(Illurrwnted. key -operated)
200 000 min.
25 000 min.
Potenlwmetem
All other devices
200 O00 min.
Cams operation
Shallow, mini, and low-vottage contact blocks: Slow. double msks and timak
Logic Reed and sealed switch contact blocks: Single brink magnetic
Wire gaug.7—inal — to"
410.-14 AWG (k18...10 Max Duty) 16...8 lb -in
Typical operating forces
Operatorm wW_I contact blocks
Flush, extended button, standard mushroom, jumbo plastic mush oom 2lbs max.
Jumbo and extended aluminum muehmwn head: 3.95 It. max.
Maintained selector switch: 3.6 Iin-Ito Max.
Spbg return selecto, swddhas
3.6 in -lb to stop. 0.2 in•Ib to mourn
Illuminated push buttons and p s h-to-test piW lights
5 lb max.
2-position push-pull
8.0 lb mar. push . pull
3-position push-pull
8 It, max. push to In position or pull to center position 05 It, mar. pull to out position)
Twist-to-ml— per ph -pull
9 Ibs max, push per pull 30 in•pz max. twist, 0 in•oz minimum mourn
Potslkdn.ler
Rotational torque 3...12 in -co; stoppit) toque 12 in•m (minxnum)
Contact blocks
Standard
1 it,
Low Reed
1 lb max_
S-I.d Switch
3 to max. a[ 0.205 in. plunge travel
Sleckabls aaeled awitM
t lb mar.
Misi
1.4 Ib mute
P,T UFF
1.4 Ib max.
Sell Mondoong
1.6 It1
tahwtanmsm
Temperature rerga OI—Ming-40...+131 •F 1-40._+55 °q
Storage
Note: Operating temperatures below freezing ere based on
1he absence of moisture and liquids, Consult your local
Rockwell Automation salss office or Allen-Sradley
distributor for use m iower tampamlure applications.
Humloity 50-95% RH from 77...140'F (25...50'C) per Pmc.dure IV of MIL -STD -810C,
Method 507.1 cycling test
�j FLEMECH Dot 0 Device Tag:
630-499-7w.elemechincm LT1-3
080 •— .co
6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNo. Job Number: F.1:9'116
Allen-Bradlev: 80CH-PR16 eye CG HBR8574Pa

Replacement Color Caps Allen-Bradley
30.5 mm Accessories
S� UL
a a
80OT/H Pilot Light Color Caps
Standard* Push -to -Test* 18 mm
Color Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
Amber
8GOT N26A
800T N42
SOOT N122A
Blue
SOOT N26B
SOOT N43
SOOT N122B
Clear
80OT N26C
SOOT N45
800T N122C
Green
80OT-N26G
80OT N41
SOOT N122G
Red
800T N26R
800T N40
800T N122R
White BOOT N26W
80OT N44
SOOT N122W
MFLEMECH
A
080 •—
630-499-7w.elemechinc.om
Rev:
0
Device Tag:
LT3
oat
6/14/2021
Manuf.:.PNo.
Allen-Bradlev: 800T-N26A
By:
CG
Job Number:
HBR8574Page46
F.1:9,116

Auxiliary Contacts Allen-Bradley
Auxiliary Contact Blocks for
Front Mounting O
1 R ik
2- and 4-pole
V.
Quick and easy mounting without
tools
Electronic -compatible contacts down
Q
to17V,5mA
Mutual positive guidance to the main
4�nSiEA,
contactor poles (except for L types)
• - -
Models with equal function with
several terminal numbering choices
L = Late break / Early make
Auxiliary contact blocks
for front installation
• 2 and 4 poles
• Quick and easy mounting without
tools
• Contacts compatible with electro-
nics
• Mutual positive quidance with the
main contactor poles (except for
L types)
• Models with equal function with
several terminal numbering choi-
ses
L = late break
early make
Connection Diagrams
For Use With
Cat. No.
N.O-
N.C.
0
2
100-C all
1OD-FA02
" " e I" i1
C30900... C85000
100-FBO2
100•C all
100-FA11
1
1
C30000 ... C85000
100.FB11
AA0u -'SW -mn
U.
C09010--- C23010
100-FC11
2
0
-Call
1OD-FA20
„
fan -FCH -tea
C30000...C85000
100.FB20
100-Call
100-FAL11
1L
1L
410 "
14) -EACH -FBLH
F620 FALL 'OLV
A ei a ai
J � � � l/p
I�-Rot - A13I
C30CDOO... C85000
100-FBL11
D
4
100-C all
1o0-FA04
1
3
100-Call
100-FA13
100-C all
1OD-FA22
2
2
-FAxz -Fa22 22
C30000._C85000
C09010-. C23010
1OD-FO22
100-FC22
3
1
100-C all
IONFA31
�s<la l
C09010... C23010
100-FC31
4
D
100-Call
1ONFA40
xtt1„j„
FC22 -K31
1°9 >t ose I "MI" 5a el nlp u
l 111 1
61 M i1 " e• " A 1 131
N
1+1 L
1 t1L
FC1 AAO 1122
,DD-C all
100-FAL22
,A FLgMECH
630-499-7080 • www.elemechinc.com
ManL1F.:. PNo'
Allen-Bradlev: 100-FA31
Rev: Device Tag:
Date: 0 M 1— F/ R
6/14/2021
By.
Job Number: F.1:9,116
PageCG HBR8574

Bulletin 100-C Contactors SP U� Allen-Bradley
104-C D
I
Rated Code N.O. Contacts Code N.C. Contact �/ 12D +
0 No Contact 0 No Contact yZ _ �l - -
Amps 2 1 N.O.-
yaaain
Reversing AC- and DC -Operated Contactors
Auxiliary
Ratings for Switching AC Motors—AC-2, AC-3, AC-4 Installed
Contacts
per Contactor
Ia IAl
3-Phase kW (50 Hz)
Hp (60 Hz)
I
�
I
r(/
Cat. No.
AC-3
AC-1
230V
40OV1415V
500V
690V
1-Phase
3-Phase
115V
230V
200V
230V 460V
575V N.O.
N.C.*
9
32
3
4
4
4
1/2
1-112
2
2
5
7-1 f2 1
1 104-CO9022
12
32
4
5.5
5.5
5.5
172
2
3
3 7-1/2
10 1
1 104-012CD22
16
32
5.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
1
3
5
5 10
15 1
1 104-C160t22
23
32
7.5
11
13
10
2
3
5
7-1/2 15
15 1
1 104-C23022
30
65
10
15
15
15
2
5 7-1/2
10 20
25
1
D
1 104-C30002
1 104-MOO22
37
65
11
1B.5/20
20
18.5
3
5
10
10 25
30
1
0
1 104-C37002
1 104-C379122
43
85
13
22
25
22
3
7.5
10
15 30
30
1
0
1 104-C43002
1
104-C43022
60
10n
19.5
32
37
32
5
10
15
20 40
50
1
0
1 104-C60002
1 104-C60®22
72
100
22
40
45
40
5
15
20
25 50
60 1
0
1 104-C72002
1 104-072022
85
100
25
45
55
45
7-1/2
15
25
30 60
60
1
0
1
104-C85OC2
1
104-C85022
97
130
30
55
55
M
10
15
30
W 75
75
1
D
1
104-C97=
1
104-C97022
* The N.C. auxiliary contact is supplied as pact of the mochanicaVolectrical interlock.
(2) Coil Voltage Code and Terminal Position
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 6OHz:
Cat No. 100-009010 becomes Cat. No.100-009D10.
M
12
24
32 36 42
48
100
700-
110
110
120
127
200
200-
220
208
200-
240
220-
230
230
230-
240
400
400-
415
550
80050R
Hz
K
V W
X Y
KP
—
❑
P
S
KG
L
——
F
—
VA—
JL
G
L
C60
Hz
Q
J
— V
— X
—
KP
—
❑
—
—
KG
H
L
—
—
——
—
—
C
KJ
KYKP
—
K❑
—
—
KG
KL;:
—
—
KL#
KF
—
KN
—
—
# Not available on 1001104-C90 or -097 contactors.
DC Voltages M 9
12
24
36
49
48-72
60
64
72 90
110
110.
125
116
125
220
220-
250 1
230
250
100-CD9...C43
3tandard
w1611ntegiated Dlode
ZH
ZO
Zl
zw
ZY
zz
ID
ZG
g
ID
ZP
ZS
ZA
ZF
—
Z7
—
—
—
DJ
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Eledronic with
Integrated Node
—
ED
LY
—
—
—
—
—
ED
—
—
100-CBo_,.C97
with Integrated Dlede
OH
DO
OJ
DW
DY
—
DZ
D9
DG
OE
DD
—
DP
D3
DA
—
DF
DT
�j ELEMECH
630-499-7elemechinc.com
080W
Rm
0
Device Tag:
M1-F/R
oat
6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNo.
Allen-Bradley: 104-009D22
By. CG
Job Number: Page#
HBR8574 ection6Pa
1/1
e48

PanelViewT" 800 �� �S � Allen-Bradley
Feature 4 in. O 7 in. 10 in.
,on 0 M 0
Resolution
480 x 272 WQVGA
800 x480 WVCA I
800 x 600 SVGA
DisplayType
TFT touch screen, wide LCD
Display Hour
40,000 hours
Colors MW
65Kcolors
Backlight
LED
Power Supply
24V DC
Processor, CPU Speed
800 MHz
Operator ln9
Resistive touch and tactile
Resistive touch
function keys
`
Internal Storage
128 MB
256 MB
RAM lir'
128 MB DDR
256 MB DDR
Operation System
Microsoft Windows CE 6.0
Real-time Clock With Battery
Yes
Operating Temperature
01...501C
R5232/RS422/485 (isolated)
Separate RS232 and R5422/RS485 connectors
Ethernet 10/100 Mbps
1
USB Host (USB 2
Yes
microSL) " Slot
Yes
Product Dimension (mm)
(Height x Width x Depth)
116 X 138 X 43
144 X 197 X 54
225 X 287 X 55
Panel Cutout (mm)
99 X 119
125 X 179
206 X 269
(Height x Width)
Weight .,ML
0.35 kg (0.76 lb)
0.68 kg (1.48 Ib)
1.57 kg (3.41 Ib)
Front Bezel Protection
IP65, NEMA 4X, 12,13
Certification
cULus listed; Class 1 Div 2, Groups A,B,C,D,T4A, CE, RCM,
KC, RoHS
,A FLgMECH
630-499-7080 •—w.elemechinc.com
ManuE:. PNo,
Allen-Bradlev: 2711R-T4T
Rev: Device Tag:
0 Date: O 1 U 1
6/14/2021
Job Number: Page# 1/1
BY. CG HBR8574
ection 6 Page

E100 Electronic Motor Overload Relay
�• Ti
� 1 s
cfl9 ��
Bulletin 193-1EF - Single- & Three-phase Devices
• Trip Class 10,15, 20, 30
• Manual or Automatic Reset
IM Allen-Bradley
. Nncx we LL AuiongTioN
CR U�
Mounting Options
Current Range ]A]
For Use With
Cal Ma•
IEC Contactors
0.1-0.5
100-CO9...C23
193-1EFAB
0.2..10
193-IEFBB
1.0- 5.0
193-IEFCB
32..16
193-IEFDB
5.4...27
103-IEFEB
5.4...27
100-C30...C55
193-IEFE D
11...55
193-IEFFU
20...10 0
100-C BO...C97
193 -1 EFG E
Electrical Specifications
Control Relay Ratings Motor/Load Ratings
Anr&M bd"6 AaXlhw
1Ratl"q
VLl,lll251L3,2111, QT2, 643
Standards Compliance
MR PLO. y N.C. Terminals
Type N enmats
Awe Faminal nir, OR,!—(SA22.2,
No. 60947-4-1
PROTherms cumeu 6me)
BM 59k Wh 2.5 k R31 UA Pares hrnhl'anwimge u,
MAC
EN 60947-4-1
Conlad 119ieb0hy
nY. SmA Paled Opeimwgwhage U, IEE
M.
Paled lr ialion YoltKi, (it.)
MAC Rated Opnmingwhage Oa UL
SON AC
UL 60947-4-1
Rnled Operating wN9K Ule3IEC
56VAC Pass -the slyle6erires
GBf114048.4-2010
Rated Operating Lt]AeieW UL
NOV AC AatN lreulallanwluge Ul
my IC
8600-3Aio,;2GVACI15h(,124UVAC1 11'KJOpnathgVahageu iEE
IaOYAG
51/T11364,GB/126572,SJ/1
Rmed Opaadng Cunmt ltj
coon. a A(6n120V AC 4 aCsaln124ov Acl AalLtl ope'amgwnageu Ul
smvAC
11398
Rmij 0.22 A{31125Y BCi. 0.11 A @25UY OCl 'Rated Impulse Village lUl,�1
6kV AC
rintmum Operadeq Current
10 w o, Sy DC Patty Operminq Curremy
see pege4
Rming 0nignellon
N.O. C600 / N.C.96001ACI P E Frequenry
45...85 Ne
X9.i Xc.liw Inc)
utihalkn cidequry
ACHISO 13
B800VARelinq
3600VA-W360110reak Environmental Specifications
CE00YARalinq
te00VA make i 1BOVA break AAX96irte
oeanoed Rnlnq Arxnaay NatNq
Rwo VA Meting
21AM make/ 2M break 9ri8ww17•w!•w�w
$[page
io...45 eC(io.. HhSopl
Cerliticalions
Oppmmq(open)m
-29_e659C(1._.148°F1
rpWs Listed -File Na. F14M
Overload Protection Opemnng(mdaed3 -20 M'CI-h-.M'FI-2R-rss^c(a._.m^FI
CEMarked
"'""'Airy
RCM notmedy C-tido
Anribmo 1111-0-9 Operating
5..95%Nen-conden6ng 62%rdali. humidry
Co. IN. WACE I Cat Xa t93-IEf, 9!!-IEF Oamp Hcat-Sieadv5late
A65
Typeel Riley
kwhientCampemmed Time Way P..loss Sanitise leer EC 6BB68-2-281 _
93%rdmiohurnidiry.40°Cp04°F156dap
RINA
Nawnm Relay
Sand scale vamp Heal - cecsc(per
93%relatne rumldlry. 25V40% In °Fn04 °Fl 71
pNY(GL
FLAsellinq
WHY Uial IFC 60O68-2-301
Cycles
UP Paling
120, FIA COO nq Method
Nelunl mnratlon
[CC
Trip Win10.20
Vibrati
1p,y5,2q,39 pcOI, 9lper IEC BB-261
Opermiig3G
N(
Resat Mode
Manual Wtmark a Raney Shock (per IEC 68-2.27%
pperdinq 30G
MC
Auto Peseo scars at A%TCu power wnena ned operaYmg
fm2minmeswhensdrpowerd ryae�mnm mhwac
2COOm
Environmental Protection Use Perlod 25
andoatl Pesd
Lend
venal Revel ran occaan0me bypressineum manual pmm�onrnal.-rn,
Po6mlon0agrw3
(China RoHS)
fpudun1gl
Fxmm�lc PesxlFxn irlpuslcanenMoaur aelox m%rtu. 0egreeW PrpeVllon
ego [hall of permit IP20
MoroccoR ulalor Certification
e9 Y
EL9MECH
Rev: a
Device Tag:
,A&'777'
i INC
Date:
O U
630-499-7080•—W.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
ManuE:. PNo,
By.
Job Number:
F.1:9,116
Allen-Bradlev: 193-1EFCB
CG
HBR8574Pageso

Bulletin 800T/H
30.5 mm Push Buttons
Emergency Stop Operators
2-Position Red Trigger Action Twist -to -Release, Non -Illuminated
• Tamper resistant - f p tbf-panel mounting and non -removable operator head
• Compliant with gbbal E-stop st dald4, irlc[uding FN JSC 13850 and EN 60947-5-5
14 40
Q&
C.L Na Wff-? XJE76 Cal. Ale. 9007 TFXLEM CA Na aper-MM
SM �& Ind Allen-Bradley
Opn PaMtlon
rype 4A3
Type4/4x/13
45 mm Pastic
1 61 mm R4afal
KaY Ralaaas
A5 mm Plastic
Confect Type
w
h
Cal Na.e4
c t No..§
Cet. No..•
Cat No.--t
Nn mntacb
a0T-TFxye
a0ar-TFIRT6
eOaRTF9Xa
970H-TFlixTa
1 MC_
8mF%TED2 T-T
✓ID01T-TF%LT02
R001-TRK802
81%1H-TFRV6D2
i N 0_ - 1 N C_
MX0
aOOT•TFItTaASMCA-
arorrc- 1en45
MoTo tPwaw
acmrc_ FWA04S
I AWHC-TFR Mis
hngw-sale content hock ta—. acid a C to the ral. — c.empb Cat No. RMTC-TFXT6 w AWHC-TFp%T6_
nrdw a d� weh a Nmbd 180 mm) plastic Iwad atltl Me bner Jana X Ee npb: Cat Np. SOOT-TFYJT04 w 800H-TFRN.ITM
order Cal. N. HOOT-TF%JET6 pr 8MH-TFR%JETfi_
io wdn Cat Na 800TC-TF%LEr8nA5_
a Pro,dw x h tw. D018 keys,
- 3e11-mpMwi 7 cwrteR blp Jc.
800 T — T
a b
a
Protection Ratio
Coca
oescnptidl
T
Metal. type 4/13
N
Plastic. T e 4/4XJ13
b
Fnger-Safe Guards
Code
Descnptw
Rlank
I
N. guattls
C
Guards on temtaals
r
Head TAt
SOOT
4Ap3
Code
Description
am"
4TV"3
Coda
FX
Standard 145 mm) mushroom head
FR%
FXJ
Jumbo (60 mm) mushroom head
FRXJ
FXJE
Jumbo (60 mm) mushroom head with'E-STOP"
FRXJE
FXK
45 mn mushroom head key release
FXL
63 mm andd'�o alanmum head
FXLE
63 mm anodized A-- head wrth'E-STOP•
d
Release Function
Carla Color
efartk I Key rM--X
T I Twise release
Met' x = Closetllo = open
K Configurable Doty wW, FXK head type
Mr. i E LEM EC2
630-499-7080 --w.elemechinc.com
ManuC,.PNo,
Allen-Bradlev: 800H-TFRXT6D2
FX T 6 D2
C d e
A
Standards Compliance
UL 506
CCC
Certifications
UL Listed
(File No. E14840, E70314
Guide No, NKCR, NON)
CSA CArt'dted
(File No. LR1234, LF111924)
CSA C22.2, No. 14
ENAEC: 60947.5-1
GIXrtBrit efpck(s1
Coda
out
Position
Descdpbon
In
BWt
No contacts on operator
Standard
01
O
x
1 N.O.
02
X
0
1 N-C,
O/
X
0
1 NGLR.
A
K
x
1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
Al
X
Ox
1 N.O. - 1 N.C.L8.
AS
X
00
2 N,C.LB.
PBnTUFF)Low )
01V
0
x
1 N.O.
02V
x
O
1 N.C.
D4V
X
O
1 N.C.LB.
AV
X
O
1 N.O. - 1 N-C-
Cless 1. Div. ZrZone 2
Logic Reed
b1R
O
x 1 N-0.
02R
X
O 1 N.C.
AR
X
1 N.O. -1 NC
Seated Switch
D1P
O
x 1 N.O.
D2P
x
O 1 N.C.
O
X
x 1 N.O.
0 1 N.C.
SlarJlehls Sealed Switch
D1Y
O
X
1 N-O-
02Y
X
0
1 N.C.
AY
X
O
1 N.O. - 1 N.C.
Rev: 0 1
Device Tag:
Date: P B 1
6/14/2021
Job Number-
By- CG HBR8574
ection 6 Page

Accessories
sP o� Allen-Bradley
tap30.5
mm Push Buttons
Shallow Block Pen7UFF- (Low voltage) Logic Reed Block
sealed Switch Wock Stackable Sealed
Contact Block
Switch Black
P-TUFF
Logic Reed
Sealed
Stackable Sealed
Shallow Block—
)Low Voltage) Bill It.-
Blockl
Switch Blocltj
Switch Blocq
Contact Type
Cat W.
Code
CaL No.
Code
I CaL No.
Code
cat. No.
Code
Cat No.
Code
1 N.O.
118BFxcl
D
8t107-%D1v
H
9GRr-XD1R
v
NOT.xolp
R
8WT-%UIY
5
1 N.C-
W"-XD2
E
awr-%ow
U
OW-XD2A
w
WOT-XD2P
S
Wff XD2Y
6
1 N.O.P.M.
90aFXD3
G
600rr-xo3v
I
1 N.C.LB.
90a6XD4
J
800T-xo4v
O
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 N.O. - N.C.
BaBT-XA
A
aW7-XAY
F
GMT XAR
T
a807-XAP
P
a001'-XAY
7
2 N.O.
880'r-XA2g
M
—
—
800LXA2R5
Y
—
—
808T-XA2Y
8
2 N.C-
88Dr-XA4
N
—
—
8apr--XA4R
2
—
—
RWr--XMY
9
1 N.QLB. - 1
-
1 N.C.LB. - 1 N.C.
88Br-xA7
C
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
-
Note: Modular sAix cad. can be used when specifying selector swhches with multiple contact blocks.
Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings
PenTUFFT" (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings
Minimum DC: 5V, 1 mA Minimum: 5V, 10 mA (digital); 24V, 1 mA (analog)
Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 2.5 A AC/1.0 A DC. Bulletin Maximum continuous current iu 2.5 A. Bulletin SOOT units have
800T units with BOOT-XAV contacts have ratings as follows: control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows:
Max. opertnl Utilization Category Rated Operational Currents Max Opertnl Utilization Category Rated operational Currents
volts a IEC NEMA Volts Uc Make Break Volts U.
IEC NEMA Volts U. Make Break
AC -15 C300120'-'300 1800VA 118.0VA
AC 300
-1C300120.3DO 1800VA 180VA
AC
0.120 15A 5A
0...120 15A 1.5A
24...150 2BVA
DC 150 DC-13 R150 DC 150
DC 13 0150 24...150 6WA
0...24 1.0 A
0...24 2.5 A
MaxDuty, Contact Rating
Maximum thermal continuous current Ill, 24 A.
Pilot Duty — 120V AC, 12 A; 24V DC, 10 A
Motor Ratings — 120V AC, 1.5 Hp; 240V AC, 3 Hp; 24V DC,
10 A FLA/60 A LRA
Logic Reed Contact Ratings
Minimum — DC: 5V, 1 mA
Maximum — DC: 30V, 0.06 A, AC: 15OV, 0.15 A
Should only be used with resistive loads.
Product Certifications
Certifications
UFVUL, CSA, CCC, CE
Standards Compliance — CE Marked
NEMA ICS-5; UL 508. EN ISO 13850. EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-5
�j ELgMECH
a
Device Tag:
p g3
Date:
630-499-7080 • www.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
Manuf.:.PNo.
ey.CG
Job Number:
T.1:9,116
Allen-Bradley: 800T-XD2
HBR8574
Page 52

30.5 mm Push Buttons
S� Allen-Bradley
800 T — A 1
a b C d e
a d
Prpta4tien Rating Cobr cep
Geda Desedptlon Cafe Oasenp0m
T Mehl, Type 4/13 0 Used ony when wtlwing
H Plasgc,T U4M3 Opembr Type UWDH%
Green
b z Black
Finger -Sale Guerds 3 Oranges
Code Description Cclw C_
" Ne guards DBet-P
C mGuercls on tenninals 4 Greys
C 5 V0r e�
Operates Type S Red
80pT 800H 7 Blue
Type Dnsedptim Type 9 WIpW
4113 4/4%l13
Coda ends e
A Flushhead AR ac Spyl MUShmmr Head
B Extended head BR �� Oa¢r1P0m
D Mushroom head DR J5 Jumbo mushrodn heed —
Mushroom Head phM
� less col�rcap OW( L§ Jumbpmushnpmhead—
�� metal
guertled head csR Nate: Special mushroom head
Booted heatl Ri epti, enlyapplyte
mushroom head ope - I
rype code ONn (table 0
A
f
IF
Contxt Blmk(s)
Code
I Description
Blank
No cmtacts
Slarld.d
D1
INO-
D2
1 N.C.
D3
1 N.O.E.M.
04
1 N-C-LB.
D5
1 N.O.(Min]
DB
1 N.C-(kfnQ
Al
1 N.C-L.B--1 N.O.
A2
2 N.04
A4
2 N.C.
A7
1 N.C.L8.-1 N.C.
Specifications-
leepmeal
Contact raen95 RMer tp ins cd4acl Iaetgs taboo m page 10-4.
pelagic 51mrg[h 2200V for arse minute. 13g0V for one mirwte ILagk Reedl
IDII cal dealgn life cycles 1 O00 Op0 a1 mu.. tared laid. 2110 C00 at maa, rated bad (Logic Heed)
Certifications
UL Listed
(File No. E14B40, E10314
Guide No. NKCR, NON)
CSA Certified
(Fire Ne. LR1234, LRI 1924)
CSA C22.2, No. 14
Abrmlon
10...2000I , 1.52 mmdieplacanent (peas-b-peaty rraxl
10 G max. (except Loge Reed
Shock
In yds care wave br 11 ee .25 G (wntar:l 1,,,641 artl m damage st 100 G
ner)es of proLaction
Type 114112113 (BOOT); Type 1M43/12/13 ("H). ENAEC 66 IP6
Metlswi'cak d®ign life cyrJ®
10 OOn 000 mk:.
P h brmena
(Moment
(Momentary, xluminateal
930 Onn mb.
(Ptel}Pu1Nw:s1-lo-release]
250 Ono mLn.
3elec<w Sw+tchea
(Nan-nluminalxdl
1 nOn OOn min_
(lllumineletl. rNadl
200 000 mn.
Pelertiwrrbre
250n0 min.
A 01her desks
2m 33b mk.
�Idad a�mbn
shallow, minl. Nd 1p.>`w uiw contact %bear, slow, dpuae make and ereaa
Le9cRsea end salad switch cwrcan blocky' Single Creek m e5c
1Yae gsuge/pwmi:rel axew tar9ue
418-. i4 AWG lxla_.l P Max nmvl! e.. a -in
Typkal operetug times
Opemtxm wnhaa canon blacks
Flesh, ameMed hmen, stardom mushmpm, 1m plane miahhrowm 2 mm_
Jumbo and mrtendad aluminum mushroom head: 3% Es mra_
MaiMeined seleclw swildl: 3b'ns11, mmr.
Spdrg return sekdn swhohes
36 inelb Ic slap 112 in -lb b mtlm
IIhmY:aletl push bu0wm end p:eh-U,-teat pill fiwft
5 b rmx.
2-poeilim ah-pua
5.0111 mu. push or pull
&pminim pull:-pri
a Ib nmx. P: to in Position w P141 m o 1n Position (13 R, max pW to a.4 position)
Twte1-to+slaaae w glary-pWl
9 bs rnae. puan w Ppl 30 inyi max- tykt, 6 kroz minimwn re(snn
PgenewriSlsr
RotaSwRu 1gr9ue 3_.12 ham; stalspirg lwgue lg bNb fmbim.4ml
Cdxad hocks
S�daa
1 b
Logic Read
l b—.
Sealed srritM
3 b rrex. at 0.205 n_ purger trarN
Statksbk aeekd awilph
1 b ntax.
M Ddy
1 A R, nrex
F-TUFF
1A b nrex
Sell W-0
1A b
Opwetlrg
40....131'F 140.--a55'C1
Tengars[ue mge
Staege
'F (40...a955'C1
Naas Opemling iempwaturm below Ireezing am based m
0:e abaenw d mddwe sd ligdds. Cwmdi yaw kcal
Rot ti lwtonre0on sales Dance w aDDIIcat
d'e46u1or Id use in bwel tempxaNre epplkel4om.
Homdily
50...RH irorrl 77...140'e
125...60'C) Par Procedure IV of MIL-STD-910C,
Metlmd 507.1 cycling test
ELMECH
Rev: a
Device Tag:
A4 �yN�
PB3
Date:
630-499-7080,—w.elemechinc.com
6/14/ )n )I
Manu.,, PNG!
Job Number: Page# 1/1
Allen-Bradlev: 800H-AR2D1 ey. CG HBR8574 ection6Pa

RM22TR33
Schneider
Modular 3-phase control relay, 8 A, 2 CO,
O E l e c t r i c
380...480 V AC
Main
Range of product
Zelid Control
Product or component type
Modular measurement and control relays
•
•
Relay type
Control relay
•
Phase
3 phase
.•
Relay name
RM22TR
Relay monitored parameters
Overvoltage and undervodage detection
•
Phase sequence
Phase failure detection
Time delay type
Adjustable 0.1...30 s, +1. 10 % of the full scale value on crossing the threshold TI
Switching Capacity in VA
2000 VA
Measurement range
380_480 V voltage AC
Complementary
Reset time
1500 ms at maximum voltage
Maximum switching voltage
250 V AC
Minimum switching current
10 mA 5 V DC
Maximum switching Current
8 A AC
[Us] rated supply voltage
380.. 480 V AC
Supply voltage limits
304...576 V AC
Operating limits
• 20 %+ 20 % Un
Power consumption in VA
15 VA 480 V AC 60 Hz
Voltage detection threshold
< 10D V AC
Supply voltage frequency
50...60 Hz +1- 10 %
Output contacts
2 C/O
Nominal output current
8 A
Setting a=mcy of the switching
+/- 10 % of the fir• sole
threshold
Setting accuracy of time delay
lop
Time delay drift
— 0.05 % per degree Centigrade depending permissible ambient air temperature
— 1 %within the supply voltage range
Hysteresis
2 %fixed selectable
Run-up delay at power -up
650 ins
Maximum measuring cycle
150 m9 measurement cycle es true rms value
Threshold adjustment voltage
2.,20 % of Un selected
Voltage range
3841 480 V phase to phase
Repeal accuracy
+I- 0.5 % input and measurement circuit
+1- 3 % time delay
Measurement error
� 1 % over the whole range with voltage variation
a 005 %f°C with temperature variation
Response time
— 300 me
Overvoltage category
III IEC 60664.1
III UL Solt
Insulation resistance
> 100 MOhm 500 V DC IEC 60255.27
Mounting position
Any position
Connedions - terminals
Screw terminals, 2 x 0-5_2 x 2.5 min' AWG 20 AWG 14) solid without cable end
Screw terminals, 2 x 0.2...2 x 1.5 mm' AWG 24.. AWG 16) flexible with Cable end
Screw terminals, 1 x 0.5...1 x 3.3 min' AWG 20.. AWG 12) solid without cable end
Suety terminals. 1 x 0.2...1 x 2.5 min' AWG 24.. AWG 14) flexible with cable end
Tightening torque
5.31...8.85 Win (0.6...1 N.m) IEC 60%47-1
0.1i ELgMECN
Rev:
0
Device Tag:
P F R 1
Date:
630-499-7080.www.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
n9inuf:. Plvo,
_BY.
Y
Job Number:
Page
1 ;
Telemecanicue:
RM22TR33
CIS
HBR8574
q.H

Housing material
Self -extinguishing plastic
Schneider
;o
Status LED
Relay ON LED Yellow)
E I e c t i i c
Power ON LED Green)
Mounting support
35 mm DIN rail ENIIEC 60715
Electrical durability
100000 cycles
•
•
Mechanical durability
10000000 cycles
•
Utilisation category
AC-15 IEC 60947-5-1
DC-13 IEC 60947-5-1
AC-1 IEC 609474-1
DC-1 IEC 609474-1
Safety reliability data
MTTFd - 388.1 years
B10d - 350000
Contacts material
Cadmium free
Maximum Width
0.89 in (22.5 mm)
Net Weight
0.20 lb(US) (0.09 kg)
Environment
Immunity to micnobreaks
10 ms
Electromagnetic compatibility
Immunity for residential, commercial and IigMyrrdusdial environments ENIEC 01000fr1
Immunity for industrial environments ENIIEC 61000-fi-2
Emission standard for residential, commercial and fight -industrial environments ENIIEC 61000-6-3
Emission standard for Industrial environments ENIIEC 610o0-6-4
Electrostatic discharge 6 kV contact discharge)level 3 IEC 610004-2
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV air discharge)level 3 IEC 61000-4-2
Radiated radio -frequency electromagnetic field immunity test 10 Vimlevel 3 IEC 610004-3
Electrical fast transienllburst Immunity test 4 kV direct)level 4 IEC 61000-44
Electrical fast transiendburst immunity test 2 W capacitive coupling)Ievel 4 IEC 61000-44
Surge immunity test 4 kV common mode)level 4 IEC 61000-4-5
Surge immunity test 2 kV differential mode)Ievel 4 IEC 61000-4-5
Conducted and radiated emissionsciass R group 1 CISPR 11
Conducted and radiated emissionsdass B CISPR 22
Standards
EWIEC 602551
Product certifications
CSA
CCC
EAC
China RoHS
RCM
CIE
GL
UL
Ambient air temperature for storage
40...158 -F (40...70 -C)
Ambient air temperature for operation
4...172 T (-20... 50 "C) 60 Hz
4...140 T (-20... 60 °C) 50 Hz AC/DC
Relative humidity
93...97 % 77...131 T (25...56 °C) IEC 60068-230
Vibration resistance
0.075 mm 10...58.1 Hz) not in operation IEC 60068-2-6
1 gn 10...58.1 Hz) not in operation IEC 60068-2-6
0.035 mm 68.1...150 Hz) in operation IEC 60068-2-6
0.5 gn 58.1...150 Hz) in operation IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance
15 gn 11 ms) not in operation IEC 60068-2-27
5 gn 11 ms) in operation IEC 60068-2-27
IP degree ofprotection
IP20IEC 60529terminals)
IP40 IEC 60529 housing)
IP50 IEC 60529 front panel)
Pollution degree 3 IEC 60664-1
3 UL 508
Dielectric test voltage 2.5 kV AC 50 Hz,1 min IEC 60255-27
. EL gMECH Date: 0 Device Tag:
P F R 1
630-499-7080 • www.clemechinc.com
6/14/2021-F
Manuf:.'No: Job Number: agen
Telemecanique: RM22TR33 By. CG HBR8574 2 2

MicroLogix"' 1400 / 1766 Allen-Bradley
Small Programmable Logic Controller c&US I
Overview
The new Allen-Bradley* MicroLogix'" 1400 from Rockwell Automation
complements the existing MicroLogix family of small programmable logic
controllers. MicroLogix 1400 combines the features you demand from
MicroLogix 1100, such as EtherNet/IP, online editing, and a built-in LCD,
plus provides you with enhanced features, such as: higher I/O count, faster
High Speed Counter/PTO and enhanced network capabilities "
Take advantage of the built-in LCD with back lighting to set the Ethernet
network configuration, display floating point values on a user configurable
display, display OEM logos at startup and read or write any binary, integer
and long file elements in the data table. Controllers without embedded
analog come with 32 digital I/O count, while analog versions have 32
digital 1/0 and 6 analog 1/0. All versions can be expanded using up to
seven 1762 1/0 modules - the same I/O modules that MicroLogix 1100
and 1200 utilize.
Three embedded communication ports provide you with superior
communications capabilities. MicroLogix 1400 offers an isolated
RS232C/RS485 combination port; a non -isolated RS232C port; and an
RJ-45 port for 10/ 100 Mbps EtherNet/IP peer -to -peer messaging.
Similar to the rest of the MicroLogix family, MicroLogix 1400 is
programmed with RSLogix 500 programming software (Version S.1 and
above) as well as new RSLogix Micro programming software.
�j �LEMECH Dot ' 0 Device Tag:
P LC1
fi30-499-7080 •www.elemechinc.com
fi/14/2021
Manuf.:. PNo: Job Number: Page n
Allen-Bradlev: 1766-L32AWA By. CG HBR8574 iq_j/2 SF

Allen-Bradley
N icroLop
17661326WA
1766•L32AWA
1766-L32BXB
1766-132BWAA
1766
L32AWAA
1766132BXBA
Inpurl'o—r
120/240VAC
24VDC:
I 120/240VAC
24VD('
As
Memory
non-volarilc battery backed RAM
User Program ! Uscr Data Space
10 K / I OK configurable
Data Logging / Recipe Storage
128 K (without Rccipc) / up to 64 K (ahcr subtracting Data Logging)
Battery Ruck -up
Yes
Rack -up Memory Modulc
Yes
Digital Inputs
(12)Fast 24VDC
(8) Normal 24VDC
(20)120VAC
(8) Normal 24VDC
(12)Fast24VDCM(,)
(20)120VAC
(12)Fav 24VDC
(9) Normal24VDC
Diginl Outputs
(12) Relay
(12) Rclac
(6) Relay
(3) Fast DC(12)
(3) Normal DC(3)
Relay
(6) Rclay
(3) Fast DC
Normal DC
Analog Inputs / Outputs
None
spurs / (2) Voltage Outputs
Scrial I'orrs
(I)RS232C/RS485' . (1)RS232C'
Scrial PmrocoL,
DFI Full Duplcx,DFI FUfDuplc-Mwct/Slavc,DFI Radio Modern
DHA85. Modbus RTU Mastcr/Slavc, ASCII, DIN 3 Slavc
Ethernet Ports
(1) 10/ 100 EcherNedl P pot[
Ethernet Protocols
FcherNccYIP mewgingonly
Trim potentiometers
2 Digital
HighHz
Up to 6ehanael,@
N/A
Upro 6.hand,e
100kHz
Up,.6.homed,
IOOkHz
N/A
Up 6ehannL]I
100WH
Real Time Clock
Yes. embedded
PI D
Y , (limited by loop and,rack memory)
PWM/PTO
3 channel PTO
000Wz)\PWM
(40kHz)
N/A
3 channel PTO
(IOOkHz)\PWM
(401LHz)
Dual Axis Servo control
1-hmughcmbcddcd
PTO
N/A
Through cmbcddcd
PTO
Embedded LCD
lcs
Hoaring Point Math
Yes
Online Editing
Y"
era Opting Temperature
-20' C to+60 •C
Stonge Temperature
-40°C(or -30'C)as+8i C
- ELEMECH
630-499-7elemechinc.com
080 • �W
0
Device Tag:
PLC 1
Date:
6/14/2021
ManuE:. PNo:
Allen-Bradlev:1766-L32AWA
ay. CG
Job Number:
HBR8574
Page p
2 2

Sync DIN Rail Power Supply
a
24V 30W 1 Phase (NEC Class 2)1 DRS-24V30W1 NZ AELTA
Model Number: DRS-24V30W1NZ
Unit Weight: 0.11 kg (024 lb)
ff(ffN(lffll
Dimensions (L x W x D): 75 x 21 x 89.5 mm
f
(2.95 x 0.63 x 3.52 inch)
, =
Safety Standards
r
CE Au us °L�- L-Z�
�1141fp".
CB Certified for "HdAde use
f f If
I
Sync DIN Rail Power Supply
Model Number Input Voltage Range Rated
Output Voltage Rated Output Current
DRS-24V30W1NZ 85-264Vac(120-375Vdc) 24VJc
1.25A
Model Numbering
DR 5— 24V 30W
1 N Z
DIN Rail Product Series Output Voltage Output Power
Single Phase NEC Class 2 Without DC OK
S — Sync Series
Relay Contact
Specifications
Input Ratings ! Characteristics
Nominal Input Voltage 100-240Vac
Input Voltage Range 85-264Vac
Nominal Input Frequency 50-60Hz
Input Frequency Range 47-63Hz
DC Input Voltage Range' 120-375Vdc
Input Current < 0.55A @ 115Vac, < 0.35A @ 230Vac
Efficiency, at 100% Load > 87.5 % @ 115Vac, > 88.0 % @ 230Vac
Max Power Dissipation 0% load < 0.5W @ 115Vac & 230Vac
100% load < 4.5W @ 115Vac & 230Vac
Max Inrush Current (Cold Start) < 20A @ 115Vac, < 40A @ 23DVac
Leakage Current < 0.5mA @ 264Vac
(Neutral to PE terminal)
'Fulfills test condifions for oc input. safety approval fm Do input ran Ee omained upw requestRev.
�j ELgMECH
0
Device Tag:
Psi
pat
080 • www
630-499-7-elemechinc-com
6/14/2021
ManuE:. PNo:
Delta: DRS-24V30W1NZ
sy- CIS
Job Number:
HBR8574
Paso

Output Ratings/ Characteristics"
Nominal Output Voltage
24Vdc
Factory Set Point Tolerance
24Vdc d:2 %
Output Voltage Adjustment Range
24-28Vdc •
•
Output Current
1.25A (30W max.)
Output Power
30W
Line Regulation
c 0.5% (® 85-264Vac, 100% load)
Load Regulation
a 1.0% 85-264Vac, 0-100% load)
PARD— (20MHz)
< 75mVpp A > 0°C to 70°C
c,=pp @ O°C to -20'C
Rise Time
c 30ms @ nominal input (100% load)
Start-up Time
c 2,500ms @ 115Vac (100% load)
< 1,000ms Q 230Vac (100% load)
Hold-up Time
> 20ms @ 115Vac (100% load)
i > 100ms @ 230Vac (100% load)
Dynamic Response (Overshoot & Undershoot O1P Voltage)
t 5% (a] 85-264Vac input, 0-100% load
(Slew Rate: 0.1AIpS, 50% duty cycle @ 5Hz to 1 KHz)
Start-up with Capacitive Loads
3,000VF Max
"For power de -rating from <-10`C to -2TG. and 55T to 70'C, see poker de -rating on page 3.
" PARD Is measured vain an AC coupling mode, 5cm wires, and in parallel with 0.1 pF ceramic
capacitor & 47pF eleclmlydo capacitor_
Mechanical
Case Cover 1 Chassis
Plastic
Dimensions (L x W x D)
75 x 21 x 89.5 mm (2.95 x 0.83 x 3.52 inch)
Unit Weight
0.11 kg (0.24 lb)
Indicator
Green LED (DC OK)
Cooling System
Convection
Terminal Input
3 Pins (Rated 30OV116A)
Output
2 Pins (Rated 30OV116A)
Wire Input Output
AWG 22-121 AWG 20-12
Mounting Rail
Standard TS35 DIN Rail in accordance with EN 60715
Noise (1 Meter from pourer supply)
Sound Pressure Level (SPL) < 25dBA
Environment
Surrounding Air Temperature Operating
-20'C 1o+70'C (Cold start at AO'C ® 40% load)
Storage
-40'C 1o+65-C
Power De -rating
-10'C to -20'C de -rate power by 2% 1 °C
> 55°C de -rate power by 3.33%1'C
Operating Humidity
5 to 95% RH (Non -Condensing)
Operating Altitude
0 to 2,000 Meters (6,560 H.)
Shock Test Non -Operating
IEC60068-2-27, Half Sine Wave: 5OG for a duration of 11 ms;
3 times per direction, 9 times in total
Operating
IEC 60068-2-27, Half Sine Wave: 1 OG for a duration of 11ms;
1 time in X axis
Vibration Non -Operating
ILC 60068-2-6, Random: 5-50OHz; 2.09Gms, 20 min per axis
for all X, Y, Z directions
Operating
ILC 60068-2-6, Sine Wave: 10-50011z; 2G peak; displacement
of 0.35mm; 1 octave per min; 60 min per axis for all X. Y, Z
directions
Pollution Degree
2
- ELEMECH
Rev: 0
Device Tag:
ter.
PSI
Date:
630-499-7080--w.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
Manuf.:. PNo:
Delta: DRS-24V30W1NZ
By: CG
Job Number:
HBR8574
Page N
iq_t2/3.�Q

Protections
Overvoltage
< 34.BV, SELV Output, Latch Mode
Overload 1 Overcurrent
105-160% of rated load current, Hiccup Mode,
Nor1-Latching (Auto -Recovery)
Over Temperature
< 75"C Surrounding Air Temperature @ 100% load,
Latch Mode
Short Circuit
Hiccup Mode, Non -Latching
(Auto -recovery when the fault is removed)
Internal Fuse
T3.15A
Degree of Protection
IP20
Protection Against Shock
Class I with PE' connection
RE'. Primary Eajh
Reliability Data
MTBF Telocrdia SR-332
> 7DO,000 hrs UP: 115Vac & 23OVac,
O/P: 100% load, Ta: 25°C
MIL-HDBK-217F
260,000 firs IlP: 115Vac & 231[)Vac,
DIP: 100% load, Ta: 25"C
Expected Cap Life Time
10 years (115ac & 230Vac, 50 % load Q 40°C)
Safety Standards ! Directives
Safety Entry Law Voltage
SELV (EN 60950)
Electrical Safety TUV Bauart
EN 60950-1
ULlcUL recognized
UL 60950-1. CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 (File No. El91395)
CB Scheme
IEC 60950-1, Limited Power Source (LIPS)
Industrial Control Equipment UUcUL listed
UL 508 and CSA C22.2 No. 107.1-01 (File No. E315335)
Class 2 Power Supply UL1cUL recognized
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950.1(File No. E191395)
CE
In conformance with EMC Directive 200411081EC and Low
Voltage Directive 20061951EC
Material and Parts
RoHS Directive 2011/651EU Compliant
Galvanic Isolation Input to Output
3.OKVac
Input to Ground
3.0KVac
Output to Ground
0.51Nac
Dimensions
L x W x D: 75 x 21 x 89.5 mm [2.95 x 0.83 x 3.52 inch]
� ro
O 91
�.-
rn N
u
A—
O
D 1:0 LO
r` r`
.®,
RENEE
21.0 5.5
89.5 [3,521
[0,831 [0.2171
So'k ELgMECH
Rev:
0
Device Tag:
�rw.
Psi
Date:
630-499-7080•www.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
ManuE:. PNo:
By.
Job Number:
Page n 3
3
Delta: DRS-24V30W1NZ
CG
HBR8574

30.5 mm Push Buttons
Selector Switches
800 T
— J
a b
C
a d
Protection Rating
Coda Oescripion KnoWLever Type Cperel
Metal. Type 4/13
SYandad Knob
N Rastic, T 4/dX/t3
R a
operator Functii
MainlninM
b
+ring ret
Fnger-$ab Guerd4
5
50'a relom tram
rode
o4acnvrop
s pm lmm
&a,k
Na Boards
Knob Lwer-
C IGuards
m nala
Cade
Opera or Functii
17
Manlained
C
SMn9 return Horn
Knob lnaed Calera
19
9pdre return rmm
600T B00H
20
Spring r.m horn
Typo
oescd
TYPe
Metal Wing Lever'a
{A$
p lion
s/4K/13
Coda
Ovare[or Functi
CWa
Code
Maintained
J
White
JR15
Spring return horn
J%
Pxkn of
JAX
SPdrg return rmn
cpkxed inbeder
141
Spdrq Ktad horn
Mn�win
Lwarcoloraa:
ennsimz
Cade
Cdw
Coda
Cade
O ter Furrcii
.l4
Ratl
10
3 do an from
Specifications.
2
C
d e
f
e {cortt'dJ
f (cont'd)
camaMionTe
camecl elccxsw
;atla OeserlPtlon
Code OescdPtlen
KCt KCt cam
&enk Noce
KC1 _
I, Oa. a2me2
�Le9u Reed
KOi KO]wm
rF/§ KE1 tern
pp 1 N.O. -1 N.C.
IBWT-XiR
K01 K0l pale
on while sitle
2�fi6pXARs-
Ji1S 13i1 Lan
BR 1 an whit IdPJ1 on DNpx
3iI§ 1(R]wm
side
RIS
KT1 ran
Sealed 6wilch
mg
K1T �
ne skp
311} KUl can
BP
�AOOT-1UPs—
en hlt ,I —an hlmx
cpntaneloaa
:ode 0� riP>•un
gait No contacts on opera[
3lackahN
3ealetl 3wKch
A
Sundertl
tNO.-1 WC.
skis
Ay
1�OOT-%aYm Wile sitla
BY
2AOfiT-%AYB—
Ion wM1he sitla/l on black
side
e
-2 N.C.
RRpp{_gAs—
1 on whRe sitl,Y1 an bbck
eda
.one irwcd al �hcclgr cdma,
gNaL orange. rep,aN YeItPW6
aOnly availebleon Bul BOOT, Type
lm(L.v w)
a 1 N.O. -1 N.C.
AV
s
M13 operators.
T n an pyerlap ram Is raquheQ
wK Mr 1oca1 dlslYlDNp.
2 N,O. -2NC
2dgeF.WVs—
BY
1 on white ska/I an Dlack
sue
§ Not bk'xilh wing levers.
•See 1. 11, tern selmtlp,e
and assmaked droets.
Allen-Bradley
Mbration
10...2000 tC 1.52 mm dwlatanent (peak-tv-peaW mwtl
10 G w,n. 1u W Leg, Read)
$heck
1/2 cyCe s 25 G (coma, hagaityl end m eantage a t W G
sogree or pmtectwn
Type 1/6/12/1318001): Tyya 11414VI2113 IBOOHI: EW1EC 611528 IPWp
Mechanical design Ida cycles
10380000 min_
P-h bultms
(Marentay. mn-Igimliretetl)
IMonrnfay, gxmbabedl
250 am mn_
(Push-pugkaist-ta-.gapp)
250 000 —
Selectsswkehes
iNar1-Ilhwninaledl
1 OW 000min.
limnrted.
2W 000 mb.
PGendgmeters
25 ow eirL
.M p mr devipas
2l%I 000ll hm
Contact operation
5hagow. . arre bw-va8age mdact bb B Sbw. emAle mare and bmak
Logic Reed art sealed switch � bxrcks. Single break magnetic
Wire eaigeRermirW screw torque
e1B_..14 AWG ieI B_ 1eMaz 0.M1y)/6_.9 b•n
Typical oPemdn9 forces
Op MIM wlfiW cmtact blp ks
Flush, rtended butivi. standard mushroom, jumbo *Btc m,shrmm- 2 IW max.
Jumbo are estendW alumirym mushroom head; 3 95 It. max.
MWrttarred sela:Om awg 36 br•Ib max.
Spin, return s 11OF switches
3.6 in•Ib to slop, 0.2 in•lb to ratan
Illumrngted Wsh bW— and push -to -test pilot fights
5lb nMK.
2-pov PuMl Jl
8.0 lb mw. Push or VWI
SPav PuM dl
a Ih — Prate b In pmltien a pal to mma patina. (15 b mar_ pug m eat pasitbnj
Twet-toyelease a —r PWl
9 bs rrmrL p�h a Pul W inroz max. heist, 6 n• midm reDarr
PWentiumata
Rdatiwal tv ,3...12 n-ur, stoppiry tarqua 12 n•Ib mmim )
CenMelM B
stagdad
1 ro
Logic heed
1 Ib mar.
Sealed s W tch
3 Ih nmc m 020.5 In. plunges trawl
St } a® .swbeh
11h—
MaxoJy
1.4 b —
PaHUW
1 A b Halt
Shc Moni1«i
1.6 6
T Ilnahae rrige Op, 9
slnmga
Mots Ope m tampxaheas b4ow fraevtg an Lased on
the ate re d moistue a,d liquids Onrwult yua teal
Rockwet fa .. h I sa{av ufPce a Allen�radlry
eismbina ry ass In tower tanpemtam applicatiarva_
Hunidgy
�j ELMECH
630-499-7080 • —W-elemechinc.com
ManuE:. PNo,
AI l e n-B ra d l ev: 800 H-J R2A
Certifications
UL Listed
(File No. E14ti40, E10314
Guide No. NKCR, NOIV)
CSA Ceitdad
(File No. LR1234, LR11924)
GSA C22.2, No. 14
Rev: Device Tag-
Date: 0 SS 1, 3,4
6/14/2021
Job Number: Page# 1/1
BY. CG HBR8574
action 6 Page 1

SOOT/H 30.5 mm
3-Position Selector Switch Devices, Non -Illuminated
800 T - 1 2 C
a b c d e f
a
Pmtection Rating Knob/Lever
Cade Description Stan,
T Metal, Type 4113 fftP7_
op,
H Plastic, Type 474X/13 b
Finger -Safe Guards
Code
Description
Blank
No guards
C
Guards on terminals
C
Knob Insert Colors
BOOT
4 113
Code
Description
BOOH
4/4X/l3
Code
J
White
JR
Jx
Packet of
colored inserts*
JRx
Metal Wing Lever Colorst
Code
Color
Code
JA
Red
—
JG
Grey
4 IFC „
d e f
Cam Optil
Code Description
Blank KB7 cam (std.)
KA1 KA1 cam
KA7 KA7 cam
• CE Marked
• CSA Certified —File Nos. LR1234, LR11924
• CSA C22.2 — No. 14
• EN/IEC 60947-5-1
• ENfIEC 60947-5-5
• EN ISO 13850
. UL Listed — File Nos. E14840, E10314; Guide Nos. NKCR, NOW, NISD
Table 1. Cam and Contact Block Functlonaltty Table
c&�
cml.�
c«•
coa..
Blmk
K87
Su Hrs
Code
5�•
V lama
KA1
KA7
KCl
KC?
Imt
NET
1(OI
K07
Knl
KM
KT7
KU7
A x
O O
11
11
O X
O
I X
O O
O O
x X
O O
11
if X
O X
x O
X X
O x
0 0%0
0
sooxoxooxooxooxooxooxxoxooxoozooxooxoxXO
O
XOOOOXO
O%%
0 0%
0
0 0
0 x
0 0%
X
0 0
0 0%%
O O
O 0
0 0%
IS o
O x
o x
0 0
x O
x 0
0 0
0 x
O X
O x
x O
O X
O O
x O
X x
O O
X x
ka
x x
X x 0
A X
O O
X O
O O
O X
O 0
x x
O O
0 O
x X
O O
X O
x X
O X
x O
x x
O x
O O
X O O
00xox00X00x00x00x00xx0x00xooxoox00x0x0
Axaox0000x00xx00xa000x00xx-6
xxoo0000x
eooxoxooxoxo0ooxoxoxxooxooxoxx00xxxxxo
W., x = Ul s wu = upon
,A FLgMECH
630-499-7080 •—w.elemechinc.com
Mane£:. PNo'
AI l e n-B ra d l ev: 800 H-J R5A
Rev: I Device Tag:
0
Date: SS2
6/14/2021
Job Number:
By:
CG HBR8574
Page # 1/1
amino A Pano 1

STP Series Pluggable
MPERS
Surge -Trap'
Expertise, our source of energy
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE
DIN -RAIL PLUGGABLE SPD FOR
`y 'u r
•
ANSIVUL 1449 TYPE 7 AND 2 APPLICATIONS
ct � -
•
•
RATINGS: APPROVALS;-
• ANSI/UL 1449 4th Edition,
• Volts (U,): 120-690VAC Type 1 Cpmponent Assembly
9„a.u,y uw-.•n ""0r""
•
o9311
SpD, File Ez17
Nominal Discharge Current
�'
I ANSI/IEEE C62.411, C62.41.2
Rating (n)' 10-20kA C62.45
i ..
• Surge Capacity: 75kA RoHS Compliant
:mos'ro ru + +r.rurn
Short -Circuit Current Rating S
pp,, P
M�oto
"
(SCCR):200kA ill$
GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Mounting: 35mm DIN.Rail operating&Storage Temperature:
—40°1te 85°C
Wire Range: 4-14AWG Solid / Stranded 10 Visual End of Life Indicator
REC= End of Life
Terminal Torque: 35,4ibs-in Remote End of Life Indicamr:
NU/NC Cry Contact
Degree of Rictedion: IP 20 Frequency:
50.60 Rz
Flammability: UL94VO
I -POLE, SINGLE-PHASE, 2-WIRE
Catalog Number NominalVoltage Maximum Continuous OptratinliVoltage (MCOV, VAcI V0112g0rctection Rating
STP720P0?[M) 1Z0 175 600
(VPR. C) '.P12,: ... mpl.g
SP07U175
1�
20
STP230P0J(M)
240 275 - -
600 -
SPo7U275
20
STP277P07IM!
277 320
coo
SP07U320
20
STP347PW(M]
347 42CI
B00
SP07U420
10
11112,301.1i[MI
1
120240 v5 - - 350 600 -
- 1800 9P07Ull5
20
STP480507(M)
240/480 275 550 coo
1200 SP07U275
20
t
DELTA.
STP240907(M)
240 - 275 - 550 903
1800 SP07U275
20
STP460007(M)
POLE,3.
4B0 550 1100 1500
3000 SP07U550
ID
CataloR Number
NominalVokage Maximum Continuous OporotirgVoRsige (MCOV, VAcj V.1t.g. Nct,,cti.n Rating
(VAC)
(VPR,VACI rep12cement plug
1.
JkAl
STP208Y07(MJ
120/208 175 350 600
71200 5P07U175
20
5TP480YW(M)
277/48U 320
640
1500
2500
5P07U320
ZU
STP600YU7(M)
347/600 420
- i"
1500 -
2500
SP07U420
10
STPG90YC?[M[
4001690 1550
1100
1503
2500
SPOJU550
10
ri ELgMEC►-►
Device Tag:
S U R 1
Date:0
630-499-7080 •www.elemechinc.com
fi/14/2021
By
Job Number:
Pagers
1q,1/2
Mersen: STP120P07
CIS
HBR8574

STP Series Pluggable McRse
Surge -Trap,
Expertise, our source of energy
^'�
P9
a
r"N
•
TMN •
""`_ _ •
�„ a,� I' •
1 Pole
0.69
ll.5
2 Pole
138
35
3 Pole
2,07
52 5
4 Pole
2.7G
70
WIRING DIAGRAMS
I -POLE, SINGLE-
Phwe,2-Wire
2-POLE'SPLIH Phase DELTA,
Phase,34ire 3-POLE, 3-3-Wire
3POLE. 3-Phase nELTA,
}Phase WYE,4-Wire
4-POLE, 3-Phase WYE, 4POLL, 3-Phase DELT,'.
5-Wire HIGH -LEG, S-Wire
�•aw
Single Phase SO
2 Wire +Ground 3W
Phase 3Phase I I.h.
re+Ground 3Wire + C round
3Phase Wye Hileg
4Wire +Gmun I Grounded Oeha
x
v
N
n
v
N
e
II N
REMOTE STATUS INDICATOR
6-
ST S.r— No r
Signal Wire Range #16to#3OAWG
o
common
NC a
a Terminal Torque 2.2lb-in
STPSeries
No
Common H
IQ Cont. between C.—NO Product Offline, Nat Protected
Cont. between Comm K Produa Online, Pmterted
NC t2
126YAC-3A maN
ST and STP Series: for remote indication, add M" to the
end or the cataiog number. For example, ST4803PYGM.
rpAjELE.MECH
Device Tag:
Date:
'
6/14/2021
630-499-7080 • www.elemechinc.com
S U R 1
Wanuf.:. PNo:
6y.
Job Number:
Page n
2 2
Mersen: STP120PO7
CG
HBR8574

Cutler -Hammer
Cutler -Hammer
E1:T'N
Control Power Transformers
�l
C&s
LISTED
Technical Data
Type Epoxy encapsulated windings
Standards
ANSIINEMA STA
Frequency 50160 Hz
UL 506
Insulation Class 105, 55`C temperature rise
Approvals
UL, file E46323
Terminals Pressure plate
CSA, file LR27533
Primary: 240 x 490, 230 x 460, 220 x 440 with Jumpers
Secondary: 120/1151110 with Fuse Clips for 13132 x 1-1/2 Fuses
VA
Dimensions (inches)
Weight
Dimensions(mm)
Weight
Wiring
Style
Lbs.
kg
Diagram A
Number
Height
Width
Depth
Height
Width
Depth
25
2-0/16
3
2-1/2
1.7
65
76
64
.8
1
00025E2A
50
2-9116
3
3
2.6
65
76
76
1.2
1
C0050E2A
75
2-9116
3
3-1/2
3.5
65
76
89
1.6
1
C0075E2A
100
2-7/8
3-3(8
3-3A
4.2
73
86
86
1.9
1
0010CE2A
150
3-3116
3-3/4
4
6.7
81
95
102
3.0
1
00150E2A
200
3-13/16
4-1/2
4
8.5
97
114
102
3.9
1
00200E2A
250
3-13/16
4-1/2
4-3/8
10.0
97
114
ill
4.5
1
00250E2A
3W
3-13110
4-1/2
4-3/4
11.3
97
114
121
5.1
1
C0300EZA
3W
3-13116
4-1/2
5-114
13.6
87
"Al
133
6.2
1
00350EZA
500
4-3/4
5-1/4
5-1/2
19.2
121
133
140
8.7
1
C050CE2A
50
4-3114
5-1l4
7
28.1
121
M
178
12.8
1C075CE2A
1000
�17
5-11(16
6-3l4
6-7/16
29.5
144
171
164
13.4
1
C1000E2A
500
6-3lB
7-1/2
7-3/8
40.0
162
191
187
18.1
1
C1500E2A
Primary: 240 x 40 with Jumpers
Secondary: 24with Fuse Clips for 13132x 1-1/2 Fuses (through Still VA)
VA
Dimensions (inches)
Weight
Dimensions(rim)
Weight
Wiring
Style
Los.
kg
Diagram '
Number
Height
Width
Depth
Haight
Width
Depth
50
2-9/16
3
3
2.7
65
76
76
1.2
2
C0050E211
75
2.9/16
3
3.1/2
3.5
65
76
89
1.6
2
00075E2B
100
2.718
3-3/8
3-3/8
4.2
73
86
86
1.9
2
00111OE211
I
3-3/16
3-314
4
6.7
81
95
102
3.0
2
00150E2B
200
3-13/16
4-1/2
4
8.6
97
114
102
3.9
2
COMM
250
3'13118
4-112
4.3/8
10.1
97
114
ill
4.6
2
00250E2B
300
3-13(16
4-1/2
4-3/4
11.4
97
114
121
5.2
2
C0300E28
350
3'13116
4.1l2
5.1/4
13.4
97
114
133
6.1
2
COMM
50D
4-3/4
5-114
5-5/8
17.5
121
133
143
7.9
2
C0500E2B
750
4.314
5.1l4
7
18.1
121
133
178
12.8
2
C0750E28
Primary: 240 x 480 with Jumpers
Secondary: 120a 240 with Jumpers, Secondary Fuss Clips not Applicable
VA
Dimensions (inches)
Weight
Dimensions(mm)
Weight
Wiring
Style
Lbs_
kg
Diagram
Number
Height
Width
Depth
Height IW
th
Depth
50
2-9116
3
3
2.6
65
76
76
1.2
11
C0050E2CXX
75
2_Wl6
3
3-112
3.5
65
76
89
1.6
11
C0075E2CXX
100
2-7/8
3-318
3-3/8
4.2
73
86
86
1.9
11
.0100E2CXX
150
3-3116
3-3/4
4
6.7
81
95
102
3.1
11
C0150EZCXX
200
3-13116
4-1/2
4
8-5
97
114
102
3-9
11
CO200E2CXX
250
3-13/16
4-1/2
4N6
10.0
97
114
111
4.6
11
CO250EZCXX
300
3-13116
4-112
4-7/8
11.8
97
114
124
5A
11
C0300E2CXX
350
3-13116
4-1/2
5-1/4
13.6
97
114
133
6.2
11
C0350EZCXX
500
4-3/4
5-1/4
5-1/4
17.5
121
133
133
8.0
11
C0500E2CXX
750
4-3/4
5.1/4
7
26-4
121
133
178
12.0
11
C0750E2CXX
r EL9MECH
Rev:
0
Device
Tag:
T17
C B273
Date:
www.elemechinc.com
bo0-499-7080'
6/14/2021
Manuf.:. PNo:
BY.
Job Number:
Page a
1 2
Cutler -Hammer: C0500E2A Assembly
CIS
HBR8574

Cutler -Hammer
6.T•N .
Primary: 240 x 490, 230 x 460,220 x 440 with Jumpers and Two -Pole Primary Fuse Block for Rejectian Type Fuses
Secondary:120A I S1110 with Fuse Clips for 13M x 1-112 Fuses
VA
Dimensions
(Inches)
Weight
Dimensions
from)
Weight
Wiring
Style
Lbs•
kg
Diagram '
Number
Height
Width
Depth
Haight
Width
Depth
50
3-15/16
3
3
2.8
100
76
76
1.3
1
C0050E2AFB
75
3-15116
3
3-112
3.7
100
76
89
1.7
1
C0075E2AFB
100
4-1/4
3-341
3-3/9
4.4
108
86
86
2.0
1
C0100E2AFB
150
4-9116
3-3/4
4
6.9
116
95
102
3.1
1
C0150E2AFB
200
5-3116
4-1/2
4
8.7
132
114
102
3.9
1
CO200E2AFB
250
5-3/16
4112
43/8
10.2
132
114
ill
4.6
1
CO250E2AF8
300
5-W6
4-12
4314
11.5
132
114
121
5.2
1
C0300EZAFB
350
5-3/16
4-M
5-1/4
13.8
132
114
133
6.3
1
C0350EZAFB
500
6-118
5-114
5-12
19.4
156
133
140
8-8
1
C0500E2AFB
750
6.118
5-1/4
7
28.3
156
133
173
12.8
1
C0750EZAFO
1000
7.1116
6-W4
6.7116
29.7
179
171
164
13.4
1
C100eE2AFB
1500
7.3/4
7-12
7.3/0
40.2
1 197
1 191
1 187
18.1
1
C1500EZAFB
Primary: 240 x 4110 with Jumpers and Two -Pale Primary Fuse Block for Rejectiaa Type Fuses
Secondary: 24 with Fuse Clips for 13M x 1-1R Fuses
VA
Dimensions (inches)
Weight
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Whaling
Style
Lbs-
kg
Diagram('
Number
Height
Width
I Depth
Height
Width
Depth
50
3-15/16
3
3
2.8
100
76
76
1.3
2
C0050E2BFB
75
3-15/16
3
3-12
3.8
100
76
89
1.7
2
C0075E2BFB
100
41/4
3-341
3-3/8
4.4
108
86
86
2.1
2
C0100E2BFB
150
4-9/16
3-3/4
4
6.9
116
96
102
3.1
2
C0150E2BFB
200
5-306
412
4
8.7
132
114
102
3.9
2
CO200E2BFB
250
rr3/16
4-12
4318
10.3
132
114
ill
4.7
2
CO250E2BFB
300
5-3/16
4-12
4-3/4
11.6
132
114
121
5.3
2
C0300E2BFB
3W
5-306
412
5-1/4
13.6
132
114
133
6.2
2
C0350E2BFB
500
6-1/8
5-114
1 5-5/8
17.7
158
133
143
8.0
2
1 C0500E2BFB
7e1V .aeV
4
Hl IO HY IN NI IL7 hQ H�
1 H, M H2 �.
n0Y
xa1 ns Y�xl
Izov
Figure 9-12. Diagram 1
�4n�
H1 I H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4
L
H3 H2 H4
x2 �VXI
Figure 9-13. Diagram 2
-240� �7V-j_
H1 H3 H2 H4 111 H3 H2 H4
H1 H3 H2 H4
X4 X2 X3 X1
IX4 X2 X3 X1� X4 X2 X3 X1
r4�120 v�l L240 v-1
Figure 9-22. Diagram 11
ELEMECH
Rev:
0
Device Tag:
ANI �,HC
oats:
T 1, C B 2, 3
630-499-7080•www.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
ManuE:, PNo:
ay.
Job Number:
Page n
lq­ti2/2
Cutler -Hammer: C0500E2A Assembly
CG
HBR8574
FF

SP& Wieland
Datasheet
Art. No. 07.311.0155.0
End plate AP 2,5 -4 N0
End plate for DIN rail terminal blocks type WK ..., color gray
Art.N.w
EAN
Grder unit
Approvals
Technical data
General
Colour
Type of and plate
Type of padition
Thi k--
Sr®p b
IrA mmabfy class ofinwlabon materiel am w4h UL94
Accessories
Type of end pleb
Type of partition
Colour
Thidcnecs
Snap it
Infl—atmMy class ofinwlabon mateaal am with UL94
,,Awj FLgMECH
�,.0
630-499-7080 •—w.elemechinc.com
Manuf.:. PNo.
Wieland: 07.311.0155.0
07.311.0155.0
4015573392003
10 piste.
Yee
No
Grey
1.5 —
Yea
VC
Rev:
0
Date:
6/14/2021
By:
CG
Device Tag.
TB
Job Number: PageB 1/1
H BR8574 ection 6 Page f

Feed -through blocks
SP U�
wieland
with screw connection
selos�
pLw.amnnrpnwaw�
ids
no, 1/ mYs. AYYG
.r2a no. to saYn AV1G
arza n>. 16 aaY at AYA:
.r]a n..2pnlla. A14G eri m 22 rll111AWG
■
arza no.11>a!a>AYYg
n,zan>. 1a my>tawc (r 5
i 5
-
.nan..laeuataYwra.nav>emrrAwc l0 M2.5�
w M3
a,la no. ti aaln. AYW
ar2an..lamWa.A
NG
r: ]a no.16 aaY at A-
y
N
0344®112GD IW WK Z51 U
WK 41U
ExelAl fine -stranded solid V
A
fine -stranded
soli! V
A
EN 60947.7-1:2002 0.5-2.5rnm! 0.5-4mnr BOOV18kV13 24
0.5-4 mmr
0.5-6rnm! 800VIBM3
32
UL ratings Fieldlfaelnry wiring No. 22.12 AWG 600V
20130
No. 22-10 AM, 600V 30135
CSA ratings No. 24.12 AWG 600V
25
N. 20.10 AWG 600V 40
KEMAO2ATEx2114U'E1,160079•WEN60019.7 0.5,2-5-1 0-5.4-1 e90V
23
0.5.4-1
0.5.8nrn' 690V 1412P
Width Wire strip length 5-9mm
6mm
9mm
Approvals 9o®®eEx@is91TA-40.
-WTI-so.
EM :lye 4n Mw %Met
� Pe,A
71
FLgMECH
Rev:
0
Device Tag:
i
Date:
TB
630-499-7080•-W-elemechinc.com
ManuE:.PNo.
6/14/2021
By.
Job Number:
Page 1/1
Wieland: 57.504.0055.0
CG
HBR8574 ection6Pa e68
Fe■�fhmgh block
gp
WE 25N
57S03Aff5.0
100
Pe
1YX AN
Mn Me. Stl BAD
57SOf 0055.0 q0
FeaAWpuph block Exi
Tare
1VI[25NMMI
57S03A055.8
100
1YX4N BM57SO/A055.8
q0
aem..er1..
1. Mounrirtg rail T535, bM raa7.5mm� L=2m
Mounting rail T535.bM rai lSmm lqp L=2m
Moimvng rail i532.G m6' L=2m
Z. End 1Hmpwim 0-fine� IOmm Wlm
End ctampT535. wnn:crew Bin.Md.
End ckmpT535. wilhuut straw Gin.MEm witll
3. End pl ra gp
35x Pa 75 EN 5p/15
35x ma15EH Wn5
9N6EN 8171503i
WE vu
9:�2s15
f I.RS
AP 25-4
118300A000.0
9B3d0006g.0
98.1900W 00
Z5523.57530
Z5522s5530
755239353.0
07311 AI55.0
1
1
1
100
tf>D
1W
10
La2Ia7S BI l0715
35a Na15 EN Po715
91mfM 8DI5632
WE IN
9/0s?AS
1V[i ILB
W25.1
8R30POW0.0
983epOOW.O
9B?900000.0
255235753-0
A5R8553-0
.
2552393530
A731101550
1
1
1
100
tAA
100
10
hta
AP 25-/MIL
Q73110155.8
10
M25 -1 Mlll
A731101558
10
1. Pan rtnn
qp
1W i.5-1
W311.1 /550
10
IW25-/
07311.11550
10
hte
1W25-IMAM
A7311.1155.8
10
IW25-IMAM
W311.11558
10
5. [rmz mnnecev YVIN>a.Wa 2ptl.
msulared 3pele
up to 12 PqP
N. Pan— Plate wNn marking tagiliiy
]. Snple tvxr wnhmartng lacihry
B. Cover w+M wkmnpaymSpl uYer AlAptke
IIBWC25.2
IIA WC25-3
IIB WF25-17
1525 Goa
AOV825G8E
Z7280222]0
Z7280232]0
2728E132i7.0
073112053.8
0/3252053.8
10
10
10
10
10
g8W[lM2
e81ii/-3
fYBW[1m12
f540F1i
AO 17A4M
27281122]0
27281132]0
Z72812727.0
073112153.8
043262153.11
10
10
10
10
10
A0Y8 y16Li8
0/3434758.8
10
AO VB d/698
04343A1i58.8
10
a m Fa a�smne; .a�pagay 80.77
Fa mawrg n:ram::ar paq=a 2p-3
•Pwr�riwy ur poor Aq.mtlrtl�oeli.opnvd.q.l�a-TwgawmmalakNawJaa Mgaitlngarympew
m eerwmea arorn�ene
rxme.w. nnmauning eatige,lean l/e a.e Pree_ npa naexwe....nan.aelu- alvaMwa.wli.nrer

wieland
Sh 0L '
Item No. Z7.281.1227.0
Insulated jumper bar IVBWK 4 - 2
Cross connector, insulated for DIN rail terminal blocks type WK ..., 2
-pole
Item No. Z7.281.1227.0
FAN 4015573156081
order unit 10 Piece($)
Technical data
Acoe6sorim
ArticlePnce
Colour
Yellow
Type
Cross connector
Modular spacing
5.95 mm
Number of bridged damps
2
Mounting method
Screwable
Insulated
Yes
11pa PM np. 514, pea
T1
Part no S. pact
TIM
MI eo.
fQ teenieal b6Ac Type
WK 4/1)
6 mm spacing
ScrewM 3
WK 41" SKO
6 rnn spacing Screw: M 3
WK 75/U 5 mm spacing Svaer. M 2S
WK 4TKS DIH
2MI. 207M
77ss01rt270
W
WK 75-4 KOVU
WK43S 1 K)U
3PO6 2072/3
P22003270
W
WK Z5 U/8113 SIH
WK 4 3-6 S 1 K/U
4pole ZMA
ZIZAID4270
W
WKN 2.5 EIU
WK 4 5 S 2,6 11
SpOle 207M
Z71200527.0
W
2110le VB WK 2.5.2 Z72DD,0227.0
10
WK43S 1 K/IWIU
6pole 2072M
Z722006270
50
3pPIe VE WK 2,S3 Z72W.00210
10
WK43-5S1 KIIW/U
70pde 2MIM
Z721010270
10
4pd VB WK 2,54 772a104270
l8
WK4/U F1
5pale V6 WK 2,5.5 Z72BDD5270
1n
WK 41U F2
WK/MU
6 lnrrl 4p4Gllg S­M3
6po4e VB WK 2,56 Z7200.06211U
19
2pole VBWK4-2
Z7281AZ77➢
10
WKIS-1g SIU
80pole VB WK 15 M 90 Z71a1.0027.0
10
3oole VBWK43
Z7161.03270
10
WiS/U
Opole VBWK4.4
n.Zel.0477.0
10
VVK/4 S/U
WKM 2,5115 5—Wnnq
S.—M2.5
5pule V0 WK 43
V 1UWA
10
WK/4-8S/U
WKM 2,5 FI/15
EpoIeW WK 4e
77181 ➢627➢
10
2ooee 97OW2
77111➢M0
W
WKM2.5 F2/15
70PDle WWK 4 M-70
Z7281.00270
10
3PD6 9mia-3
27211 CO27➢
50
WKM 2,5/252.81 K/15
4MDe 9703%i4
Z1211NZ7.0
W
WKM 2,5 TP10I15
WK4/D1/2V
6.. lowing
Sw M3
5P kr 971KN5-5
27111 M27.0
W
VVKM 2,5 TP20I15
WK 4ID 212V
awl. M/66
Z7.2110627.0
50
2po1e VB WKM 2,5715-2 i7215H 70
W
21D1e W WK4 B_ 2
77201 =D
10
70Pde 97M M-A
77111110270
10
3Pole VR WKM 2,5r153 7721S43270
W
3pole 4B WK 411 3
7716163270
1n
4pale W WMA12,W 54 Z7115,44270
W
400le VBWK40„3
Z7.201.6477➢
10
5oole WWKFA 2Sr155 Z721a4 M
W
5pe1e VBWK40.:5
77201.6 A
1D
6mle VB WKM 2.51154 Z7215,4627.0
W
6po1e VBWK40.6
VM.6627➢
10
60pde IRWKM2.5 "Z7215,40270
10
70poleVBWK40„ M-70V.Zel.5077.0
10
WK13 S/IWIU 6—spacing
S.—M3
WKM 4115
6mm sped g3—M3
WK4/D EU
WK/3 - 6 SIIWIU
WK 4 E/U for upper tier block
WK/4 S/IWIU
WK 4 EIU GU ORANGE
WK1" SAW/U
WK 4 E/U GO
2,- VB WK/ _SAW/142772BIM70
10
WK4 E/U G2
3 pole VB WK/_SAW/1t3771B133270
10
WK4 E/U GI ORANGE
Opole VB WKI SAW/f4Z729134270
l0
WK4 MG-URL
5p V VBWYJ_SAWAIM77261 E 0
19
WK4 E/UG-ULR
eaole VB WK/...SAWMZ726I.3627.0
10
WK 4 ElU VB SCHWARZ
20pOIe VBWK/„UM40 Z72BI3027➢
10
21w1e9215-2
Z7110.3227.0
50
3pD1e 9215-3
Z7zln=n
W
4po1e9215-4
V 1934270
W
wle 9215"5
ZI279.3wn
W
bpo1e"15-6
772103EV➢
W
]Opole 9215 M-70
V-210.3027➢
10
,A FLgMECH
630-499-7080 • www,elemechinc,com
ManLrF.: , PNo'
Wieland: Z7.281.1227
Rev: Device Tag-
0
Date: TB
6/14/2021
Job Number:
By:
CG HBR8574
Page # 1/1
amino A P.— 1

aS►S
®R& 45 wieland
2,5 mm215 mm Width
4 mm2/6 mm Width
10 mm2110 mm Width
16 mm2112 mm Width
35 mm2116 mm Width
7Yoe Parma 514, oack
Toe Pan e sm. once
Mal king stylus, uninaiked
Marking strips, unmarked
- �_.5053.0
25
91NW10 04.242.6053.0
25
10 mm2/10 mm Width
Marking strips, n- ked
Marking ships, makad
marked for 5 blocks levery 2nd tagl "
97p1 lqa 1-' J];42.4953-0
25
V%A1ii 1-9 04.842-59530
25
9705 A/5/iN58 04-642-55530 25
9XISAFIOB' 04.842,5053.0
25
gZAN106' 04.842.6053.0
25
9706 NW B 1 - 10 04.846 0153.0
25
9705A75711 B 1-10 04.848.9I63.0
25
11.20 04.8450253-0
25
11-20 04-846-02530
25
16 mm2112 mm Width
21-30 04.1345,0353,0 25
21-30 04.8460353.0 25
31-40 04.84504530 25
31-40 04.846.0453.0 25
41 -50 04.845,0553.0
25
41 - 60 04.846.0553.0
25
51-60 04.946.0653.0
25
51-60 04.845,0653.0
25
marked for 5 blocks lemon 2nd tagl+
61-70 04.848.0753.0
25
81-70 04.845.0763.0 25
9705 A13VEV56 04.842.6553.0 25
71 -80 04.845.0853-0
25
71 - 60 04.846-0853.0
25
81-90 04.845,0953.0
25
81-90 04.846,0953.0
25
35 mm2/16 mm Width
91 - 100 04.845.1053.0 25
91 -100 04.846. 1063.0 25
® 110x1 04.1355,0053,0 25
® (10 v 04.856,0053.0 25
i 110.1 04.110153 0 25
it (10 x) 04.856.01 M 0 25
+ f10x) 04.855,0253.0
25
+ (10.) 04.856.0253.0
25
marked for 5 blocks levery 2nd tag)•
- 110.1 04.8550353,0
25
- (10 x) 04.856,0353.0
25
97M Al9110156 04642.8653.0 25
L1 11010 04.855.0453.0
25
Ll 110.) 04.856.0453.0
25
L2 f10x1 04.855,0553.0
25
L2 (10 x) 04.856.0553.0
L3 1104 04.856.0653.0
25
25
_
_
L3 00x) 04.855,0653.0 25
PE 110 x1 04.865.0753.0 25
PE 110.) 04.858.0753.0 25
SL f10x) 04 855 31530
25
SL (10 x) 04256.3153.0
25
N 110x1 04.855,3253,0 25
N (10x) 04.856,3253.0 25
F1 110x1 04.855. 09530
25
F1 (10 x) 04.856.09Si_0
25
F2 f10x1 04.855, 1053.0
25
F2 (10.) 04.856.1053.0
25
LI, 12, U. N, PE 12 xl 04.855,0853,0
25
LI, L2, L3, N. PE 12 x) 04.856,0853.0
25
with enlarged marking area
with anbrged marking area
9705AAIVIC 04.242.6353.0
25
_
9705AL15/10 04.242.5153.0 25
'Custom marking upon request
'Custom marking upor request
• indicate requiretl marking with part no.
�l FLgMECH Rev; Device Tag:
0
i �rHG Date: TB, DB
630-499-7080•�W,elemechinE.com 6/14/2021
Manuf.:. PNO: Job Number: Page 8 1 / 1
Wieland: 04.242.6353-CUSTOM BY: CG HBR8574 ecti0n6Pa e,o

Item No. Z5.522.8553.0
End bracket 9708 / 2 S 35
End clamp for mounting rail TS 35
wieland
SA@
kem No.I
Z5.522.M3.0
F1 N
401557-3141765
oNer anti
100 PwwvM
Technical data
acw— l-
AnitlaPrim
Wp_myrioe
Colour
Ok k
Inflammability class of insalatioa matedal ecc- with UUM
Yl
Wldkdgdd dimension
6 mm
LeWhing
5e ble
Length
eg mm
Material
Metal
Mounting method
DIN Md (tap hat mil) 3577.5 mm
❑ ❑
�j ELEMLCff
630-499-7080 • WWw.elemechinc.com
Manuf.:. PNo:
Wieland: Z5.522.8553
Rev:
0
Device Tag
Date: TB, DB
6/14/2021
Job Number: PageB 1/1
By. CG HBR8574
action 8 Page

Puise isolator
auto
NLY
5202B
— 2 channels - 2 or 4 outputs
— Dual output
— 5-port 3.75 kVAC galvanic isolation
— Cable error detection
— Universal supply by AC or DC
Environmental Conditions
Operating temperature....................................200C
to+60"C
Calibration temperature .................................
20...28T
Relative humidity_._..__ ......................_.........
<95% RH (non-cond.)
Protection degree
IP20
Mechanical specifications
Dimensions(HxWxD).....................................
109 x23.5 x 130 mm
Weghtappmx
2309
Wire size-._....._.-._ .......................................
1 x2.5 mm2 stranded wire
Screw terminal torque ................................--
0.5 Nm
Common specifications
Supply
Supply voltage, universal ...............................
21.6-253 VAC, 50...80 Hz or
19.2-300 VDC
Fuse....__...__._._...__ ....................................
400 MA SB 1250 VAC
Max. required power ......................................
s 1.5 W f2 channels). 5202B1
and 520 B2
Max. required power...__ ...............................
s2A W (2 channels), 520284
Internal power dissipation ..............................
s 1.5 W? channels), 5202B1
and 520 82
Internal power dissipation ..............................
52.0 W (2 channels). 520284
Isolation voltage
Isolation voltage, test I
working...........................................................
3.75 kVAC 1250 VAC
PELVISELV....................................................
IEC 61140
Auxiliary supplies
NAMUR supply-- ..........................................
8 VDC 18 mA
EMC immunity influence ................................
< 1,0.5%
Extended EMC immunity: NAMUR
NF21, A criteron, hurst
<}1%
Input specifications
Sensor types. . ...............................................
NAMURaccerdirg to EN
60947-5Hi I mechanical
contact
Frequency range ............................................
0...5 kHz
Pulse length ...................................................
> 0.1 me
Input resistance..............................................
1 M)
Trig level, signal__....._.....__-------------------------
< 1.2 mA, - 2.1 mA
Trig level, cable fault___ ................................
<p.1 MA, a 6.5 mA
Output specifications
Relay output
M
electronics
Max. Switching frequency ---------------------------
20 H2
Max. voltage ...................................................
250 VRMS
Max. current. ..................................................
2 AAC
Max. AC paver .........................-..................
100 VA
Max. load at24 VDC._....._.....___._..............
1 A
NPN oulputs
Max. switching frequency ...............................
5 kHz
Min. pulse length..-........................................
n DA ms
Max. load current 1 voltage ............................
80 mA 130 VDC
Voltage drop at 25 mA 180
mA..................................................................
< 0.75 VDC; 1 < 2.5 VDC
Observed authority requirements
EMC. ............. ..._..._..........— ............. _..._._.._ 2014/3olEU
LVD................................................................ 20141351EU
EAC................................................................ TR-CU 02012011
Approvals
ATEX.............................................................. DEMKO 99ATEX127186. 11 (1)
GD [EEx is] IIC
UL................................................................... UL 913. UL 508
EAC Fx............................ RUC-DK.HA65.B.00355119
SIL Hardware assessed for use In
SIL applications
' 0 FLgMECH a Device Tag-
630-499-7080 •—w.elemechinc.com Date: TI B 1
6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNo. Job Number: Page# 1/1
PR Electronics: 5202B2 BY. CG HBR8574 ection6Pa e72

SMALL COMPACT THERMOSTAT
-U
KTO 011 / US 011
SP y�
,,•,,tt111U
,. 1„t1►1111\
� • r
Technical Data KT011
Pan No. Comact tape Stale on housing
13' 33 mm
01140.9-0C normally closed 30-14o`F
Ofl41.9•DO normally open �i� 30 • 140^F
01146.9-00 normally closed w 0-601G
I
01147.9.00 normally open 0 - 60T
Sensor element: Thermostatic bi-metal
0 0
1 2
Maximum tolerance: �72'F (41K)
Switching difference (hysteresis): 12.61 ± 5A'F (7°C ± 3K)
Service life: 1D0,000 cycles
1.7' 43 mm
Switching capacity (max. load): 15A resislivel2A inductive @ 120 VAC
10A resistivel2A inductive Q 250 VAC
DC 306VV
E1101i compliance: EN 55014-1-2. EN 61000-3-2. EN 61000-3-3
Connections: 2-pale terminal for AWG 14 max. (2.5 mm')
s
Mounting: Clip far 35 mm DIN rail (EN 50022)
DIT' ions(HxWx0): 2.4x1,3x17" (60x33x43mm)
'c $
Housing: Plastic. UL94V•0
Weight: 1.27 oz (36 g)
Protection type: IP 20
0 Q
Operating/storage temperature: -49 to 158°F (45 to 70T)
Agency approvals: UL, CSA
,A FLgMECH
0
Device Tag:
�JNCTS1
Rat
630-499-7080 •—w.efemm echinc.co
6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNo.
BY-
Job Number -
1/1
Steno: 01140.9-00
Stem
((3
HBR8574
6 Page 73

Explosion -Proof Control Stations
"CXI" Series
JA
F r�
1
CXI Dimensions
Calabp No minal Inaba
Numtl4r DYn.n61on4
W L D
Dlmenal4na In Inchon
A S C F
E
Sid. Yty
En. Conduit Bob
Lb.. Sl- Sl-
CXI 33341
3.1/2
3.112 3
1 4.9116 4.9116 4.112 5.1/2 3-1/4
5 3/4'
1/4'
LXI 36342
3.112
6 3
7.1118 4.9116 4.112
8
3.1/4
6 3A'
1/4'
CXI 373-X3
3.12
7 3
8.1116 4-9116 4-112
9
3.114
7 314'
V4'
CXI 353-X4
3-112
9 3
10-1116 4-9/16 4-112
11
3-1/4
8 1'
114'
CXI 3113-Xs
3.112
11 3
12.1116 4.9116 4.112
13
3.114
10 1.114'
114'
CXI 3131-X6
3.112
13 3
14.1116 4.9116 4.112
15
3.114
11 1.114'
VC
LXI 3153-X7
3-112
15 3
16-1116 4-9116 4-112
17
3-1/4
12 1-1/4-
11C
CX1 3163-Xa1Xa
3-112
18 3
19.1116 4.9116 4.112
20
3AM
14 1-1/4'
11r
CXI Dimensions
Catalog Nam lnal Inald4 DIm4n4bna In Inh4a du N1g.
Numb., Diman6ion6 E.. Con duN Solt
W L D A B C F E Lbs. Slx Size
CXI 484
4.1/4 8 4
10.29164 6.45164 5.5/8 11.1/2 5.114
19 2' I
CXI 6104
6.1/2 10 4
11.1116 7.9116 6.1/9 11-27/32 0.114
21 T 114-
CX16174
6-112 17 4
18-5A6 7-13M6 6-118 18-3/4 6-114
33 7 114'
CXI 6244
6-112 24 4
25-13M6 7-13MG 6-1/8 26-114 6-V4
45 7 1l4'
CXI 6304
6-112 30 4
31-13M6 7-13M6 6-118 32-1/4 6-IM
1 56 7 114-
Note: All dmenaiana are fa relarence mly
LXI Number of
SUFFIX .1-1—No rl.l
X1
1
X2
X3
X4
X5
5
X6
6
X7
7
HMO
W9
Materials:
Encbseree. Coppar•irea Alurmum (less than D.25%copper coolant)
C—Bans: Cad -Plated a StaNess 51es1(please x dfy)
M— irg Pan (Opt .)'-Alumnumq
GaNani2ed Steel o Ph—& Materialsavailable upon ragas sl.
'Note- Aluminum Mounting Pan wil be provided n mounting pan
s mq_led, unless otherwise nated-
A �LEMECH
630-499-7080-www.elemechinc.com
Manuf.:. PNo:
Akron Electric: CXI-333-X1-N4-N5-2RP2
Compliances:
N.E.C. - Class. 1. DI¢ 1 6 2 Gnwps 8'. C 8 D
Class. II, DN. 1 32 Groups E. F3 G
Cass, III
NEMA 78 9 (Optional 3. 4X)
• - CX1484 only
rRII
0 SP Q 6c L us 6r 90otwltn6oeslgn
Approvals:
UL CLASSIFIED - Standard 886 - E94590
WL (C)04 8 6) - Slardab C222 N6. 30.M1986 and No. 25-1 %6
CSA Cenfied (CXI 3) - Swdlant C22 2 No. LR64264
Rev: Device Tag:
O Date: LCS
6/14/2021
Job Number: Pagers_
By: 1
CIS HBR8574

OPTIONAL MODIFICATIONS
BD=Breether or Drain with 112' NPT (please specify)
HL' Hinge Litter Guide Pin
213D=Breather & Drain
K+ Terminal Block (Specify Qty.)
C1=Clfcuit Breaker Handle. 100AMP-installed
MS= Standard XJIH Mounting Strap
C2=Clfcuit Breaker Handle, 225AMP-installed
MSR= Raised XJIH Mourning Strap
C4= Circuit Breaker Flandle. 600AMP - installed
MSD= Diamond Shaped XJIH Mounting Strap
C5= Clrcuit Breaker Handle. 800 AM P - installed
N 1=Aluminum Mounting Panel
C8= Circuit Breaker Handle, Custom - installed
N2=Galvanized Mounting Panel
C10= Panel Board Breaker Handle
W=Phenoic Mounting Panel
CEN= Cenelec (ATEX) Option
N4=NEMA4 bring Gasket
E1= Corosion-Resistant Epoxy Paint(OutsVde only)
N5=Stainless Seel Rust Proof Corer Belts
E2= Corrosion -Resistant Epoxy Point (Inside & Outside)
1,16= Metallic Legend Plates
E3= Stainless Steel (316)Tdple Lead Captive Quick Thread Cover Bolts
JN6= Jumbo Metallic Legend Plates
E4= Stainless Steel Mounting Hardware (Internal Hardware)
MN6= Mini Metallic Legend Plates
E5= Corrosion -Resistant Epoxy Point (Inside Only)
1,17= Phenolic Legend Plates
E8= Custom Mounting Bracket (For meter, etc.)
N8= Custom Legend Plates
E9= Clear Anodizing
R3 = 3/4' NPSM Close -Up Plug
GI= 1' Diameter Round W ndow Glass (Installed)
RP1= 12' NPT Conduit Entry Close -Up Plug
G2= 2' Diameter Round W ndow Glass (Installed)
RP2= 3/4' NPT Conduit Entry Close -Up Plug
G3= 3' Diameter Round W ndow Glass (Installed)
RP3= 1' NPT Conduit Entry Close -Up Plug
G4= 4' DVameler Round W ndow Glass (Installed)
RP4= 1-114' NPTConduit Entry Close -Up Plug
G5= 5-1/4' Diameter Round Window Gass(Installed)
RPS= 1-12' NPTConduit Entry Close-up Plug
GT} 6-3/4' Diameter Round Window Glass (Installed)
RP6= 2' NPT Conduit Entry Close -Up Plug
G7= 7-516' Diameter Round Window Glass(Installed)
RP7= 2-12' NPTConduit Entry pose -Up Plug
G6- Custom Square or Rectangular Wndow Glass (Installed] Specify)
RP8= 3' NPT Conduit Entry Close -Up Plug
H1=Stainless Steel Hinge Kit (for AXJ12126 and smaller)
RP9=3-12' NPTConduit Entry Close -Up Plug
HC1= Aluminum Cast Hinge Kit (Tar AXJ12126 and smaller)
RP10= 4' NPT Conduit ErnryClose-Up Plug
H2= Medium Duty Cast Aluminum Hinge KII (for CXJ12184 to CXJ 18308)
H3= Heavy Duly Cast Aluminum Hinge fit (for CXJ18368 to QW346810)
' - HL Is suggested for enclosures with 30' of length, or when hinges
are installed on the shpn side of the enclosure-
�� ELE, jVfECH Date:
0 Device Tag:
630-499-7--elemechinc.com LCS
080 -
6/14/2021
ManuE:. PNo: Job Number: Page n
Akron Electric: CXI-333-X1-N4-N5-2RP2 ay. CG HBR8574 2/2
Corti— Perna �S

Hazardous Location Push Buttons Allen-Bradley
2-Position Push -Pull Units, Non -Illuminated SP
Operaar POMWI
aue.orwa .r.�rm,.�
IWtlan N.1%11
,Yls. O. is Cm No.
N.O.L& x 0 nee
loarrpxega
N.O.•N.4Lfl x nes e0011i9%eAt
N.OLB.-NO.La. X 00 red OWII-FPRMb
NOW x - Cll Op.
• rar bug Enrol wxxlen; xee en L re on eet. na Bohr- 0- Na 11001ALFPxfiDe.
Electrical Ratings
Contact Ratings
Refer to The Contact Ratings tables below.
Dielectric Strength
2200V for one minute. 1300V for one minute (Logic Reed)
Electrical Design Life Cycles
1.000,000 at max. mted load, 200.000 at max_ rated load (Logic Reed)
Mechanical Ratings
vibration
10..-2000 Hz 1.52 mm displacement (peak4o-peak) Max 110 G Max (except Logic Read)
Shock
U2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms >_ 25 G (contact fragility) and no damage at 100 G
Degree Of PrOteotibn
Type 7 & 9 Explosion Proof (Type 3 and Type 4 rating$ available with accessories)
Mechanical Design Life Cycles
Push Buttons
250,000 minimum
Potentiometers
100,000 minimum
All other devices
200,000 minimum
Contact Operation
Shallow and Mini Contact Blocks. Slow double make and break
Logic Reed & Sealed Switch Contact Blocks: Snap -action
Typical Operating Forces
Flush, Extended. Standard Mushroom. Jumbo Mushroom: 2.9lbs Max.
Operators without contact blocks:
Jumbo and Extended Aluminum Mushroom Head: 3.95 Ibs maximum
Maintained Selector Switch, 4,0 in-los maximum
Spring Return Selector Switches:
5 in. Ibs to stop, 0.2 in. Ibs to return
Illuminated Push Buttons and Push -to -Test Pilot Lights
5.8 Ihs maximum
2-Poinhon Push -Pull
9 be maximum push or pull
3-Position Push -Pull
12 Ibs maximum push to In position or pull to "ritsr position
(15 Ibs maximum pull to out position)
BOOT-XA
1 lb
Contact Blocks' Logic Read
1 Ih maximum
- Sealed Switch
31hs maximum at 0.205" plunger travel
Stackable Sealed Switch
1 Ib maximum
Environment
Temperature Range Operating
-4.. -131"F (-20...-55'C)
Storage
-40...+185°F (-40...t85°C)
Note: Operating temperatures below freezing are based on the
absence of freezing moisture and liquids,
Humidity
50% at +104-F (+40^C)
UL Listed (File No. E10314 Guide No. NOIV)
CSA (File Nor LR11924)
When properly mounted Ina Type 7 & 9 enclosure, Bulletin 800HType 7 &9operators are designed to meet the requirements of
the National Electrical Code for Class I, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups B, C & D Hazardous Gas; Class II, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups E, F and G
Hazardous Dust; and, Class III Hazardous Fiber Locations. In addition, the single -gang shallow base, Cat. No. 80011-I11ZX7, meets
Class I, Group B requirements. This Type 7 & 9 equipment is listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
�j FL9MECH
0
Device Tag:
�INCp
g
Dot
630-499-7080 • www.elemechinc.com
6/14/2021
ManuE:.PNe.
5Y.
Job Number:
Page# 1/1
Allen-Bradlev: 800H-FPX6D4
GG
HBR8574
ecti0n6Page 76

NON -MERCURY FLOAT SWITCH - CONTROL DUTY pNE
2900 MECHANICAL SERIES - NARROW ANGLE FLOAT SWITCH
MFG. IIYC
2900 SERIES 38
NON -MERCURY FLOAT SWITCH - CONTPOL DUTY
2900 MECHANICAL SERIES - NARROW ANGLE FLOAT SWITCH
GENERAL
DESIGNED FOR ACCURATE LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL IN MANY APPLICATIONS INCLUDING
POTABLE WATER OR SEWAGE ENVIRONMENTS. THE FLOAT SWITCH CAN BE UTILIZED
TO SIGNIFY SPECIFIC WATER LEVELS OR FOR DIRECTALARM ACTUATION.
00
SWITCH VARIATIONS
NORMALLY OPEN (NIO)-GREEN SHE
THE CONTACTS ARE OPEN (OR OFF) IN THE HANGING POSITION. AS THE FLOAT
RISES f (5^) ABOVE HORIZONTAL, THE CONTACTS BECOME CLOSED AND
ACTUATE (TURN ON) THE SWITCH. THIS FLOAT IS GENERALLY USED IN PUMP DOWN
APPLICATIONS.
NORMALLY CLOSED (WC) - GREENIRED SHELL
THE CONTACTS ARE CLOSED (OR ON) IN THE HANGING POSITION. AS THE FLOAT
RISES 1" (5°) ABOVE HORIZONTAL, THE CONTACTS BECOME OPEN AND ACTUATE
(TURN OFF) THE SWITCH. THIS FLOAT IS GENERALLY USED IN PUMP UP
APPLICATIONS.
SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW (SPDT) - GREENBLUE SHELL
A VARIATION OF THE PREVIOUSLY LISTED SWITCHES. THIS FLOAT SWITCH CAN BE
WIRED TO OPERATE AS EITHER (BUT NOT BOTH) A NORMALLY OPEN OR NORMALLY
CLOSED SWITCH BASED ON THE USER'S NEED.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
290D SERIES MECHANICAL FLOAT SWITCHES ARE DESIGNED TO OPERATE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING PARAMETERS.
MINIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE - 32 DEGREES F.
MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE 170 DEGREES F.
ELECTRICAL RATING - 10 AMP-120 VAC, 5 AMP-240 VAC
ACTUATION POINT - 1' ABOVE I BELOW HORIZONTAL.
POWER CORD SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTOR CORD - PHYSICAL CHLORINATED POLY ETHYLENE.
ELECTRICAL FOR NIO OR NIC SWITCH - 18 AWG 2. TYPE SJOOW - 300 V.
ELECTRICAL FOR SPOT SWITCH - 18 AWG 3, TYPE SJOOW - 300 V.
FLOAT SPECIFICATIONS
DURABLE POLYPROPYLENE MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION.
SOLID POLYURETHANE FOAM INTERIOR,
LEAK PROOF, SHOCK PROOF, AND IMPACT RESISTANT.
RESISTANT TO SEWAGE AND WASTEWATER APPLICATIONS -
CORD WEIGHT
ZINC PLATED CAST IRON - 1.22 LBS.
SPLIT WEIGHT DESIGN ALLOWS FOR EASY ADJUSTMENT.
DESIGN ALLOWS FOR SECURE AND PERMANENT ATTACHMENT TO CORD.
C UL US
LISTED
Ind. Cont. Eq.
47VF
�j ELgMECH Dat 0 peviceTag
�JNCF LS
630-499-7W-elemechinc.com
080 • W W
6/14/2021
Manuf.�.PNo� Job Number: Page# 1/1
Conery MFG: 2900-B8S1C31-100' GC By: CG HBR8574 laction C, Pa e�7

SECTION 7 — Spares, Service
and Storage

HUBER
LIST OF SPARE PARTS SUPPLIED
BY HUBER WITH EQUIPMENT
Castle Bay, NC
Specification Section: HUBER Standard Specification
Equipment:
Ro9/300T16 with Controls
ROTAMAT® Ro9 Spare Parts:
• One (1) Replacement Brush
• One (1) Solenoid Valve Rebuild Kit
• Five (5) Endless bags
Joshua Dobbs
Parts Specialist
1009 Airlie Parkway
Denver, NC 28037
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-Mail: [e-mail]
A member of the HUBER Group
WASTE WATER Solutions
Section 7 Page 1

801 832
300 301 310 351 352 334 802 864 831 821 834 340
r2
333 331
I
I
337 338 332
863 833
Detail: X Detail: Y
321 341 315 316 317
327
322
323
324
325
Pus. Men a Bezeichnung Werks1gf11Li of eronl Bemerkung
I[.m audit s eciflcotion Meteriol/,u liar Annnron one
g l ese ZBI[hnmg Isr ge lst Iged Ei genlw der Po. "a.
O p SE and Buell H U B E I�
arAeher ech Mich gecchaelzI. Zu.i tler Mn1U.-n verpfllchten zu Schodenersol:.
Thle I.. e.n,.ighI' d d.1 W.M ahlch ie the Inrellec r.al KaPerty ,r MddER SE. TECHNOLOGY
Any csntro.ening dtreoder ei 11 Ae held lio6le for Poymenl of domrgec.
TecMische Aeoderungen vorbeholren I Sahfecl to oMilicotion I50 2768-mk 0-92334 Berchin / Te1.A8462/201-0
gemrJRe..: �i Ro9 300-500 S i ebschnecke
Id ememmd �n m Gepr./0.pr. E II Ro9 300-500 micro strainer
enderung nntrm Nonallorm. Projeklboz.:amyl.d oor. Mosssta6I Cale,
hoed Amer Ersalzteilzeichnuog -spore port drawing
,fond.-Ar1.-Cade Fcmilie Pro'ekr Art. -Code Blotl
,7 enderd Iten Cede Fool Pre eat Itee Cede Sheet
011-000018 -11

HUBER
..
WASTE WATER Solutions
spare and wear parts
ROTAMAT® Micro Strainer Rog
Wearing a=5aspa-Is - Fat a'e subieet to i-c eases rrea due to
their speanc f.-chci. 5_ cr �eear J,i-a k a :nee,: extent on.
-Application candi-io-s (such as ar rc,sasec or it ate,
Or a11ra5iVe el al5i
--�unni-r- hcuis
- Maintenance
H(3 300-500
-
d
d
Pos
item
description
operating operating time
X
300
basket (wedge wire and perforated plate>2mm)
w
6000
X
1 3001
basket (perforated plate 2mm)
w
2500
X
300
basket (perforated plate<2mm)
w
1000
301
sealing for basket
w
X
X
310
brush with clamp
w
000
313
ronde
s
314
hexagon head screw
s
315
adjusting spring
s
316
support disc
s
317
circhp
s
X
X
321
spiral (weraring bar)
w
3000
322
clamp
s
323
324
buttonhead screw
s
washer
s
325
hexagonal nut
s
327
brush without clamp
w
X
331
bearing shell RCH1000
w
6000
X
332
sealing strip
s
X
333
counter sunk screw
w
X
337
hexagonal nut
s
X
338
washer
s
340
geared engine
s
341
sealing strip
s
351
flat jet nozzle spray bar
s
X
352
370
flat jet nozzle spray bar
s
bearing shell RCH1000
w
6000
X
371
counter sunk screw
w
X
372
hexagonal nut
s
X
373
washer
s
801
valve hody
s
802
valve body
s
.n sE 011 000018d0
d.0 i,epark Erdsbarh Al
92334 Berthing Beni Al: vm^d.hub.,A.
phone: +49 -34 62 - Al -g -mall: imo@huber W Ro9
fax ,49-E4 62 - 201 - 816 Sefte 112
Section 7 Page 3

ar inn-snn
d
Pos
item
description
operating time
h.—)
821
sealing cord
s
831`
heater
s
832"
slip ring transmitter
w
833*
thermometer probe
s
834"
heating for slip ring
s
863
protection valve
s
864
screw flight
w
*only for tanks with frost frotection
"usEa sE 011 000018d0
d.0 ,N parkerasbarh Al
92334 aerching eermarry Al: vmay.hubecEe
phone: +49 -34 62 - Al -g a -mall: Inip@h— de Ro9
f-149-E4 62-201-816 Selre 212
Section 7 Page 4

HUBER
�■ 4�J:IC[�J R�ICII'�
WASTE WATER Solutions
NUMBER OF DAYS AND TRIPS FOR START-UP
Castle Bay, NC
Specification Section: HUBER Standard Specification
Equipment:
Ro9/300T16 with Controls
HUBER will provide (1) trip and two (2) days, minimum 8 hours on site per each visit to
inspect the final installation, supervise initial start-up and operation and to train operating
personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the system.
A member of the HUBER Group
Section 7 Page 5

HUBER
STORAGE PROCEDURE
Castle Bay, NC
Specification Section: HUBER Standard Specification
Equipment:
Ro9/300T16 with Controls
Mechanical Equipment Storage:
When selecting the location for storage, take care that the components cannot
be damaged due to vehicles or careless working. The components may not
become dirty due to splashes of concrete or mortar. There should be no spark
fountains from angle grinders etc. Exposed electrical components of the
equipment (sensors and motors) must be wrapped with a waterproof bag. The
equipment may not be stored externally near the coast. The storage location
must be vibration free. Do not store organic dissolvents at the location of
storage. Avoid ultraviolet radiation as well as ambient air containing ozone,
hydrogen sulfide, and chloride. If equipment is stored for longer than 6
months, the gearbox oil should be drained and refilled with new oil. Please
contact Huber on the project specific external storage strategy for approval.
Control Panel Storage:
When selecting the storage place take care that the components cannot be
damaged due to vehicles or careless working. The components may not
become dirty due to splashes of concrete or mortar. There are no spark
fountains from angle grinders etc. The control panel must be stored
internally in a climate controlled environment within a non -classified
environment. The storage temperature shall not drop below 35'F and shall not
exceed 95°F. Specific external storage strategies are allowed upon prior
written permission by Huber. In these cases, please provide detailed storage
plan, in writing, so that a component by component evaluation can be
completed for the control system.
A member of the HUBER Group
WASTE WATER Solutions
Section 7 Page 6

HUBER
�■ 4�J:IC[�J R�ICII'�
WASTE WATER Solutions
LIST OF MATERIALS NEED FOR SERVICE
Castle Bay, NC
Specification Section: HUBER Standard Specification
Equipment:
Ro9/300T16 with Controls
Other than the machine itself, there are no other materials needed to perform the service
work.
A member of the HUBER Group
Section 7 Page 7

HUBER
�■ 4�J:IC[�J R�ICII'�
WASTE WATER Solutions
LIST OF SPECIAL TOOLS
Castle Bay, NC
Specification Section: HUBER Standard Specification
Equipment:
Ro9/300T16 with Controls
Huber verifies that no special tools are required for maintenance or repair of this
equipment.
A member of the HUBER Group
Section 7 Page 8

SECTION 8— Manufacturing
Inspection Sheets

HUBER
�■ 4�J:IC[�J R�ICII'�
WASTE WATER Solutions
Test and Inspection reports
For
Castle Bay, NC
Specification Section: HUBER Standard Specification
Equipment:
Rog1300Tl6 with Controls
Testing information shall be supplied once the units have been manufactured. Once
manufacturing has been completed, Huber will add the required test verification under this
section.
A member of the HUBER Group
Section 8 Page 1

SECTION 9 — Certifications

Certificate
Standard ISO 9001:2015
Certificate Registr. No, 01 100 1700023
Certificate Holder: Huber SE
Industriepark Erasbach Al
92334 Berching
Germany
Scope: Development, manufacture and sales of machine equipment and
plant for water, wastewater, sludge for municipalities and
industries as well as products for the drinking- and wastewater
sector
Proof has been furnished by means of an audit that the
requirements of ISO 9001:2015 are met.
Validity: The certificate is valid from 2020-08-13 until 2023-08-12.
First certification 2017
www.tuV,com
2020-06-30
{( D A k k S
De —he
Akkredld.... gss[elle
n-ZM-1603101-00
TOV Rheinland Ced GmbH
Am Grauen Stein - 51105 Koln
�► TOVRheinland°
Precisely Right.
Section 9 Page 1

MINT=CNINICA
CERT GmbH
C E RTIFI CATE
ISO 14001:2015
for
HUBER SE
at the site
92334 Berching, Industriepark Erasbach Al
The DAU-accredited environmental verifier hereby certifies that the named organization
has implemented an Environmental Management System.
Scope: Development, production and sales of machine equipment and plants for water/waste water
and sludge treatment for municipalities and industries as well as products for the drinking and
waste water sector
With an audit it has been assessed that the requirements of
ISO 14001:2015 are fulfilled.
NOrnberg, 6 May 2021
The follow-up certificate No. UG0247-2021 is valid until 29 May 2024.
Dipl: Phys. einh irz
Enviro ental Veri r
E-V-0260
Dr. Reiner Beer
Environmental Verifier Organization
DE-V-0279
Section 9 Page 2

SECTION 10 —Warranty

HUBER Technology, Inc.
WASTE WATER Solutions
LIMITED WARRANTY: Huber warrants that the equipment and components furnished will be free
from defects in workmanship and materials and perform the general process function intended,
solely under the conditions defined by Huber for a period of (a) twelve (12) months from
completion of installation, start-up or owner acceptance of the equipment assuming the
equipment is accepted by the owner within 6 months of delivery or (b) eighteen (18) months from
the date of delivery to Purchaser, whichever date comes first. Huber will replace, modify or
repair, at its sole option, any such defective component or equipment at no charge provided that
Huber is notified promptly in writing of any claimed defect. If requested by Huber, any such
defective part or component shall be returned to Huber, freight prepaid. Huber will provide on -
site Field Service when reasonably assured of payment therefore if this warranty does not apply
or when such service is required in its judgments. This warranty does not apply to any defector
malfunction arising out of failure to store, install, operate or maintain the equipment in
accordance with instructions by Huber. Warranty shall be voided for any misuse of equipment;
operation under conditions other than those defined by Huber in its operation and maintenance
(O&M) manuals for said equipment, or gross operator negligence. Any unauthorized modification
or alteration of the equipment or repair or replacement of components may void this warranty, at
the sole option of Huber. For any billable repairs completed outside of the initial warranty period,
a sixty (60) day guarantee on work performed and parts supplied will apply.
HUBER TECHNOLOGY INC. MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH REGARD
TO THE DESIGN, SALE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE GOODS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE OR USE EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN HUBER'S TERMS AND CONDITIONS. HUBER
IS NOT SUBJECT TO ANY OTHER OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF
CONTRACT OR WARRANTY, TORT CLAIMS INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY, OR ANY
OTHER THEORIES OF LAW. HUBER IS UNDER NO EVENT LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIFIC, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS, DAMAGES, EXPENSE, INJURY, DISMEMBERMENT, OR
DEATH OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER.
Extended Warranty
No extended warranty has been included in this project.
HUBER Technology, Inc.
1009 Airlie Parkway, Denver, INC 28037
(7041949-1010-Fax(704)[e-mail]
www. hube r-tec h nol ogy. com
A member of the HUBER Group
Section 10 Page 1